Working with the grain of nature
A biodiversity strategy for England
Working with the grain of nature
A biodiversity strategy for England
Department for Environment, Food and Rural AffairsNobel House17 Smith SquareLondon SW1P 3JRTelephone 020 7238 6000Web site www.defra.gov.uk
© Crown copyright 2002
Copyright in the typographical arrangement and design rests with the Crown.
This publication (excluding the logo) may be reproduced free of charge in any format or mediumprovided that it is reproduced accurately and not used in a misleading context. The material must beacknowledged as Crown copyright with the title and source of the publication specified.
Further copies of this publication are available from:
Defra PublicationsAdmail 6000London SW1A 2XXTelephone: 08459 556000
This document is also available on the Defra website.
Published by the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs. Printed in the UK, October 2002, on recycled material containing 80% post-consumer waste and 20% totally chlorine free virgin pulp.
Product code PB7718
Cover photograph: Lindisfarne NNR (Peter Wakely, English Nature).
We are grateful to everyone who has contributed to the preparation of this Strategy, in particular to themembers of the England Biodiversity Group, and to the leaders of the work streams:–
Agriculture: Stephen Cane, Defra Forestry: Simon Pryor, Forestry Commission Water and Wetlands: Paul Raven, Environment AgencyMarine and Coastal: Peter Barham, Associated British Ports Urban and Development: Mathew Frith, English Nature Local and Regional: Alison Barnes, England Local Biodiversity Action Co-ordinator Business: James Marsden, English NatureEconomics and Funding: Shaun Mowat, Defra Education: Libby Grundy, Council for Environmental Education
and members of the Strategy Management Group:–
Hilary Neal, DefraTim Sands, The Wildlife TrustsGwyn Williams, RSPBAndy Stott, DefraPaul Rose, JNCCMark Felton, English NatureRoger Mitchell, English NatureJohn Robbins, DefraDavid Henshilwood, English Nature
They in turn have been helped and supported by other people and organisations, too numerous tomention. Together their contributions and suggestions have been invaluable.
iii
Acknowledgements
Foreword 6
Executive summary 7
Chapter 1Introduction: a new biodiversity vision for England 9
Chapter 2Biodiversity indicators measuring achievement
Chapter 3A holistic approach 13
Essay 1: How to manage non-native species 33
Sustainable management by sector 34
Chapter 4Agriculture 35
Chapter 5Water and wetlands 42
Chapter 6Woodland and forestry 48
Chapter 7Towns, cities and development 53
Essay 2: The effects of climate change on biodiversity 60
iv
Contents
Chapter 8The coasts and seas 62
The importance of people 67
Chapter 9Local and regional action 68
Essay 3: Biodiversity for recreation, health and well-being 72
Chapter 10The economics and funding of biodiversity 74
Essay 4: Biodiversity and sustainable tourism 79
Chapter 11The engagement of business 80
Chapter 12Promoting education and public understanding 87
Essay 5: Involving children and young people 91
Appendices 93
Glossary 175
v
In the ten years since the Convention onBiodiversity was signed at the Rio Earth Summit,a massive effort has been made in this country
to address and reverse serious declines in ourbiodiversity. A UK Biodiversity Action Plan wasadopted in 1994, resulting in the establishment ofrecovery plans for over 400 species and habitats.About 100 local biodiversity action plans have alsobeen adopted covering almost all of England. Togive even better protection to our most preciouswildlife sites we have legislated to give increasedpowers for positive management for Sites ofSpecial Scientific Interest and proposed to theEuropean Commission 220 sites in England forthe strongest protection which must be givenunder the EU Habitats Directive. We are now alsoactively looking at what needs to be done toconserve the wealth of biodiversity in the seasaround our coasts and beyond, an area hithertolargely neglected.
We have seen some encouraging success stories.In Yorkshire this year the corncrake, one ofEurope’s rarest birds, bred for the first time inEngland in decades. Our rivers are the cleanestthey have been since the industrial revolution andthere are numerous examples of local biodiversityinitiatives making real improvements to people’squality of life.
At the World Summit on Sustainable Developmentin Johannesburg this summer, we committedourselves to achieving a significant reduction inthe current rate of biodiversity loss by 2010. Butwe are still far from achieving our goals, and wehave been very conscious that we have nothitherto articulated a coherent strategy for actionacross the Board. We have also been consciousthat designated sites and species and habitataction plans are not enough; we can only makethe difference we want by fundamental shifts inpolicy and behaviour across the board.
This Biodiversity Strategy for England seeks to dojust that. It builds on the foundations we havealready laid, but recognises that we need to“mainstream” biodiversity into all our activities. Wewant to work as far as possible with the grain ofnature through our policies for example inagriculture, water, fisheries and woodlandmanagement and in urban areas. In many of thesespheres we now have historic opportunities.
We in Government are immensely grateful to thevery wide range of partners that has worked withus in putting this Strategy together. This is aunique partnership which has been critical of us at times but has challenged us to thinkambitiously. We intend to continue to take thisinclusive approach in moving towards successfulimplementation; indeed in many instances we willrely on our partners to help achieve the vision.
This Strategy sets out a work programme for thenext five years. I am asking the EnglandBiodiversity Group to take stock of progress everyyear and to publish a full report in 2006. I amhopeful that the turn of the millennium will be seenby history as a turning point for biodiversity inEngland.
Worldwide, there is still a long way to go if we areto reverse the trends of biodiversity decline thatwe have seen in our own lifetimes. This Strategyaims to reaffirm our commitment in England toachieving that goal.
Rt Hon Margaret Beckett MP
6
Foreword
By the Rt Hon Margaret Beckett MPSecretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
We have made good progress in recent years inprotecting and enhancing biodiversity in England,with greater protection for Sites of SpecialScientific Interest through the Countryside andRights of Way Act; through the development andimplementation of 436 individual Action Plansfor priority habitats and species; throughimplementation of the Habitats Directive andthrough increasing use of agri-environmentprogrammes. Challenging Public ServiceAgreement targets have been set to bring 95% ofSSSIs into favourable condition by 2010 and toreverse the decline in farmland birds. Acomprehensive review of nature conservation inthe marine environment is underway, with anambitious demonstration project taking place inthe Irish Sea, as part of the Government’s vision tomake a real difference to the quality of our oceansand seas within a generation. But we mustrecognise that we can only secure the long-termhealth of biodiversity that is needed to bring atruly sustainable future by also achievingfundamental changes to public policy and in thebehaviour of people across society as a whole.
The Biodiversity Strategy for England sets thisfundamental shift in train by ensuring thatbiodiversity considerations become embedded inall the main sectors of economic activity, publicand private. Agriculture is particularly important,and the Strategy capitalises on the opportunitiespresented by the report of the Policy Commissionon Food and Farming and the current review ofthe Common Agricultural Policy. But the Strategyalso sets out a programme for the next five yearsfor the other main policy sectors, to make thechanges necessary to conserve, enhance andwork with the grain of nature and ecosystemsrather than against them. It takes account ofclimate change as one of the most importantfactors affecting biodiversity and influencingour policies.
This Strategy is a Government strategy, but it hasbeen prepared with the active partnership of abroad range of stakeholders in the public,voluntary and private sectors. We will continue thispartnership approach, which is vital to successfulimplementation.
Chapters 4–7 of the Strategy set out a series ofactions that will be taken by the Government andits partners to make biodiversity a fundamentalconsideration in:–
● Agriculture: encouraging the management offarming and agricultural land so as toconserve and enhance biodiversity as part ofthe Government’s Sustainable Food andFarming Strategy
● Water: aiming for a whole catchmentapproach to the wise, sustainable use ofwater and wetlands
● Woodland: with the management andextension of woodland so as to promoteenhanced biodiversity and quality of life
● Marine and coastal management: so as toachieve the sustainable use and managementof our coasts and seas using naturalprocesses and the ecosystem-basedapproach
● Urban areas: where biodiversity needs tobecome a part of the development of policyon sustainable communities, urban greenspace and the built environment
The Strategy also looks at ways of engagingsociety as a whole in understanding the needs ofbiodiversity and what can be done by everyone tohelp conserve and enhance it. To deliver our
7
Executive summaryOur vision is for a country – its landscapes and water bodies, coastsand seas, towns and cities – where wild species and habitats arepart of healthy functioning ecosystems; where we nurture, treasureand enhance our biodiversity, and where biodiversity is a naturalconsideration of policies and decisions, and in society as a whole.
Strategy, we must ensure there are otherframeworks and principles in place. OtherChapters set out programmes of measures on:
BETTER INFORMATION ABOUTBIODIVERSITY
● We shall aim to measure biodiversity trends,the effects of our policies and the value ofbiodiversity to people. The Strategy includesplans for a new web-based BiodiversityAction Reporting System (BARS) to belaunched in 2003
THE DEVELOPMENT OF OBJECTIVESAND INDICATORS
● We will continue to work to meet thebiodiversity targets in the Habitat andSpecies Action Plans and, with clear policygoals and objectives, use these and otherrelevant indicators to measure our progress
● A new set of biodiversity indicators will bepublished within a year
ACHIEVING PARTNERSHIP
● Government alone cannot achieve theobjectives. We will continue to support, buildand rely on the widest possible partnershipacross the statutory, voluntary, private,academic and business sectors
● An essential part of the Strategy isdeveloping and supporting biodiversitypartnerships in the English regions and atmore local levels; examples of the work ofLocal Biodiversity Action Plan partnershipswill be published in the coming months
INVOLVING EVERYBODY
● We will encourage business to act forbiodiversity in the boardroom, through thesupply chain, in their management systems,in their annual reports and accounts, and onthe ground
● We will help make biodiversity part ofpeople’s everyday lives through information,communication and education
● We will establish a mechanism to involvechildren and young people in thedevelopment of biodiversity policy
SKILLS AND EXPERTISE
● We will make sure that we use the bestpossible and most up to date scientificinformation and professional, technical andacademic expertise to support our actions,applying the precautionary principle wherescientific evidence is not conclusive
The England Biodiversity Group, which includesthe principal stakeholders from the public,voluntary and private sectors, will oversee theStrategy’s implementation. The Strategy isintended to be a living document, subject toregular review and roll-forward.
● We shall appoint policy focal points from withinGovernment or a relevant statutory agencyto monitor and report to the EnglandBiodiversity Group on implementation inthe main policy sectors
● We shall establish new Strategy implementationgroups to take forward the cross-cutting workprogrammes for local and regional action;economics and funding; business andbiodiversity; and education and publicunderstanding
● We shall issue daughter documents on targetsand indicators, on information strategies and onother issues where further elaboration isneeded
● The England Biodiversity Group will takestock of progress annually and publish afirst full report in 2006
8
A NEW BIODIVERSITY VISION FORENGLAND
1.1 Biodiversity – the variety of life on earth – isat the heart of our aim for a more sustainablefuture. We have a duty to ensure a diverse andthriving natural environment, for it is essential tothe economic, social and spiritual health and well-being of this and future generations.
(Mike Hammett, English Nature)Bees put a buzz into an English summer as well as providing afree pollination service for some crops and wild flowers.
1.2 England’s biodiversity suffered heavy lossesin the 20th century. Increasing demands onnatural resources and systems, the pressures ofurban and infrastructure expansion and theintensification of agricultural production allcontributed to declines in the extent and quality ofwildlife habitats and to declines in the population
of many of our wildlife species. In addition wehave significantly affected the size, abundance,distribution and composition of marinecommunities. Over the years society has madethe choices that produce these effects. But manyof these choices were made without sufficientunderstanding as to the wholesale biodiversitylosses that would result. The effects have beenwell documented, for example:
● Farmland bird populations fell by almost halfbetween 1977 and 1993 – though have beenrelatively stable since
● By the 1980s, unimproved lowland meadowshad declined by 97% over the previous 50years. Declines have continued since at a rateof 2-10% per year
● By 1980, over a quarter of upland heathlandhad been lost in England, with losses of 36% inCumbria. Widespread declines in the conditionof the remaining habitat still continue
● Between 1978 and 1998 the diversity of plantsin infertile grasslands in England and Walesdeclined by 20%
● Breeding populations in England of the marshfritillary butterfly have reduced by 66% in the 10years to 2000 as a result of over-grazing orinappropriate management1
● Water voles have disappeared from 94% of thesites where they were previously recorded
1.3 The task ahead is great, and there are manyuncertainties. In some instances the precisecause and effect of biodiversity decline is stillunclear. Recently, the news that the once-ubiquitous house sparrow has suffered an overall40% decline in the last 30 years and a 97%decline in some urban areas has shocked people –the more so because we do not yet understandwhat has caused it. What is more, there are fresh
9
Introduction
Chapter 1Introduction
1 Hobson et al 2001 British Wildlife Vol 13 No 6 Aug 2002
challenges ahead, particularly climate change,which could have dramatic effects on ourbiodiversity and pose difficult questions on how farparticular habitats and species can be conservedin their current locations in the long term.
(Chris Gomersall, RSPB Images)The house sparrow has declined dramatically in the last 30 years.
1.4 Historically, the conservation of nature hasbeen held as separate from, and often in conflictwith, economic and social development. Trulysustainable development means recognising thatwe must continue to strive for economic andsocial development but increasingly find ways ofgoing about our business with the grain of natureand natural systems. Indeed, in some casesbiodiversity can be a key determinant or driver ofsocial and economic development. Above all, wemust recognise that the quality of our naturalsurroundings enhances the quality of our lives inthe town, the country, on the coast and at sea.
(Peter Wakely, English Nature)Working with nature we can create wildlife habitats and providecoastal defence.
1.5 These principles were fundamental to theUN Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)signed at the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro in1992. They have been reaffirmed by the WorldSummit on Sustainable Development held inJohannesburg in 2002, with agreement reached tosignificantly reduce the rate of biodiversity loss by2010 and to implement strategies to supportecosystems. There was also a strong commitmentto urgently restore fish stocks, no later than 2015where possible .
(Andrew Hay, RSPB Images)Bitterns are booming, they have recently been seen at bothBarn Elms and Rye Meads in London.
1.6 The UK Biodiversity Action Plan waspublished in 1994 in response to the CBD’srequirements2. Through a series of Action Plansfor priority habitats and species (HAPs and SAPs),it established recovery targets for our mostthreatened species and habitats, identified thereasons for their decline and prioritised the workthat was needed to bring about improvements ineach case. As a result, better co-ordinated actionhas led to some spectacular recoveries in thefortunes of some species which had been on thebrink of disappearance in the UK. Otters andsalmon have begun to re-colonise our cleanerrivers; the stone curlew has already met one of itstargets and cereal field margins are improving.There have even been sightings of the elusivebittern in central London. We hope that history willshow that the turn of the millennium proved to bea turning point for biodiversity after historicdeclines.
10
Chapter 1Introduction
2 Biodiversity, the UK Action Plan HMSO 1994
(Peter Wakely, English Nature)Starfruit: formerly found at over 100 sites it declined to only onepond by the early 1980s but intense conservation action hasnow restored it to 10 sites.
1.7 The UK Biodiversity Action Plan continues tobe taken forward under the UK BiodiversityPartnership. But devolution has meant that thefocus of biodiversity, as with many other policies,rests with the different countries of the UnitedKingdom. In the new situation it is important tohave a strategy specifically for England, to lookmore closely at how we will integrate biodiversityconsiderations across the range of policies andprogrammes over the next five years and beyond.In addition, this Strategy is the principal means bywhich the Government will comply with its dutiesunder section 74 of the Countryside and Rights ofWay Act 2000. These are:
● to have regard to the purpose of theconservation of biological diversity in theexercise of Government’s functions
● to take, or promote the taking by others, ofsteps to further the conservation of the habitatsand species which together are of principalimportance for the conservation of biodiversity
The list of habitats and species required bysection 74(2) are published separately3.
Green Ministers biodiversity checklist
In 2000, the Committee of Green Ministersissued a checklist4 for all GovernmentDepartments to identify how they couldtake action for biodiversity on their ownestates, as employers and in their policiesand programmes. GovernmentDepartments and agencies have respondedto the checklist, for example:
• The Highways Agency issued itsBiodiversity Action Plan for the trunk roadand motorway network in March 2002,investing £15m and setting targets forspecies and habitats
• The Home Office is developing aBiodiversity Action Plan for the PrisonService, in partnership with EnglishNature and the Wildlife Trusts, in stagesacross the whole of the prison estate
• National Police Training Colleges all havebiodiversity plans
• The NHS Purchasing and SupplyAgency’s Environmental ManagementSystem includes a requirement topreserve and promote biodiversity on theAgency’s estate, mainly through theencouragement of wildlife gardens
• Large areas of MOD land are managedwith biodiversity in mind and anoverarching MOD Biodiversity ActionPlan is in preparation
This Strategy builds on these beginningsby seeking to integrate biodiversity intopolicy across the board.
11
Chapter 1Introduction
3 Countryside Rights of Way Act 2000: Section 74 Lists of Habitats and Species of principal importance for England Defra 20024 Making biodiversity happen across Government: Green ministers biodiversity checklist DETR March 2000
1.8 The aim of the Strategy is to ensure:
● A halting, and if possible a reversal, of declinesin priority habitats and species, with wildspecies and habitats as part of healthy,functioning ecosystems
● The general acceptance of biodiversity’sessential role in enhancing the quality of life,with its conservation becoming a naturalconsideration in all relevant public, private andnon-governmental decisions and policies
IMPLEMENTATION THROUGHPARTNERSHIP
1.9 The Government has worked with theEngland Biodiversity Group (Appendix 11) toprepare this Strategy. The Group brings togetherrepresentatives from the Government andstatutory agencies, conservation organisationsand the private sector. The Group established anumber of work streams to consider the mainpolicy sectors and cross-cutting issues. Eachwork stream leader consulted a wide range ofrelevant interests, nationally and locally, to identifythe principal concerns and to propose strategicdirections. They worked with the EnglandBiodiversity Group’s Strategy Management Groupto bring the Strategy together into a coherent whole.
1.10 The Government considers this approach tobe a model of partnership and participation. Weare optimistic that, as a result, we have achievedjoint ownership of the Strategy across theGovernment and among key stakeholders. TheEngland Biodiversity Group will continue to applythis inclusive approach in overseeing theimplementation and regular review of the Strategy.
(Hugh Clark, English Nature)Successful conservation of the Water Vole requires input from abroad partnership.
1.11 The England Biodiversity Group will beaugmented by policy leads from withinGovernment or a relevant statutory agency whowill be the main focal points for monitoring theimplementation of the key policy sectors coveredby the Strategy. In addition, new Strategyimplementation groups will be established,reporting to the England Biodiversity Group, totake forward the cross-cutting work programmesfor local and regional action; economics andfunding; business and biodiversity and educationand public understanding.
● The England Biodiversity Group will takestock of progress annually and publish afirst full report in 2006.
1.12 Through partnership, the Strategy will beimplemented by a range of players inside andoutside Government. The Strategy aims to beaspirational and challenging in its vision for thefuture. In some longer-term cases, the specificfunding sources for the activities in theprogrammes of action have not yet been identifiedor earmarked. However, in general, thephilosophy of integrating biodiversity across therange of policies and programmes should meanthat these main programmes will increasingly bethe vehicle of delivery for biodiversity objectives.For example, the 2002 Spending Reviewsettlement made substantial provision for theimplementation of the fundamental reforms tofood and farming that will increasingly deliver thebiodiversity gains we want to see in that sector.The Strategy implementation group looking ateconomics and funding will, as part of its ownwork programme, look closely at the extent towhich there are specific gaps or shortcomings infunding programmes that could inhibit the deliveryof the Strategy. These will then be taken intoaccount in the considerations of future spendingreviews and programme allocations.
1.13 This Strategy does not introduce any newproposals that change the regulatory frameworkfor businesses, charities or the voluntary sector. Iffuture implementation gives rise to suchproposals, Regulatory Impact Assessments will bepublished as appropriate.
12
Chapter 1Introduction
2.1 The success of the Strategy will depend oncontinuous, sustainable improvement. Indicatorswill allow us to monitor progress and to measuresuccess.
2.2 The Government is already committed, in itsQuality of Life Counts5 indicators, to using keyindicators to measure progress with sustainabledevelopment in the UK. The ones that areparticularly important for biodiversity are:
● The populations of wild birds
● The condition of Sites of Special ScientificInterest
● Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans
● Area of land under agri-environment agreement
● Biological quality of rivers
Defra’s objectives andperformance targets
A key Defra objective is: to protect andimprove the rural, urban, marine and globalenvironment and lead on the integration ofthese with other policies acrossGovernment and internationally.
Under this objective, key targets are: tocare for our natural heritage, make thecountryside attractive and enjoyable for alland preserve biological diversity by –
• reversing the long-term decline in thenumber of farmland birds by 2020, asmeasured annually against underlyingtrends
• bringing into favourable condition by2010 95% of all nationally importantwildlife sites
● Fish stocks around the UK fished within safelimits
We have adopted these quality of life indicatorsas headline indicators for England’s BiodiversityStrategy. Two further indicators:
● Progress with Local Biodiversity Action Plans
● Public attitudes to biodiversity
will complete a set of eight headline indicators(H1–H8). Where possible and appropriate theindicators will be calculated for England.
Current trends in each of the headline indicatorsand a summary assessment are presented below.
(Chris Gomersall, RSPB Images)The linnet, one of a number of farmland birds in long-term decline.
2.3 Using data as and when it becomesavailable, a range of additional targets andindicators are proposed in later sections of theStrategy so that progress in those particular areascan be more closely monitored. In particular, thewild birds and SSSI indicators will be brokendown by sector – as has already happened withfarmland and woodland birds – so that therelative contribution of each of the sectors can becompared against the headline index. Progresswith Habitat and Species Action Plans will also bebroken down by sector.
13
Biodiversity indicatorsmeasuring achievement
Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement
5 Quality of Life Counts DETR December 1999
2.5 Bird populations are considered as a goodindicator of the broad state of biodiversitybecause they occupy a wide range of habitats,they tend to be near or at the top of the foodchain and considerable long-term data on birdpopulations have been collected. We want toreverse previous declines in bird populations.
2.6 Indicator H1 shows that the index for allspecies6 has remained at or above 1970 levelsover the past thirty years. However, there havebeen sharp declines in farmland and woodlandbirds since the mid-1970s. The farmland speciesindex in 2000 was 43% below 1970 levels, withthe most severe declines in populations of treesparrow, grey partridge and corn bunting. Theindex for woodland species in 2000 was 15%below 1970 levels, with the largest population
declines in tree pipit and lesser redpoll.Woodland birds have shown some signs ofrecovery in recent years.
2.7 Declines in farmland birds have been linkedto changes in agricultural practices, especiallyduring the 1970s and 1980s. Reasons fordeclines in woodland birds are less certain.One of the Government’s Public ServiceAgreement targets is to reverse the decline infarmland birds by 2020. Actions intended toreverse declines in farmland and woodland birdsare presented in Chapters 4 and 6, respectively.
2.8 The indicator is currently based on datafrom UK-wide surveys and will be revised on thebasis of survey data for England only.
14
Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement
6 The index for all species includes 105 bird species from a wide range of habitats, for which consistent data are available across the UK.
Population of wild birds: 1970-2000
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
1970 1972 1974 1976 1978 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000
United Kingdom
H1 Populations of wild birds
Source: RSPB, BTO, DEFRA
All species (105)
Woodland species (33)
Farmland species (19)
Figures in brackets show the number of species included in each category
Inde
x (1
970
= 1
00)
2.4 Many of the indicators proposed requiresome development before they can be used.We shall publish a full set of biodiversity
indicators for England, showing trendswhere possible, within the next year.
2.9 Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs)are intended to safeguard the best of England’swildlife and geology. There are 4102 sitescovering about 1 million hectares, around 7.7% ofthe total land area of England. A six-yearprogramme to assess the condition of all SSSIswas started by English Nature in 1997.
2.10 Indicator H2, condition of SSSIs, shows thatas the area of SSSIs assessed increased from55% in 2000 to 76% in 2002, the proportion ofthese SSSIs in favourable condition has remainedat around 56–59%. The Government’s PublicService Agreement target is to bring 95% ofnationally important wildlife sites into favourablecondition by 2010.
15
Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement
2000 2001 2002
% of total SSSI area assessed
H2 Condition of Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs) in England
% of assessed area in favourable condition
% A
rea
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Source: English Nature
2% 3%5%
6%
7%
7%
10%
Reasons for unfavourable condition by sector% area of SSSIs assessed in 2000-2002
60%
Construction and Development
Tourism, Recreation and Access
Forestry
Other
Lack of Conservation Management
Freshwater
Coastal Management
Agriculture
Source: English Nature
2.11 Amongst the reasons why sites are inunfavourable condition, agricultural management,in particular over-grazing of upland sites,predominates. In consultation with English Nature
and other key partners we are developing acomprehensive approach to delivery of the target,addressing all the various factors that arecurrently affecting sites. See Chapter 3 for furtherdetails.
2.12 As part of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan,quantified, biological, time-limited targets have beenagreed in Species and Habitat Action Plans (SAPsand HAPs) for 391 priority species and 45 priorityhabitats. Action Plans were published in a series oftranches between 1995 and 1999. 347 of the SAPsare relevant to England. The first reports of progresswith SAPs and HAPs were made in 1999. Afurther reporting round is currently under way.
2.13 Indicator H3, progress with BiodiversityAction Plans, shows limited progress towardsachieving biological targets in the first reportinground. Surveys have shown 3 species (1%) to besubstantially more common than previously
thought. A further 9% of species showed signs ofrecovery. However, for nearly half of the speciesinsufficient information on biological status wasavailable to assess achievement. No reports wereproduced for a further 15% – mainly the more-recently published SAPs. Habitat Action Plans arenot so far included because too few plans wereassessed in the 1999 reporting round. The resultsare not unexpected because few targets were tobe achieved within the first reporting period andmany plans had only just got underway. Theindicator will be developed further to include anindex of interim progress towards targets as wellas achievement of targets.
16
Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement
Surveysuccess
1% No report15%
Insufficient information(surveys required)
13%
Insufficient information(surveys started)
34%
Extinct (pre-BAP)11%
Declining4%
No change13%
H3 Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans
Signs ofrecovery
9%
Source: English Nature, JNCC
All England species (n = 347 species)
Area of land under agri-environment scheme agreement in England, 1987 – 2001
0
200
400
600
800
1000
tho
usan
d h
ecta
re
Environmentally Sensitive Area Scheme Countryside Stewardship Scheme
H4 Area of land under agri-environment agreement
1987 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001
Surveysuccess
1% No report15%
Insufficient information(surveys required)
13%
Insufficient information(surveys started)
34%
Extinct (pre-BAP)11%
Declining4%
No change13%
H3 Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans
Signs ofrecovery
9%
Source: English Nature, JNCC
All England species (n = 347 species)
2.14 Since 1987, a number of voluntary agri-environment schemes have been introduced toprovide payments to farmers to protect andenhance biodiversity, landscapes and historicfeatures and to promote public access. Schemeshave also been introduced to encourage themanagement of woodlands to benefit wildlife.We want to see an increasing proportion oftotal farmed land and woods under positiveenvironmental management, and a situationwhere most farmers participate in at least theentry level agri-environmental schemes.
2.15 Indicator H4, area of land under agri-environment agreement, shows a steady increaseto 907,000 ha, 7% of the land area of England in1998 . The Government is reviewing the currentframework of agri-environment schemes inEngland to develop a revised structure that willenable them to contribute effectively to solvingcurrent and future environmental problems.Chapter 4 gives further details of the programmeof action.
2.16 Indicator H4 will be developed to includethe Woodland Grant Scheme and to show thearea of BAP Priority Habitats under agri-environment scheme agreement.
17
Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement
Biological quality of rivers in England
0
20
40
60
80
100
1990 1995 2000
Fair
Good
H5 Biological quality of rivers
% le
ngth
of
rive
r
Source: Environment Agency
2.17 The ecological health of the waterenvironment is a key test of its sustainablemanagement. Nutrient, sediment and pesticideinputs to rivers and lakes, derived from both pointand diffuse sources, have caused deterioration inwater quality and damage to aquatic wildlife. Wewant to see a continuing trend towards improvingbiological quality of rivers and lakes.
2.18 Indicator H5, the proportion of river length inEngland classified as good or fair biologicalquality, has increased from 86% in 1990 to 94% in2000, reflecting major investments in and controlof point source pollution, especially sewageplants. But despite recent improvements, 55% ofrivers still have high phosphate levels and 32%have high nitrate levels, factors which may causeeutrophication problems.
2.19 Assessment of the condition of surfacewaters is a requirement of the new EU WaterFramework Directive. We therefore intend toreplace the indicator of biological quality of riverswith a more comprehensive indicator of theproportion of surface waters in good conditionwhen new data become available.
2.20 Fish are a major component of marinebiodiversity. They are also important in the foodchain for sea birds, seals and cetaceans and, ofcourse, as a source of food and employment forpeople. We want responsible and sustainablefisheries that ensure healthy marine ecosystemsand provide a livelihood for those in the industry.We want to see an increase in the percentage offish stocks fished within safe limits.
2.21 Indicator H6 shows that in 2001 only 24% offish stocks around the UK7 were fished within safebiological limits, with little change over the pastfour years. This indicator demonstrates that theEU Common Fisheries Policy (CFP) has failed tomeet its objectives. We will work with theEuropean Commission and EU partners toimplement the EU Biodiversity Action Plan forFisheries8 and to ensure that the review of theCFP gives full weight to sustainability andbiodiversity matters.
H7 Progress with Local Biodiversity Action Plans(LBAPs)
2.22 Delivery of the Strategy will require the fullintegration of biodiversity considerations withinlocal and regional policies, strategies andprogrammes. We need healthy and flourishingbroad partnerships that champion, promote andenhance local and regional biodiversity and itsdistinctiveness and help to deliver nationalpriorities. We want all Local Biodiversity ActionPlan programmes to demonstrate thatpartnerships have been established, that localand national priorities have been identified andframeworks are in place for monitoring progress.
2.23 Since 1995 approximately 100 LocalPartnerships, covering most of England, and 9Regional Biodiversity Partnerships have beenestablished.
2.24 Indicator H7, progress with LocalBiodiversity Action Plans, will be developed tomeasure LBAPs against a set of principles forcomprehensive and sustainable plans.Information will be gathered as part of theBiodiversity Action Reporting System (BARS),
18
Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement
7 Statistics are gathered for UK waters.8 Biodiversity Action Plan for Fisheries: COM (2001) 162 Final. Volume IV/V
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
2001200019991998
Per
cent
Source: CEFAS, ICES Year
Note: Figures relate to finfish stocks only and arederived from ICES ACFM stock assessment reports
H6 Fish stocks around the UK fished within safe limits
19
Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement
9 The chart shows the responses to questions asked in the Public Attitude Survey in England and Wales in 1986, 1989, 1993 and1996/7 and in England only in 2001. Aware of phrase ‘biodiversity’ shows the % of respondents answering ‘yes’ to the question ‘whichof these phrases have you heard of’ including ‘biodiversity’. Concerned about loss of wildlife in UK shows the % of respondents ‘veryworried’ when asked ‘how worried do you feel personally about loss of plants and animals in the UK’. Support payments to farmers toprotect wildlife shows % of respondents who ‘strongly supported’ or ‘slightly supported’ the policy to ‘pay farmers to protect andregenerate landscapes and habitats’.
Public Attitudes Towards Biodiversity
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
1986 1989 1993 1996 2001
% o
f re
spo
nden
ts
Aware of phrase‘biodiversity’
Concerned aboutloss of wildlife in UK
Support paymentsto farmers toprotect wildlife
Source: DEFRA
H8 Public attitudes to biodiversity8
which is being piloted in 2002.
2.25 The success of this Strategy will dependlargely on creating opportunities for thepopulation as a whole to understand the value ofbiodiversity for their life and well-being.
2.26 Indicator H8, public attitudes to biodiversity,shows that the proportion of respondents inEngland concerned about loss of wildlife in the UKhas risen from 38% in 1986 to 50% in 2001.Respondents who agree with the policy to payfarmers to protect wildlife has increased from 58%in 1993 to 69% in 2001. The term ‘biodiversity’was introduced into public policy at the EarthSummit in Rio in 1992. It is still a relativelyunfamiliar word but awareness in respondents hasincreased from 22% in 1996 to 26% in 2001. Theindicator shows that awareness, concern andwillingness to pay for biodiversity is increasing.
2.27 Three of the headline indicators, H4, H5and H8 show clear positive trends towards theirrespective objectives. H6, fish stocks, shows noimprovement over the four year period 1998-2001.For indicator H1, the index of farmland andwoodland birds remains well below 1970 levels.There has been a recently improving trend inwoodland birds but no sign of improvement infarmland birds. The current trend of H1 istherefore assessed as uncertain. The remainingthree indicators, H2, H3 and H7, are based onnew data for which a time series is not yetavailable.
20
Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement
Summary assessment of headline indicators
Headline Indicators Update AssessmentFrequency
H1 The populations of wild birds Annual
H2 The condition of Sites of Special Scientific Interest Annual
H3 Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans 3 Yearly
H4 Area of land under agri-environment agreement Annual
H5 Biological quality of rivers 5 Yearly
H6 Fish stocks around the UK fished within safe limits Annual
H7 Progress with Local Biodiversity Action Plans 3 Yearly
H8 Public attitudes to biodiversity 3 Yearly
✓ indicator trend moving towards objective≈ indicator trend uncertain or insufficient dataX indicator trend not moving towards objective
✓
≈
X
✓
✓
≈
≈
≈
THE CHANGING EMPHASIS OF NATURECONSERVATION
3.1 In the past, policy on the conservation ofbiodiversity tended to concentrate on designatingareas for conservation and on the protection ofspecies at risk. However, the UK BiodiversityAction Plan, 1994, prepared in response to theConvention on Biological Diversity (CBD)recognised that to halt and reverse biodiversitylosses would require a combination of actions andpolicies that affect the environment as a whole.Biodiversity policy has been based on a numberof programmes, including:
● The protection of nature conservation sites
● Specific plans for the conservation of priorityhabitats and species through the UK BAP
● Provisions to protect species at risk, includingfrom wildlife crime
● Measures against non-native and invasivespecies
● The extension of protection to marineconservation areas, which had hitherto beenrelatively neglected
● Systematic collection, collation anddissemination of information about trends inbiodiversity
3.2 These all remain an essential part of ourbiodiversity programme and current policies oneach are described briefly below. But a holisticapproach, that ensures that biodiversity is anintegral part of all policies and programmes, andwhich is necessary to protect habitats and speciesfrom damage resulting from policy or marketfailure, has not been fully developed. The aim ofthis Strategy is to ensure that in future biodiversityis built into all policies and programmes in a
positive way. This is essential to ensuring thatconservation is implemented across the board –for instance ensuring that special sites sit within awider ‘wildlife-friendly’ landscape that reducesfragmentation of habitats, helps speciespopulations to disperse and regenerate andsupports wide ranging species in healthyecosystems. The Countryside and Rights of WayAct 2000 began the change in focus of natureconservation from defensive protection againstdamage to positive management and restoration.The Strategy takes this process further bydeveloping plans for each of the main sectors ofeconomic and social activity that affectbiodiversity as a whole.
(Peter Wakely, English Nature)A diverse, vibrant countryside and urban greenspace canencourage people to take up and maintain exercise.
3.3 The Strategy is based on the premise thathealthy functioning ecosystems provide benefitsto people. Some relate directly to economicactivity, such as tourism or countryside services,but many are not immediately apparent, are notreflected in market prices and yet have real valueto our lives. For example, essential cliff protectionand flood defence services are provided by inter-tidal habitats absorbing the energy of the waves,and functioning wetlands and floodplains can alsoreduce flood risk. It is also becoming clear thatprotecting and enhancing biodiversity has socialbenefits in providing quality accessible natural
21
A holistic approach
Chapter 3A holistic approach
green space close to where people live and work,and attractive countryside that can improve bothphysical and mental well-being.
3.4 A primary aim of habitat restoration is to linkexisting areas of high habitat quality, so increasingtheir viability. For example, heathland can beextended through the removal of plantationwoodland. Habitat creation can seek to maximisethe opportunities provided by changes in land-use
or new development to enhance biodiversity, forexample, through the creation of new wetlands,after gravel extraction. There is an increasingnumber of projects in the pipeline led by natureconservation bodies and engaging a wide rangeof stakeholders to create larger areas forbiodiversity. At present most of these are relativelysmall-scale but in the future such action may bepossible at a landscape scale, to support broaderpublic policy objectives.
22
Chapter 3A holistic approach
Wet Fens for the Future
The 3,400km2 of the East Anglian fens weresubstantially drained by the mid-19th century.Today, less than 1% of the historic resourceremains, mainly as small relic fenland andwashlands, of which the Ouse and Nene Washesare the largest.
With increasing recognition of the value ofwetlands for flood alleviation, biodiversity, publicenjoyment and tourism, several bodies havejoined to present a vision for fenland restoration.Wet Fens for the Future seeks the large-scalerestoration of fenland such that, once again,wetlands play a significant role in the economic,social and environmental life of the Fens. It isbeing led by the Countryside Agency, EnglishNature, the Environment Agency, Cambridgeshireand Lincolnshire County Councils and the RSPB.
Several key projects are helping to realise thisvision.
At Wicken Fen the National Trust is expandingtheir property, aiming to acquire 3700 ha ofneighbouring farmland for biodiversity and a‘green lung’ for the people of Cambridge andNewmarket. Recently 168 ha at Burwell Fen Farm– wetland until a ‘dig for victory’ conversion toagricultural in the 1940s – have been acquired.
Just south of Peterborough, the CambridgeshireWildlife Trust, English Nature and theEnvironment Agency are working to expand andlink the remnant wetland sites of Woodwaltonand Holme Fen National Nature Reserves.
(Andrew Hay, RSPB Images)Habitat re-creation is bringing life back to Lakenheath Fen.
At Lakenheath Fen the RSPB have acquiredalmost 300 ha including former carrot fields andBotany Bay SSSI, one of the last remainingfragments of 17th century fen. Over 100 hectaresof wetland including meres, reed-fringedchannels and wet grassland have already beencreated.
Meanwhile, at Needingworth a pioneeringcollaboration between Hanson Aggregates,Cambridgeshire County Council and the RSPB isleading to major wetland restoration. The projectinvolves the creation of the largest freshwaterreedbed in the UK following sand and gravelextraction. This development will provide spacefor bitterns and other special wildlife and 32km ofrights of way for walkers, cyclists and horseriders.
In the future, it is likely that further wetlandcreation will be possible to provide for washlandstorage to help flood alleviation of urban areas,and as compensation for freshwater wetlandhabitats lost due to coastal squeeze.
THE PROTECTION OF NATURECONSERVATION SITES
3.5 A coherent network of designated sitesremains vital to nature conservation. These sitessafeguard the best of England’s wildlife andgeology, providing safe havens for our biologicalresources and demonstrating the geologicalprocesses that shaped the earth.
Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs)
3.6 SSSIs are at the heart of our system ofdesignated conservation areas. The enactment ofthe Countryside and Rights of Way Act (CRoW Act)in 2000 provided new tools to enable the positivemanagement of SSSIs to combat damage arisingfrom neglect, and a statutory duty on publicauthorities to further the conservation of SSSIs inthe exercise of their functions. English Nature isworking with the Government, landowners andpublic bodies to achieve the Public ServiceAgreement (PSA) target of 95% of SSSIs inEngland being in favourable condition by 2010.
(Peter Wakely, English Nature)In England, 56.5% of SSSIs are currently in favourable condition.
3.7 The discussion of indicator H2 in Chapter 2shows the major factors that influence thecondition of the 4,102 SSSIs in England. Theinfluences are often the same as those that impacton biodiversity generally. So the programmes forthe integration of biodiversity into other policysectors set out in this Strategy will naturallycontribute to the achievement of the PSA targeton SSSI condition. The duty on public authoritiesunder s28G of the CRoW Act 2000 will alsocontribute substantially to this goal. In addition,the improved tools now available to English
Nature will result in positive management regimesbeing put in place wherever they are needed.
International Sites
3.8 The EC Habitats Directive provides for theidentification, designation and protection of theNatura 2000 network of Special Areas ofConservation (SACs), including Special ProtectionAreas (SPAs) designated under the EC Wild BirdsDirective. The UK has virtually completed theidentification of its proposed contribution to thisEuropean network. There are 220 candidate SACsand 79 SPAs in England (all also designated asSSSIs), which constitute 5.5% of the country and72% of SSSI land. Work is now underway toenhance and extend the coverage of Natura 2000to the marine environment within and beyondterritorial waters, although there is some way to gobefore a coherent marine Natura 2000 network isestablished.
3.9 Natura 2000 represents the highest level ofprotection given to sites in the UK, in recognition oftheir importance at the European level. Inclusionof sites within the European network also enablescollaboration with other European countries inmonitoring the range and health of habitats andspecies of European importance to maintain andrestore them to favourable condition. MemberStates are working with the European Commissionto develop an approach to co-funding for themanagement of these sites. Other internationaldesignations are also important, especially the 66Ramsar wetlands of international importance, thegreat majority of which are also Natura 2000 sites.
National Nature Reserves
3.10 SSSIs and internationally designated sitesare complemented by a variety of other nationaland local designations. The 213 National NatureReserves (NNRs) are areas of national importancethat are managed by English Nature or bodiesapproved under s35 of the Wildlife andCountryside Act 1981. The specific purpose ofNNRs is for the conservation of flora, fauna,physiographical and geological features and toprovide special opportunities for study andresearch into flora and fauna and their habitatsincluding geological or physiographic features.
23
Chapter 3A holistic approach
(Paul Glendell, English Nature)Inner Farne Islands, part of the network of National NatureReserves.
Local Nature Reserves
3.11 Local Nature Reserves (LNRs) aredesignated by local authorities under s21 of the
National Parks and Access to the Countryside Act1949. Over 660 LNRs have been declared inEngland, covering an area of over 30,700ha, andthey range from heathlands and mudflats, tocemeteries and old railway cuttings. Many areused specifically for educational purposes, andare an important tool for biodiversity and geologyconservation in both rural and urban areas.
Local Wildlife Sites
3.12 Selected for their nature conservation value,Local Wildlife Sites provide important wildliferefuges and stepping stones in the site network,linking different habitats and helping to maintainbiodiversity. Local sites play a key role in LocalBiodiversity Action Plans and in communitystrategies. Defra is currently consideringresponses to draft guidelines issued for
24
Chapter 3A holistic approach
Spotlight National Nature Reserves
The majority of National Nature Reserves (NNRs)already have some form of public access butEnglish Nature is investing in a programme toprovide better access and information facilities onmore than 30 Spotlight NNRs. These key sitesoffer the best opportunities for people toexperience wildlife and the countryside, and areall identified on English Nature’s website atwww.english-nature.org.uk .
Nature-on-line
The ‘Nature On-line’ project is funded through the Treasury’s Capital Modernisation Fund. ByApril 2004, English Nature will be able to make awealth of information about the naturalenvironment available on its website. Interactivemaps will allow users to locate special sites forhabitats, species and geology in any area ofEngland. They will be encouraged to visit NNRs and Local Nature Reserves (LNRs) bothon-line and in person. Web users will haveaccess to information about SSSIs and engage in English Nature’s policy-making throughe-consultations and e-research. Educationalmaterial for teachers and pupils will be madeavailable and communities will be able to applyfor grants on-line.
Wildspace! Local Nature Reserves
LNRs not only support a rich and vibrant localbiodiversity, they provide accessible naturalgreen space that is essential to people’s wellbeing and their quality of life. Wildspace! isEnglish Nature’s grant scheme which aims tomake LNRs accessible to everyone. By 2006,Wildspace! will have distributed more than £5million, mostly from the New Opportunities Fund,reconnecting communities in deprived areas withthe wildlife on their doorsteps and helping themto improve, care for and enjoy their localenvironment. Wildspace! is funding:
● the employment of Community Liaison Officersfor community action in LNRs
● habitat management and other projects, suchas initiatives with schools and better access forall on LNRs
● land purchase to establish new LNRs or extendexisting ones
consultation in 2002. The guidelines will provide astandard for site identification, selection,management, protection and monitoring to ensurea consistent approach. The standards for selectionare based primarily on nature conservation value,but also recognise the social and culturalimportance of many local wildlife or geologicalsites to the local community as green space andfor the educational opportunities that may exist.
The Global Strategy forPlant Conservation
The 6th Conference of the Parties of theCBD in April 2002 agreed a Global Strategyfor Plant Conservation. It sets 16quantifiable targets for:
• Understanding and documenting plantdiversity
• Conserving plant diversity
• Using plant diversity sustainably
• Promoting education and awareness ofplant diversity
• Building capacity for the conservation ofplant diversity.
Many of the actions required under theGlobal Plant Strategy are already in train inthis country, for example through theconservation of areas important for plantdiversity found within SSSIs and recoveryof threatened plants listed on the SpeciesAction Plans. In addition, action arisingfrom the current review of non-nativespecies will be relevant to the PlantStrategy’s delivery. England’s BiodiversityStrategy gives new opportunities forconsidering the Plant Strategy’srequirements, particularly in taking forwardits cross-cutting themes, such as thoserelating to education and publicunderstanding and to biodiversity andbusiness. The reporting and reviewprocesses planned for HAPs and SAPs in2005 will help determine progress towardsmeeting the Plant Strategy’s targets (whichare listed on www.biodiv.org/decisions).
KEY OUTCOMES
● Progress towards SSSI PSA target
● Progress towards establishment andfavourable condition of Natura 2000 sites,including beyond territorial waters
● Issue and adoption of guidelines for LocalWildlife Sites
THE UK BIODIVERSITY ACTION PLAN
3.13 Under the UK Biodiversity Action Plan, thereare 391 individual Species Action Plans (SAPs)and 45 Habitat Action Plans (HAPs) with specificactions and targets for priority species andhabitats. Of these, 347 SAPs and 42 HAPs arerelevant to England. Continued implementation ofthese plans through their steering groups is a majorpriority for this Strategy. The extent to which weprogress towards the targets in the HAPs and SAPswill be the central ongoing measure of success.
3.14 The UK Biodiversity Group’s MillenniumBiodiversity Report (MBR) publication, Sustainingthe Variety of Life10, recorded that, UK-wide, on thebasis of reports submitted in 1999, 54% of theplans were already showing progress towardstheir targets. It also concluded, however, thatthere were significant information gaps for themajority of the plans and that widespread specieswere still more likely to be declining than thosewith restricted ranges. Encouragingly, the MBRprovided good evidence that action plans work;species with longer established plans tended tobe further on the road to recovery. It is expectedthat the next, limited, reporting round in 2002(leading to a summary report in 2003) will showsignificant further moves towards the targets andpoint towards the likely progress that will berevealed in the full-scale reporting round andreview planned for 2005.
25
Chapter 3A holistic approach
10 Sustaining the Variety of Life: 5 years of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan. UKBG March 200111 Government response to the UK Biodiversity Group Report, Sustaining the Variety of Life: 5 years of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan,
Defra August 2002
(Peter Wakely, English Nature)England has most of the UK’s chalk rivers, which supportspecies such as otter, salmon, and the white-clawed crayfish.
3.15 The MBR set out the aims and objectives forthe proposed new UK Biodiversity Partnership andthese have been accepted by the Government inits response to the Report, published on 27August 2002.11 These UK-level aims (at Appendix10) establish the context for this BiodiversityStrategy for England. The HAP and SAP targets,which are the main measures of the UK BAP, arebeing disaggregated as far as possible by countryso that they can inform the policies of the differentcountry administrations and be used as measuresof progress. The England Strategy will continue tobe pursued in the context of the UK BAP.
3.16 The lead partners and agencies for the HAPsand SAPs are at the heart of our partnership.Partnerships at local and regional levels, workingmainly through Local Biodiversity Action Plans,are also essential to delivering the UK BAP goals,the coverage of Local Biodiversity Action Plansbeing now virtually 100% in England. This Strategyaims to support and add value to the continuingwork of all these partners by identifying the areasof policy that are common to many and need tobe taken forward at strategic level, and how thatwill be achieved. This will enable the Action PlanSteering Groups and LBAP groups to concentrateon work programmes for actions that are moreclearly within their capacity to deliver.
3.17 Section 74(3) of the Countryside and Rightsof Way Act 2000 requires the Secretary of State,following consultation with English Nature, topublish a list of species and habitats which are ofprincipal importance for the conservation ofbiodiversity. English Nature has advised theSecretary of State and the list is being published.The list of species and habitats are those whichhave already been identified as priorities underthe UK BAP.
3.18 Although much work for species can beachieved through the protection and managementof the habitats on which they depend, many speciesare so localised that targeted species specificrecovery work is the only viable way of recoveringtheir status. English Nature’s Species RecoveryProgramme, in place since 1991, has played akey part in stimulating conservation work forthreatened species. The work is carried out both byEnglish Nature itself and voluntary sector partners.There are currently 379 species in the programme.
(Roger Key, English Nature)The hazel pot beetle is one of the species to benefit fromEnglish Nature’s Species Recovery Programme.
KEY OUTCOMES
● Maintenance of lists of priority species andhabitats as required by s74 of theCountryside and Rights of Way Act 2000,and associated Action Plans
● Progress reports on HAP and SAPimplementation in 2003 and 2006
26
Chapter 3A holistic approach
THE PROTECTION OF SPECIES AT RISK.
3.19 Part I of the Wildlife and Countryside Act1981 contains the main legal provisions for theconservation of species at risk. This is furtherenhanced by the provisions in the Conservation(Natural Habitats &c) Regulations 1994 forEuropean protected species. Strict provisions arelaid down on the interference with and the takingof and trade in wild animals and plants. The 1981Act and the Habitats Regulations continue toprovide a firm and effective basis for the
Green shoots – shooting and biodiversity
In July 2000, the British Association forShooting and Conservation (BASC)launched Green Shoots – a biodiversityaction plan which recognises and builds onthe shooting community’s to biodiversityconservation. Green Shoots is helpingbiodiversity by:
• Developing the use of seed mixtures andpromoting them to BASC members tohelp specific farmland birds
• Gamekeepers helping identify bat roostsites for the national bat monitoringprogramme and carrying out relevanthabitat management
• Developing a co-ordinated mink controlstrategy. Gamekeepers will be trappingmink and carrying out habitatmanagement to benefit water voles
• BASC and English Nature jointly fundinga Project Officer on the Somerset Levelsand Moors to improve biodiversity onshooting land
• In Cheshire, BASC surveyed its membersand found that shooting had managementinfluence over 690km2, equivalent to 28%of the county. Over 6,200 biologicalrecords have been generated and sharedwith the LBAP. BASC members and otherpartners are working to increasebiodiversity through 120 individualprojects.
protection of birds and other animals and plants.But some improvements to their operation arebeing pursued.
(Peter Wakely, English Nature)The great crested newt is protected under UK and European Law.
3.20 Defra is in particular committed to reviewingthe provisions in the 1981 Act to rationalise theidentification and protection of rare andendangered species. A process of consultationwill begin shortly. Defra is also consulting onchanges to the current licensing regime in relationto European protected species on developmentsites.
3.21 The provisions in Part I of the Wildlife andCountryside Act 1981 and the HabitatsRegulations are enforced primarily by the policeservice. Most forces now have at least one part-time Police Wildlife Liaison Officer (PWLO) whoco-ordinates or investigates any reports of wildlifecrimes. The Government supports the network of PWLOs through the Partnership for ActionAgainst Wildlife Crime, a multi-agency bodycomprising representatives of all the statutory and voluntary bodies involved in wildlife lawenforcement in the UK.
3.22 The Government administers the annualconference of PWLOs and has published anumber of handbooks and other training andadvice material. As well as increasing thepenalties for many wildlife offences, theCountryside and Rights of Way Act 2000introduced tougher enforcement powers for police officers, including in some circumstances, a power of arrest.
27
Chapter 3A holistic approach
THE REVIEW OF NON-NATIVESPECIES POLICY
3.23 Next to habitat loss, the introduction of non-native species is a main cause of speciesextinction globally, through predation,hybridisation, competition and the introduction ofdisease. In the UK, predation by the introducedNorth American mink for example has been amajor factor in the decline of water vole. Theescape of invasive non-native aquatic plantspecies, such as the Australian swamp stonecrop,is causing great concern due to their impact onaquatic ecosystems. With increasing globalisationof trade and movement of people for businessand pleasure, the risk to biodiversity from non-native species is increasing.
3.24 Defra is currently carrying out a fundamentalreview of UK policy on non-native species with theinvolvement of other Government Departments,industry, conservation bodies and the generalpublic. The review is likely to make a number ofdetailed recommendations and is expected to
A successful prosecution for wildlife crime
The collecting of wildlife specimens suchas birds’ eggs, orchids and butterflies isstill a serious threat to the survival ofseveral protected species. For example, itis estimated that there are some 300collectors actively pursuing the eggs ofrare breeding birds in the United Kingdom.Penalties for such offences in England andWales have recently been increased andnow include the option of a custodialsentence for offences involving scheduledspecies. A recent case investigated by thePolice and RSPB resulted in a six-monthcustodial sentence for an egg collectorfound in possession of over 400 eggs.These had been collected over a 20 yearperiod and included those of roseate tern(a BAP priority species), little tern, chough,goshawk, peregrine, osprey, golden andwhite-tailed eagle, all of which are speciesafforded special protection by the Wildlifeand Countryside Act.
conclude shortly. The Government will consider itsfindings carefully, and may need to adjust both itspolicy approach and its research programme inthe light of its conclusions and recommendations.
KEY OUTCOMES
● Non-native species review report andappropriate implementation ofrecommendations
REVIEW OF MARINE NATURECONSERVATION
3.25 The Review of Marine Nature Conservationwas established because of the need to do moreto protect the UK’s marine environment. TheReview’s Working Group is made up of a broadrange of stakeholder interests from thecommercial sector, conservation and recreationgroups, and Government. It is charged withevaluating the success of previous marine natureconservation measures and putting forwardproposals for improvement. The Working Grouphas considered various options, including animplementation framework for national marineconservation measures.
3.26 The Review’s Interim Report12 recommendeda pilot scheme at regional sea scale to test someof the ideas developed during the course of theReview. The Irish Sea is the chosen location forthe pilot, which began in May 2002 and isexpected to last until the end of 2003. It willattempt to determine the limits of existing systemsand look at ways of implementing an ecosystem-based approach to marine nature conservation.Most notably it will examine how we can integratebiodiversity into key marine sectors to make aneffective contribution to sustainable development.
3.27 The Government has already indicated itssupport in Parliament for the principles oflegislation that would allow for the identificationand management of marine conservation sites ofnational importance. We will be looking to theReview of Marine Nature Conservation to makefurther recommendations, should additionallegislation be necessary to safeguard the marineenvironment and secure sustainable managementof key resources.
28
Chapter 3A holistic approach
12 Review of Marine Nature Conservation Interim Report March 2001 DETR
KEY OUTCOMES
● Completion of Regional Seas Pilot Schemein the Irish Sea and consideration andappropriate application of findings
● A coherent legal and administrative systemfor nature conservation in the marineenvironment
INFORMATION FOR BIODIVERSITY
3.28 Our ability to make the best possibledecisions on policies and programmes forbiodiversity depends upon the accuracy andrelevance of our information. This includesinformation about the current status and trends ofspecies and habitats, the threats they face, thetypes of conservation activities that are underway,and the results of relevant scientific research.
(Joe Sutton, Plantlife)England is blessed with a precious tradition of amateur naturalhistory recording. Volunteers’ enthusiasm needs to beharnessed and developed.
Biological Recording and Inventory
3.29 England has a large amount of surveyinformation, with records for some speciesstretching back for more than a century, largely asa result of the enthusiasm of volunteer naturalists.These data help us understand the national statusand distributions of many species. However, it is
only relatively recently that records have beencollected at a sufficiently fine scale to help withon-the-ground management decisions. Betterdata are now being collected by professionals andvolunteers involved in recording schemes acrossthe country, often working to help assess local andnational BAP targets. There are however recognisedinformation gaps in terms of lower plants, marineand soil biodiversity, including their taxonomy.
3.30 The challenge is to sustain, develop, integrateand interpret this tremendous resource ofinformation so that it is readily accessible to thosewho need it. Biodiversity information should bemade widely available at a variety of geographicalscales and for a multitude of uses, whether to informthe decisions of conservation professionals, plannersand politicians, or to improve understanding andenjoyment of wildlife by members of the public.To achieve this, we wish to promote:
● More consistent approaches to data recordingand maintenance so that locally collectedinformation, especially information from habitatsurveys, can be aggregated at differentgeographical levels
● Improved quality of biological records, inparticular in recording less charismatic speciesand marine biodiversity. This is likely to requiregreater emphasis on the teaching ofidentification skills (taxonomy) and supportingvolunteers through training
● Co-operative working by all relevantorganisations, Government departments,agencies, voluntary organisations, business,academics and research institutes, in developinginformation systems to support decisions
3.31 Several initiatives are currently underwaythat will help us meet these challenges:
● The National Biodiversity Network (NBN) aimsto develop standards and internet technologyto enable sharing of biodiversity informationbetween the data gatherers and users, at localand national levels. The NBN involves therelevant Government agencies, nationalsocieties and schemes, Local Record Centres,research institutes and museums andcollections
29
Chapter 3A holistic approach
● MAGIC (Multi-Agency Geographical Informationfor the Countryside) is a collaborative projectbetween Government departments and agenciesin England which has created an on-linegeographical information system of designatedsites (such as SSSIs and other land-basedapproaches like agri-environment schemes). Theweb-based mapping tool will enable biologicalinformation from the NBN to be viewedalongside designation and scheme boundaries
● The South West Pilot is a component project ofthe NBN looking at the availability of habitatsurveys and remote sensing data from varioussources, including Local Record Centres, todevelop GIS datasets that describe thedistribution of BAP priority habitats
Biodiversity Monitoring and Surveillance
3.32 As well as understanding the distributionand general status of biodiversity we also need toassess the effects of our policies andmanagement and to understand how biodiversityis changing as a consequence. Information fromsuch monitoring initiatives will be used to assessthe achievement of biodiversity targets andproduce the indicators proposed for measuringthe success of this Strategy.
3.33 Designing monitoring schemes that arecost-effective, accurate and reliable is aconsiderable challenge. Information requirementsvary widely, including for example:
● monitoring of rare species populations thatoccur on very few sites, as well as widespreadspecies which are found throughout the country
● assessment of the condition of the nationalnetwork of SSSIs, as well as the condition ofhabitats in the wider countryside
● reporting of the outcomes of actions withinAction Plans
● assessment of the effectiveness of agri-environment schemes
● monitoring the effects on biodiversity of longerterm environmental impacts such as globalclimate change
3.34 Monitoring and surveillance approaches areoften most appropriately designed at a national(UK) level. National schemes are already in placefor monitoring particular species groups includingbirds, butterflies, moths, bats and other terrestrialmammals, mostly relying on co-ordination ofvolunteer efforts. There are also a number ofinitiatives for habitat surveillance includingCommon Standards for SSSI assessment, RiverHabitat Surveys, Countryside Survey and agri-environment scheme monitoring. Further work isrequired to develop common approaches andimprove co-ordination of habitat monitoring sothat it is more comprehensive and robustincluding marine ecosystems.
3.35 Understanding the impacts on biodiversity oflarge-scale and long term environmental changeis particularly challenging as it requires precisemeasurements of biodiversity and otherenvironmental variables. The EnvironmentalChange Network provides a national network ofsites established for long term observations ofenvironment change, including biodiversity.Ongoing research is reviewing the adequacy ofexisting monitoring for the early detection ofclimate change impacts.
3.36 The Biodiversity Action Reporting System(BARS), to be launched in 2003, is a web-basedinformation system that will establish a commonformat for planning, monitoring and reporting BAPdelivery at national and local level and for allthose, including businesses, who have their ownBiodiversity Action Plans.
Biodiversity Research
3.34 Correct use and interpretation of biodiversityinformation requires a good scientificunderstanding of the underlying ecosystemdynamics and the impacts of human activities.Better links are needed between the conservationand research communities to ensure thatconservation decisions are based on goodscience and that science and scienceprogrammes are relevant to policy needs. Therecently established UK Biodiversity ResearchPlatform will enable improved exchange ofinformation and co-ordination of research.
30
Chapter 3A holistic approach
KEY OUTCOMES
● The National Biodiversity Networkestablished as a working tool to supportbiodiversity action and policy development
● Improved co-ordination of national and localsurveillance of habitats
● Comprehensive monitoring systems in placeto enable assessment of the Strategy,including development and implementationof the Biodiversity Action Reporting Systemand the early detection of climate changeimpacts
31
Chapter 3A holistic approach
32
Chapter 3A holistic approach
New Atlas of British and Irish Flora
The New Atlas of British and Irish Floracontains maps and accompanying text for over3300 flowering plants and ferns in Great Britain,Ireland, the Isle of Man, and the Channel Islands.It presents a comprehensive, up-to-date summaryof the range of British and Irish plant species,replacing the Atlas of the British Flora (1962) anddemonstrating the large changes in the rangeand frequency of many species since theprevious Atlas.
All native species and all the commoner hybridsand introduced species are covered, togetherwith a wide range of sub species. The 910-pagevolume and accompanying CD-ROM has beenproduced from nine million records. The NewAtlas contains 750 species not listed in theprevious volume.
Such a tremendous resource was only possiblethrough partnership. Volunteers collected the vastmajority of the 51⁄2 million records between 1996and 1999 with some recorders spending up to100 hours in a single 10-km square. The principalfunder in England was Defra and the collection
and collation of the records was the responsibilityof BSBI and CEH. English Nature also providedsupport for the project.
The New Atlas is a comprehensive andauthoritative reference. It complements the moredetailed information that is available on the rareand scare plant species and other informationsources such as the Countryside Survey and databeing made available by National BiodiversityNetwork and MAGIC.
Defra is working with the National BiodiversityNetwork Trust and the BSBI to facilitate rapidaccess to the data collected by volunteerrecorders over the Internet using the NBNGateway.
With the CD-ROM that accompanies the NewAtlas, users can view and print distributionmaps, captions and associated data tables, aswell as manipulate the data to produceadditional maps such as co-incidence maps,and add overlays containing environmentalinformation.
Distribution of Red-tipped Cudweed Filago lutescens
33
Essay 1
13 CBD Decision V1/23 Alien species that threaten ecosystems, habitats or species
How to manage non-nativeinvasive speciesThe impact of non-native invasive species is one of the most critical issues for biodiversity conservationtoday. It was a major theme of the 2002 conference of the parties of the Convention on BiologicalDiversity. Many of the sectors covered by this strategy identify alien species as a particular problem to beaddressed in their work programmes. The threat from non-native invasive species is identified in 8% ofspecies action plans. Defra is carrying out a fundamental review of policy on non-native species with theinvolvement of other Government Departments, industry, conservation bodies and the general public. Thereview process will:
● Evaluate the effectiveness of current statutory or non-statutory procedures for dealing with theintroduction and establishment of non-native species and identify examples of current best practicewithin the UK and abroad
● Identify the main vectors for the introduction and spread of non-native species
● Put forward practical and proportionate costed proposals for improving measures to limit theecological and economic impact of non-native species in Great Britain and recommend measures tolimit the impact of the introduction of native species beyond their natural range. These could includeproposals for statutory or non-statutory measures in areas of research and monitoring, trade, andcontrol of non-native species
● Identify appropriate organisations to take forward any measures recommended
The CBD Conference of the parties agreed a series of Guiding Principles for States13 to take into accountin their non-native species policies, and the review has taken these fully into account. Because of theextremely detailed nature of the work, the group set up three sub-groups to look at the following specificareas:
● Prevention
● Monitoring and risk assessment
● Remedy and control
The review is likely to make a number of detailed recommendations. It has already recognised that thereis currently a wide range of organisations that have inspection, enforcement and control activities inrelation to non-native species. These are mixed up across species groups, limited to individual sectorsaddressing specific issues. The overriding view is that this sectoral approach has not worked; somecentral co-ordination of policy would bring together all of the different sectors, make the most of theregimes in place and ensure a more consistent and coherent approach. Another crucial factor will beincreasing public awareness and understanding of the issue. This will assist in almost every area, fromprevention, through monitoring and alertness to the presence of non-natives, to acceptability of anycontrol programmes put in place.
The review is expected to conclude shortly. Defra will consider its findings carefully, and may need toadjust both its policy approach and its research programme in the light of its conclusions andrecommendations. Of course, some non-native species have considerable benefits to society, for examplethe trade in agricultural, horticultural and forestry crops, the pet industry and other sectors. Many of ourbest-loved plants, such as arable wild flowers, were introduced to Britain before 1500 and are nowsubject to recovery plans. Non-native species have also contributed positively to the biodiversity of urbanand suburban areas; many people’s daily contact with the natural world is often with such species. Inaddition, in an increasingly multi-cultural country, the language around and responses to ‘aliens’ and‘non-natives’ needs to be used with sensitivity The recommendations of the review must be proportionate,and address the threats posed without unnecessarily hindering legitimate activities.
34
Sustainable management by sectorThe quality of England’s biodiversity is dependent not just on nature conservation programmes, buton a whole range of other policies and measures. The influence, for example, of agriculturalpractices, woodland, water and marine management and urbanisation on biodiversity arepervasive. This means we must look carefully at these other programmes themselves, and thepolicies that drive them, to see how they can be progressed in ways that are consistent with ourbiodiversity conservation objectives. This is an essential part of our overall aim to create a socially,economically and environmentally sustainable future.
Thus this part of the Strategy seeks to integrate concern for biodiversity into the key economicsectors that most affect it. In Chapters 4-8 we look at biodiversity in agriculture, woodland andforestry, water and wetlands, our towns and cities and on the coasts and seas and set outobjectives and programmes for delivery in each.
VISION
4.1 An economically viable agriculture industryin which farmers and growers maximise, and arevalued for, their contribution to the conservationand enhancement of the biodiversity associatedwith farmed and semi-natural habitats.
Our aims are:
● To improve the quantity and quality ofbiodiversity on agricultural land in England
● To reduce the negative effects, and enhancethe positive effects, of agriculture on the widerenvironment
● To promote the conservation and enhancementof biodiversity as part of a sustainable food andfarming strategy in England
● To promote a whole farm approach by landmanagers to the conservation of species andhabitats in England
THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE
4.2 Today’s countryside has been shaped andmaintained largely by farming and most semi-natural areas have historically been managed withagriculture (primarily food production) as a primemotive. Agriculture is a key determinant – and isthe most significant potential deliverer – ofbiodiversity in England. Over 70% of the Englishland surface is farmed. But the influence of
The UK BAP has Action Plans for:
82 priority species – including the skylark,the tower mustard and the adonis bluebutterfly; and
9 priority habitats, including cereal fieldmargins, ancient species-rich hedgerowsand upland hay meadows
that are associated with farming oragriculture in England.
35
Agriculture
Chapter 4Agriculture
Surveysuccess
1% No report15%
Insufficient information(surveys required)
13%
Insufficient information(surveys started)
34%
Extinct (pre-BAP)11%
Declining4%
No change13%
H3 Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans
Signs ofrecovery
9%
Source: English Nature, JNCC
All England species (n = 347 species)
Surveysuccess
1%
Noreport
5%Insufficient information
(surveys required)11%
Insufficient information(surveys started)
49%
Extinct (pre-BAP)7%
Declining5%
No change9%
Figure 1: Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans
Signs ofrecovery
13%
Source: English Nature, JNCC
The agriculture sector (n = 82 species)
agriculture on biodiversity goes far beyond farmedland itself, as the majority of semi-natural habitatsare linked to the surrounding agricultural land,and may be fragmented or isolated within thelarger agricultural landscape. We must addressthe impact of agriculture on biodiversity at alandscape scale, and ensure that an economicallyviable industry and wildlife can both enjoy asustainable future.
(Peter Wakely, English Nature)Unimproved hay meadows underwent a significant decline inthe 20th Century; associated species, like corncrake, alsodeclined as the management of their habitat changed.
4.3 The current depression in agriculture and, inparticular, the effects of currency movements onworld prices and price support, weakens UKfarmers’ and land managers’ abilities to maketheir contribution to our environmental goals. TheGovernment needs to provide, and increase useof, tools to encourage and enable farmers andland managers to meet the demands of themarket place in a sustainable manner.
4.4 Agriculture policy in the UK operates within anumber of binding international agreements. Inparticular, individuals’ decisions on landmanagement are currently constrained by the
European Union’s Common Agricultural Policy(CAP) and environmental legislation, World TradeOrganisation (WTO) rules and a multitude of otherinternational policies and agreements.
4.5 The main concerns for biodiversityassociated with agriculture are:
● Deterioration in the quality of many semi-naturalhabitats as former types of management wereabandoned or replaced with more intensivesystems
● Loss, fragmentation and isolation of semi-natural habitats through agriculturalintensification or development
● Loss of important farmland features such ashedges, ponds, ancient trees and copses
● Deterioration in the biodiversity value ofagriculturally productive land as productionmethods have changed
● Damage to soil, water and other ecosystems byagricultural pollution, compaction, erosion,pesticides and fertilisers; and agriculture’scontribution to climate change
(Jane Smart, Plantlife)Changes in agriculture have lead to a dramatic reduction in thedistribution of the Cornflower, which formerly occurred on arableland throughout England.
36
Chapter 4Agriculture
Enhancing the biodiversity of grouse moors
Until the 1950’s High Moor nearMacclesfield had been a managedmoorland with annual grouse shoots.Increasing sheep numbers then resulted ina severe loss of heather to be replaced bydominant stands of purple moor grass. Thiswas unpalatable to sheep and the resultwas that the value of the moor for grouse,wildlife and sheep had suffered a hugedecline.
The owner wanted High Moor restored toit’s former glory, with the aim of producinga harvestable surplus of game from athriving heather moorland. Duringthe1980’s he experimented with grassspraying and the heather regeneration wasso good that, in 1991, he joined theCountryside Stewardship Scheme torestore the whole moor.
Sheep were encroaching, so over the first4 years 2 miles of stone wall were rebuilt.From 1994 spraying and topping of thegrass began and heather started toreappear. This was supplemented withsome scraping and seed enhancement.Heather coverage is now approaching 80%and burning will start in autumn 2002 tocreate more structural diversity. Sheepgrazing will also be re-introduced in 3 or 4years to help maintain the intricate mosaicfavoured by grouse.
An adjacent overgrazed moorland block of400 acres within the National Park hasbeen purchased and similar managementwill be undertaken starting with therestoration of 500m of wall. It was decidedto introduce 20 pairs of red grouse inDecember 2000. The females were radio-tracked which showed that 7 hens stayedat High Moor with 4 breeding the followingseason. Black grouse were also released inautumn 2001. With the presence of speciesincluding bilberry, skylark and now curlewthere is no doubt that this project isproducing excellent results for biodiversity.
WHAT WE WANT TO SEE
4.6 This Strategy has developed the programmeof action at Appendix 1 which aims to achieve:
● The retention and good condition of semi-natural habitats within farming systems
● The promotion and reward of appropriate landmanagement techniques that benefit semi-natural habitats, either directly or indirectly
● Preservation, management, restoration, creationand joining up of matrices of semi-naturalhabitats in a way that will allow wildlife to thrive
● A halt to the losses of farmland features ofvalue to wildlife and the positive managementof all such features including habitat re-creation
(Peter Wakely, English Nature)The results of the Countryside Survey 2000 suggest that theloss of hedgerows that had continued into the early 1990s, wasbeing reversed during the latter half of the decade as agri-environment incentives started to take effect.
● A sustained increase in the biodiversity value ofagriculturally productive land
● The achievement of best environmental practiceto limit the incidental impact of agriculturalpractices on wider biodiversity across all ofEngland’s farmland
37
Chapter 4Agriculture
OUR PROGRAMME
4.7 The Government’s overall programme ofaction for the agriculture sector contains variouselements that will benefit biodiversity. Not all ofthem are new, but some deserve special mentionhere as evidence of our determination to quicklyhalt and reverse the damage done to biodiversityby past policies.
● The report of the independent PolicyCommission on the Future of Farming andFood in January 200214 recommendedproviding incentives for the production ofenvironmental public goods, includingbiodiversity, which would otherwise be under-provided by the market. The Commissionrecommended that public payments should beshifted towards reconnecting farming with thecountryside. Reform of the CAP was seen bythe Policy Commission as a way of providingfunds for environmental and social publicgoods through rural development programmes.Through its discussion document SustainableFood and Farming: Working Together15, theGovernment has invited stakeholders to submittheir views on how to take forward issuesidentified in the Policy Commission's report.Stakeholder responses, together with therecommendations of the Commission, aremaking a major contribution to theGovernment’s new food and farming strategy.
● The Government is committed to deliveringa new Strategy for Sustainable Food andFarming in England, to be published shortly.In addition to the recommendations made inthe report of the Policy Commission, thestrategy will be informed by wide rangingengagement with key players. The 2002Spending Review settlement provides theresources to deliver the Government’scommitment to more sustainable, competitiveand diverse food and farming industries whichwill shift the balance more in favour ofbiodiversity.
4.8 The Agenda 2000 mid term review offersa tremendous opportunity to secure furtherchange in the CAP to achieve the shifts infavour of the environment that we want. In theEU, the CAP, costing over €40bn per year,
continues to send outdated signals to landmanagers with over €10bn being spent onmarket price support and over €25bn on directpayments. The European Commission’sproposals for CAP reform, published in July2002, mark an important next step in the future ofEU Agriculture policy. The Government fullysupports the European Commission's vision of aCAP that delivers economic viability,environmental improvement and ruraldevelopment. But while the document reflects theGovernment’s thinking on a number of topics itfalls short of our expectations in others.
4.9 The UK as a whole has long called for afurther shift in support from production-linkedsubsidies to wider agri-environment and ruraldevelopment measures, and the EuropeanCommission’s proposals make a significant stepin that direction. The proposal to decouplepayments from production is a brave and radicalmove, which would remove some of the perverseincentives to over-production in the presentsystem and could provide opportunities to“green” payments under pillar 1 of the CAP. Butin several key areas we do not think that theCommission's document goes far enough. Thereis no proposal for the progressive annualreduction in subsidies that is required to deliverbudgetary savings, and put the CAP on asustainable footing as we take forward ourenvironmental and rural development objectives.In addition, the proposal to limit total subsidiespayable to an individual farmer is framed in a waythat will inhibit restructuring and discourageimprovements in efficiency.
4.10 The review of agri-environment schemesin England, concentrating on the CountrysideStewardship Scheme (CSS) andEnvironmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) willfeed into the forthcoming review of the EnglandRural Development Programme. This will shapethe future of rural development policy in thiscountry. Agri-environment schemes have made amajor contribution to the conservation andenhancement of biodiversity on farmed land,through for example:
● Creation and good management of BAP priorityhabitats such as hedgerows and cereal fieldmargins
38
Chapter 4Agriculture
14 ‘Farming and Food a sustainable future’: Policy Commisssion on the Future of Farming and Food January 200215 Defra March 2002
● Restoration of habitats such as lowland heathand species-rich grassland in predominantlyarable areas
● Special projects for BAP species like the cirlbunting and stone curlew
● Encouraging the adoption of beneficial grazingand cutting regimes
● Encouraging farmers to leave wildflower-richstubbles and fallow arable land
The review will develop a revised structure foragri-environment schemes that will enable them tocontribute effectively to solving current and futureenvironmental problems.
(Chris Gomersall, RSPB Images)England supports the entire UK population of stone curlews,this species has benefited from a special project under theCountryside Stewardship Scheme.
4.11 A key Policy Commissionrecommendation, central to the new food andfarming strategy, is the development of a newentry level agri-environment scheme. Pilots forthe new scheme will be rolled out from 2003onwards, and it will then be made available to asmany farms as possible in England. The design ofthe entry level scheme is still evolving, but it islikely to provide rewards to farmers for thecontinuing stewardship of their existing assets, beavailable to all farmers without the need tocompete to enter the scheme, and encourage allfarmers to make environmental enhancements.The scheme aims to provide a means of scalingup agri-environment activity to make a realdifference to the way most land is managed, and
to contribute to solving a number of widespreadenvironmental problems. Possible measures tobenefit biodiversity could include:
● Grass field margins which benefit smallmammals, a range of invertebrates and thebirds that feed on them
● Conservation headlands – areas planted with acrop but left unsprayed, which greatly benefitfarmland bird species and rare arable plants
● Buffer strips along watercourses, which not onlybenefit wildlife but also can help to reduce theflow of eroded soil into watercourses
(Chris Gomersall, RSPB Images)The Policy Commission on Food and Farming highlighted theneed for sustainable farming that takes account of biodiversity.
4.12 The Organics Action Plan, which aims tohelp the home-grown organic food and farmingsector develop sustainably, is crucial. Drawn upfollowing recommendations of the PolicyCommission report, the Plan looks at the organicfood chain as a whole and seeks to address thekey issues that will assist the development of thesector. An enhanced Organic Farming Scheme,
39
Chapter 4Agriculture
new research funding, and an undertaking by themajor retailers to work with producers to increasethe UK organic market are key components of thePlan. Organic farming can make a majorcontribution to farmland biodiversity through:
● Increased organic content in soils
● Increased invertebrate numbers and densities
● More arable wildflowers
● Increased crop and field diversity
● Use of important habitats such as field marginsand boundaries (hedges and trees) in boundarymanagement and weed and pest control
4.13 In addition to working to reform the systemwhich provides financial incentives to farmers forenvironmental enhancement, the Government isalso implementing a range of regulatorymeasures to further the control of pollution fromagriculture and spearhead a drive to improve thequality of water courses throughout England. Themeasures will contribute to the protection of fish,plants and other wildlife in streams, rivers, lakesand coastal waters. The EC Water FrameworkDirective establishes the strategic framework formanaging the water environment. Itsimplementation will put in place a commonapproach to protecting and setting environmentalobjectives for all ground and surface waters.
4.14 The Government is developing an overallstrategy to tackle diffuse water pollution byagriculture in England, which will implement cost-effective policy measures to reduce pollution fromagriculture to levels that meet existingcommitments and encourage sustainable farmpractices. 58% of the country has now beendesignated as Nitrate Vulnerable Zones. Thisextension of the designated area will help toprevent and reverse the impacts of eutrophicationwhich are damaging to biodiversity. Better controlof manure spreading will cut microbiologicalinputs to water, while more efficient use offertilisers and manure will provide some offsettingeconomic benefits for farmers.
4.15 We know that to deliver this programme, wewill need to work in partnership with a range oforganisations and individuals, across the private,public and NGO sectors. We will value innovativeapproaches and welcome new ideas.
White and Wild – Milk on the Wildside!
White and Wild is a brand-new milk productfor the Wildlife Trusts which aims to use theconsumer market to give dairy farmers asignificant financial incentive to conserveand enhance biodiversity on their farms.The milk sells for a small premium – foreach litre bought 3p goes to the farmer and2p to the Trusts. The farmer undertakes tokeep to environmental standards set by theWildlife Trusts and FWAG. This will lead toat least 10% of the farm being managed forwildlife and a whole farm BAP beingimplemented on the farm. White and Wild iscurrently in Sainsbury’s and will shortly beavailable in over 500 stores across the UK.The supermarkets have enthusiasticallywelcomed this innovative approach in thedairy sector.
40
Chapter 4Agriculture
CONSTRAINTS AND UNCERTAINTIES
4.16 There are a number of risks anduncertainties that will affect progress over the next5 years. The outcomes of future Governmentspending reviews and the financial limitations ofthe pillar 2 of the CAP will govern the resourcesthat will be available. Because this area is sosubstantially influenced by internationalagriculture, environment and trade policy, thesuccess of the policies set out in this strategy willdepend on the UK’s negotiating success.Crucially, continuing poor returns from farming willaffect farmers’ own ability to contribute financiallyto preserving and enhancing biodiversity.Uncertainties about the impact of futuretechnological change (including the introductionof novel crops and biotechnology) and the effectson agriculture of climate change ( e.g. theresponse to increased flood risk, water demandand shifting patterns of land use) will haveimpacts on biodiversity as yet unknown.
TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS
4.17 This strategy will contribute to Defra’s PublicService Agreement target to:
● Reverse the long-term decline in the number offarmland birds by 2020, as measured annuallyagainst underlying trends. This will be part ofthe headline indicator (H1)
4.18 But new objectives are needed to measureprogress towards our vision. We want:
● An increasing proportion of total farmed landunder positive environmental management
● A situation where most farmers participate in atleast the entry level aspects of English agri-environmental schemes
● The majority of farmers to adopt a whole-farmapproach which fully integrates biodiversity as aconsideration in the management of their land
The following indicators for this sector will beadopted:
● Area of land under agri-environment schemeagreement in England (H4)
● Progress towards farmland HAP/SAP targets inEngland (A1)
● Condition of farmland SSSIs (A2)
● Extent and condition of farmland habitatfeatures (e.g. hedgerows, individual trees,ponds) (A3)
● Trends in plant diversity in fields and fieldmargins (A4)
● Number of farms with LEAF audit; number offarms achieving Assured Farm Standards (A5)
41
Chapter 4Agriculture
VISION
5.1 Healthy and biologically diverse rivers, lakesand wetlands in a landscape managed for thesustainable use of water. This means a holisticapproach to land and water management, withactive support from local communities,recognising and benefiting from the social,economic and environmental gains.
5.2 Our aims are:
● To promote policies that tackle the root causeof damage to water and wetlands, harnessnatural processes rather than resist them, andthus reverse historical habitat degradation andfragmentation and restore the functioning andquality of wetland ecosystems.
● To achieve a whole catchment approach to landuse and water management, focusing efforts
where environmental risks are greatest andactions are most likely to result in significantbenefits
● To promote the principle, established in theWater Framework Directive16, that theecological health of the water environment is akey test of its sustainable management
The UK BAP has Action Plans for:
89 priority species – including the watervole, the allis shad and the southerndamselfly; and
9 priority habitats – including chalk rivers,lowland raised bogs and reedbeds,
that are associated with the fresh watersand wetlands in England.
Water and wetlands
16 EC Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC)
42
Chapter 5Water and wetlands
Surveysuccess
0%No report
16%
Insufficient information(surveys required)
15%
Insufficient information(surveys started)
24%
Extinct (pre-BAP)15%
Declining4%
No change17%
Figure 2: Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans
Signs ofrecovery
9%
Water and wetlands (n = 89 species)
Surveysuccess
0%No report
16%
Insufficient information(surveys required)
15%
Insufficient information(surveys started)
24%
Extinct (pre-BAP)15%
Declining4%
No change17%
Figure 2: Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans
Signs ofrecovery
9%
Water and wetlands (n = 89 species)
43
Chapter 5Water and wetlands
THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE
5.3 Clean, fresh water is a fundamental humanneed. Water also provides an essential rawmaterial for agriculture, commerce and industry.Consequently water and wetland features havedetermined where people have settled, and howcommunities and economies have grown.
5.4 As the demand for water and land hasincreased with population growth and economicdevelopment, so have pressures on the water andwetland environment. For example, we havedeployed technical and engineering solutions tokeep land and property dry, and to maintain andimprove the quality and quantity of drinking watersupplies. As a consequence, reservoirs, landdrainage, river embankment and canalisationhave radically re-shaped our landscape.
5.5 Until recently, the ‘wise use’ of water, aprinciple which acknowledges the centralimportance of wetland ecosystems, has beenmarginal to mainstream water management. As aresult:
● Water quality, flood defence and waterabstraction problems have often been treatedseparately, with local solutions delivered on apiecemeal basis. This has hindered thedevelopment of catchment management usingthe natural functioning of water and wetlandhabitats at a landscape scale
● Nutrient, sediment and pesticide inputs to riversand lakes, derived from both point and diffusesources have caused deterioration in waterquality and damage to aquatic wildlife
● Land drainage, to maximise agriculturalproduction, and flood defence, to protectexpanding urban areas, have changed thenatural dynamics and behaviour of riversystems, which have contributed to thedegradation, fragmentation and loss of aquaticand wetland habitats
● Water abstraction in some areas has exceededthe natural ability of ground and surface watersto be replenished, with potential impacts forseveral freshwater habitats, particularly indrought years
The state of water and wetlands in England
Rivers
● 94% of rivers of good or fair quality in 2000 (upfrom 86% in 1990)
● despite recent improvements 55% of rivers stillhave high phosphate levels and 32% have highnitrate levels, which may lead to eutrophicationproblems
● 85% of lowland rivers have been physicallyaltered, with channels often disconnected fromtheir floodplain
● Wild salmon have declined in southern chalkrivers but increased in the post- industrialnorth. (The River Tyne is now the best salmonriver in England)
Lakes
● 46% of English lake SSSIs are affected bynutrient enrichment
Wetlands
● There are approximately 200,000ha of grazingmarsh, 5,000ha of reedbed and 1500ha offloodplain meadow, representing a smallfragment of the wetland that has been lost
● Undrained fenland has reduced from 3,380km2
in the 1700s to 10km2 in 1984
● Undisturbed raised bog has reduced by 94%to 200ha
● 500 SSSIs on floodplains need appropriatewater level management
Ponds
Following dramatic declines in 1960-80 thenumber of lowland ponds in England hasstabilised at around 200,000 but half are badlyaffected by nutrient enrichment
44
Chapter 5Water and wetlands
(Mike Hammett, English Nature)The white-clawed crayfish is dependent on good water qualityand is also under threat from introduced North Americancrayfish.
5.6 Past reliance on fixing local symptoms ratherthan tackling the root causes has provedexpensive, not only in terms of the loss ofbiodiversity, but also because the recurrent natureof the problems has often proved costly toremedy. For example, the annual cost ofsediment-related problems in urban drainagesystems is estimated to be about £50m, whilstdealing with nutrient enrichment (eutrophication)problems in water costs in the order of £100m ayear.
5.7 The long-term social, economic andenvironmental benefits we could gain bydeveloping landscape-scale solutions for the wiseuse of water are now more widely recognised andneed to be encouraged further. This strategy aimsto help in the process, making the link betweenenvironmental management and the social andeconomic and biodiversity gains we can expect.
WHAT WE WANT TO SEE AND HOW WEWILL ACHIEVE IT
5.8 The main statutory and policy drivers forimproving biodiversity through effective pollutioncontrol, sustainable abstraction and water levelmanagement are already in place. Increasingly,implementing the EC Water Framework Directivewill bring clear benefits for aquatic and wetlandwildlife.
5.9 There has already been considerableprogress. For example companies’ programmesfor 2000-2005 allow for £5bn of investments inquality improvements in sewerage. River waterquality is now the best since the industrialrevolution. Water abstraction problems are alsobeing resolved in some wetland SSSIs. Thebiodiversity targets set for flood defence operatingauthorities that are applicable to all flood defencecapital schemes have resulted in net gains ofmore than 150ha in both freshwater habitats, suchas chalk rivers, and coastal and intertidal habitats,such as saltmarsh. Progress has also been madein securing our remaining peatland resource fromfurther destruction. A number of river and wetlandrestoration projects involving voluntary conservationbodies, government agencies and watercompanies have been started in the last ten years.
Wise use of floodplains: the Parrett catchment
The EU LIFE-Environment programme haspart-funded a major project to create newways of achieving sustainable watermanagement for the benefit of allstakeholders in the River Parrett catchment– the largest river system in Somerset –which has suffered from severe flooding inthe recent past. The Somerset Levels andMoors is the most important lowland wetgrassland in England and 10% of its64,000ha is designated as a SpecialProtection Area (SPA).
The Environment Agency, English Nature,the RSPB and Somerset County Councilhave worked with the Levels and MoorsPartnership (LAMP), representing localcommunity interests, and have establisheda statement of common ground. Thepartnership aims to encourage integratedcatchment management and the WaterLevel Management Action Plan for the day-to-day management of water in the Levelsand Moors.
45
Chapter 5Water and wetlands
Over the life of the project it will:
• Initiate a debate among stakeholders onthe future of farming in relation toenvironmental change
• Analyse the practicalities and economicsof creating washlands on the floodplainand mid-catchments
• Produce sustainability indicators tomonitor the effectiveness of changes inwater and land management
• Examine the economics of achievingfavourable condition of the SPA
• Produce the philosophy and design foran Integrated Catchment ManagementPlan for the Parrett system
• Design a ‘catchment-care’ programme tomaintain stakeholders’ involvement in themanagement of their catchment
5.10 We need to build on this momentum and,using knowledge from effective monitoring andassessment, to secure cost-effective investment offinancial and management effort that will benefitbiodiversity and people. Landscape-scalecountryside management will be necessary totackle diffuse agricultural pollution which isharming aquatic wildlife, and to reverse thefragmentation of river corridors and the past lossof wetlands.
(Peter Wakely, English Nature)Diffuse pollution from agriculture is an important issue for thewetland environment.
Protecting peat bogs for posterity
Raised peat bogs are amongst the mostvaluable habitats for biodiversity,supporting species found rarely elsewhere,such as sphagnum mosses and cottongrass. They also support invertebrates andoffer feeding areas for birds such as thenightjar. The greater part of England’sraised bog resource has been drained andtaken into agriculture, forestry, peat miningor landfill. It is estimated that 94% of thatwhich existed in the 1900s has been lost.
In recognition of the importance of thehabitat, in March 2002 English Nature andDefra bought out the rights for peatextraction at three of the largest workedbog sites in England from Scotts Ltd at acost of £17.3m. Peat cutting at Wedholme
Flow, Cumbria, and Thorne Moor, SouthYorkshire, has now ceased. There will alsobe a phased withdrawal from a third site atHatfield, with harvesting stopping therealtogether by autumn 2004. This actionprotects the three sites that jointly coverover 4000 hectares.
As part of the agreement, Scotts Ltd hascommitted itself to secure employmentthrough the processing of peat alternatives,and to work with English Nature to restorethe peat-forming capabilities of the sites.This will guarantee protection for threeNatura 2000 sites and prevent any furtherdamage caused by large scale commercialpeat extraction, whilst at the same timesafeguarding local employment.
5.11 Given the landscape-scale influence of landmanagement on the quality of water and wetlandhabitats, changes in agricultural practice will holdthe key to much of the improvement sought forwater and wetland habitats. The Strategy’s workprogramme for agriculture, for example throughimplementation of the the Nitrates Directive andthe Government’s Sustainable Food and FarmingStrategy, should help to secure better environmentalconditions for aquatic and wetland wildlife.
5.12 Above all, however, we need to recognisethat healthy, fully-functioning ecosystems are apre-requisite for truly sustainable watermanagement and that this can only be achievedthrough further development of a catchment-scaleapproach. The European Commission’sBiodiversity Action Plan for Natural Resources17
identifies the EC Water Framework Directive(WFD) as the main new means by which this willbe put into practice at community level. The WFDwill increasingly set the context for the other policyinitiatives outlined in our programme of action forwater and wetlands.
The programme of action at Appendix 2 setsout what we are doing now and what we needto do in the future to tackle these concerns.
5.13 In particular:
● Biodiversity will be an important element of theGovernment’s Water Policy Document to bepublished shortly
● We will encourage links between catchment-scale biodiversity targets and the River BasinManagement Plans prepared by theEnvironment Agency for the Water FrameworkDirective through the development of pilot sub-plans linked with relevant Local BiodiversityAction Plans
● We will take full account of the water quantityrequirements of wetland SSSIs and speciesidentified to meet BAP targets at a catchmentlevel, and consider them in abstraction andwater level management planning decisions
● We will identify policy instruments to addressdiffuse pollution from agriculture, considering
the role of regulation, economic instrumentsand advice with the aim of reducing nutrientrun-off, soil erosion and flood risk, helping toincrease biodiversity interest
● We will develop and implement biologicalbased water quality objectives to help protectpriority species and habitats and also includethem as an element of condition assessmentfor water-dependent SSSIs
● We will promote wetland conservation andenhancement in policies, plans and projects forwater level, flood management and waterwaysregeneration activities, looking in particular foropportunities to create wetland habitats as partof catchment-scale land management solutionsthat harness natural processes
● We will, through provisions in the Water Bill,seek improvements in regulating abstractionwhich will encourage sustainable waterresources management
● We will ensure that biodiversity is properly takeninto account as a driver in Ofwat’s forthcomingreview of water prices for 2005-2010
● We will continue to tackle, through theEnvironment Agency’s review of consents, thepollution, harmful abstraction and other watermanagement problems affecting Natura 2000sites
● We will promote pond conservation measuresthrough agri-environment schemes andrecognition of Local Biodiversity Action Plans inthe land-use planning system through therevised PPG9
● We will take account of the findings of theGovernment’s review of non-native species inrespect of those that threaten wetlandecosystems, considering awareness campaignsand a programme of prevention, containmentand management as appropriate
● We will continue to promote and encourage theuse of peat alternatives to safeguard thepeatland resource
46
Chapter 5Water and wetlands
17 Commission document COM(2001) 162 final Volume II/V
47
Chapter 5Water and wetlands
CONSTRAINTS AND UNCERTAINTIES
5.14 A major concern is that current problemsmay well intensify as a result of climate change.Uncertainties about temperature regimes andlocal rainfall patterns could exacerbate potentialcompetition for water, whilst more intense stormevents will inevitably increase soil erosion, nutrientand pesticide run-off, and heighten public anxietyabout floods. Chalk streams were indentified inthe MONARCH study as particularly vulnerable toclimate change.
5.15 There are also still considerableuncertainties over the precise ecologicalrequirements of several species and habitats.Further scientific research is needed to determinethe most effective risk-based approach to tacklingthis uncertainty, thereby allowing us to be moreconfident about setting achievable cost-effectivetargets and tracking progress towards them. Thethreat to native wildlife posed by invasiveintroduced species could be a significant futureproblem which, for some species, may becompounded by climate change.
TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS
5.16 The biodiversity indicators that we will use forthis sector are:
● Biological quality of rivers in England (H7)
● Progress towards water and wetland HAP/SAPtargets in England (including the contribution ofhigh level flood management targets) (W1)
● Condition of water and wetland SSSIs inEngland (W2)
● Populations of water and wetland birds inEngland (W3)
● Trends in riverine plant diversity in England(W4)
● Nutrient levels in rivers and lakes (W5)
● Number of rivers meeting conservation targetsfor salmon (W6)
48
Chapter 6Woodland andforestry
VISION
6.1 Woodland and forests, managed andcreated to enhance both woodland and non-woodland species and habitats, that at the sametime provide sustainable goods, environmentalservices and recreational benefits enhancingpeople’s quality of life.
(Mike Hammett, English Nature)England supports most of the UK population of the dormouse, aspecies of coppice woodland.
Our aims are:
● To conserve the biodiversity of all woodlandtypes, particularly ancient semi-naturalwoodland, veteran trees and wood pasture
● To protect biodiversity-rich woodland fromexternal threats from industry and surroundingland uses to ensure its role is fully recognisedin development proposals
● To ensure that forestry and woodlandmanagement and creation enhances non-woodland habitats and species, and contributesto the conservation of biodiversity at a wider,landscape scale
● To fulfil the potential of forestry as one of thebest examples of sustainable development andto increase woodland’s role in enhancingpeople’s quality of life
Woodland and forestry
Surveysuccess
0%No report
16%
Insufficient information(surveys required)
15%
Insufficient information(surveys started)
24%
Extinct (pre-BAP)15%
Declining4%
No change17%
Figure 2: Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans
Signs ofrecovery
9%
Water and wetlands (n = 89 species)
No report14%
Insufficient information(surveys required)
12%
Insufficient information(surveys started)
43%
Extinct (pre-BAP)12%
Declining5%
No change8%
Figure 3: Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans
Signs ofrecovery
6%
Woodland and forestry management (n = 65 species)
49
Chapter 6Woodland andforestry
18 Forestry Commission 1998 UK Forestry Standard (Forestry Commission)
THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE
6.2 There are two main threats to biodiversityassociated with this sector:
● Threats to the biodiversity of ancient trees andnative woodland, including subtle decline, lackof appropriate management, and – occasionally– total loss
● The negative impacts of certain types of forestry(plantations in particular) and forestry practiceson non-woodland habitats and species
The programme of action at Appendix 3 setsout what we are doing now and what we needto do in the future to tackle these concerns.
(Chris Gomersall, RSPB Images)In the past, some trees have been planted in the wrong places.Removing these plantations is an important part of therestoration of our heathlands.
The UK BAP has Action Plans for thefollowing habitats and species associatedwith woodland and forests in England:
65 priority species associated withwoodland – including the high brownfritillary butterfly, the red squirrel and thebullfinch.
5 priority habitats– upland oakwoods,upland mixed ashwoods, wet woodlands,lowland beech and yew woodland, woodpasture and parkland.
A new HAP for lowland mixed deciduouswoodland is currently in preparation.
BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT
6.3 Trees, woodland and forests arequintessential features of the landscapes andenvironment of almost every part of England.Woodland is an important land use, and has beena source of renewable materials and energy for aslong as people have settled here. And woodlandhas provided a range of environmental and socialbenefits. The long lifetime of trees and the verylong continuity of woodland cover has meant thatplanning for future generations has always beenpart of woodland management. Sustainability isthus a familiar concept in this land use and in theforestry profession.
6.4 The last two decades have seen the threestrands of sustainability established on a moreequitable footing in forestry. Conservation ofbiodiversity is now seen as an integral part ofwoodland management and creation. The HAPsand SAPs have provided a valuable framework forplanning, and a great deal of woodland creationand improvement has already been completed.However, there is a need for woodland ownersand managers to be more fully engaged with theaspirations and delivery of these plans. There isalso a need to increase recognition of the role thatwoodland biodiversity can play in enhancing thequality of life of local communities and promotingsustainable development in both rural and urbanareas.
6.5 The UK’s forestry policy has been re-shapedsince the 1992 Rio Earth Summit, and the UKfulfilled its commitment in Rio by producingSustainable Forestry: the UK Programme toaccompany the UK Biodiversity Action Plan in1994. The twin objectives of UK forest policy are:
● the sustainable management of our existingwoods and forests; and
● a continued steady expansion of our woodlandarea to provide more benefits for society andour environment.
6.6 All forest operations approved by theForestry Commission are subject to compliancewith the UK Forestry Standard18, a comprehensivebenchmark of sustainable practice.
50
Chapter 6Woodland andforestry
19 England Forestry Strategy – a new focus for England’s Woodlands, Forestry Commission 1999
6.7 The Government’s strategic priorities andprogrammes for woodlands and forestry in Englandare set out the England Forestry Strategy (EFS)19.Biodiversity plays a significant role in each of itsfour key programmes:
● Promoting the rural economy and employment,where biodiversity plays a role in sustaining ruralenterprises dependent on either wildlife or game
● Restoring former industrial land and enhancingurban environments which can bring woodlandwildlife right into the heart of our cities andmake woodland birdsong and wildflowers apart of people’s everyday lives
(Forest Life Picture Library)Woodlands can provide environmental and social benefits aswell as economic income.
● Promoting public access and recreationactivities in woodland; there is no doubt thatobserving a wide variety of wildlife enhancesmost people’s visits to woodland
● Conserving our environmental resources,landscape character and cultural heritage, withbiodiversity being the element which literallybrings landscapes to life, and which has had amajor influence on their evolution over themillennia
6.8 The Felling Licence regulations and theWoodland Grant Scheme (WGS), operated by theForestry Commission, are the main deliverymechanisms for protecting and managing treesand woodland. More specifically, WoodlandImprovement Grants have been targeted topromote management operations to improvebiodiversity within existing woodlands. WGS incombination with the Farm Woodland Premium
Scheme (FWPS) supports woodland creation, andseeks to create 3000ha of new woodland onfarmland each year. Both WGS and FWPSschemes are currently under review.
WHAT WE WANT TO SEE
6.9 The programme of action for this sector(see Appendix 3) has a comprehensive rangeof actions to ensure that our aims are achieved.In summary it will:
Protect native woodland from furtherdamage, i.e.
● Take measures to prevent loss or damage toancient woodland and trees, and their uniquelyrich biodiversity, from development and mineralextraction
● Tackle the adverse impacts from agriculturalactivities on land adjoining woodland and inwood pasture, including intensification, over-grazing and drift of agro-chemicals
● Arrest undesirable change in woodland due tothe impact of certain species (especiallyrhododendron, deer and grey squirrels)
Enhance, extend and restore the existingnative woodland resource, i.e.
(Peter Wakely, English Nature)Climate change may have a significant adverse effect on thelong term future of beech woodland in southern England.
● Seek better evidence about the ecologicalcondition and threats to native woodland,wood pasture and ancient trees and betterunderstanding and awareness of theimplications of climate change
51
Chapter 6Woodland andforestry
● Encourage woodland management whichconserves and enhances the rich biodiversity ofour native woodland – including promoting therestoration of ancient woodland sites andparkland adversely affected by past coniferplantation
● Create new native woodland where it willcomplement, enhance and protect both existingwoodland and open ground habitats
Manage non-native woodland to improvebiodiversity in the wider landscape, i.e.
● Diversify and restructure commercialplantations to provide a range of habitats andstructures, to suit both woodland and non-woodland species
● Take appropriate opportunities to re-create orrestore open-ground habitats, such as heathand moorland, by removal of the largelyconiferous plantations that were established onthem in previous decades
Realise the broader quality of life benefits ofwoodland biodiversity, i.e.
● Improve the evidence on the contribution ofwoodland, and its associated biodiversity, topeople’s quality of life and on the value of theenvironmental services it provides
● Secure more high quality public access towoodland with rich biodiversity. This willenhance people’s enjoyment, provide healthbenefits and increase public understanding ofwoodland and the sustainability of woodproducts
HOW WE WILL ACHIEVE THIS
6.10 To achieve these outcomes, the programmeof action for woodland will use the following tools:
● Refined Government approaches to theconservation and restoration of ancientwoodland in England, and on re-creation ofopen habitats from forestry plantations
● More effective incentives to woodlandowners, including closer integration of forestryand agri-environment measures to achievebenefits at a landscape scale. The mid-termreview of the ERDP and the results from thereviews of woodland creation and managementof existing woodland in England will guide thedevelopment of new incentives
● Better advice/services to inspire and guidewoodland owners and managers, and to ensurepests and other threats are adequatelyaddressed
● Promotion of the role of woodland in providingenvironmental benefits, such as flood alleviationand recreation, to both urban and ruralcommunities
● Practical action by the Forestry Commissionon its own estate to further realise the potentialof public forests to enhance biodiversity andpublic enjoyment; (e.g. restoration of plantationson ancient woodland sites to native woodland)
● Research and development to increase ourknowledge of the condition of woodlandbiodiversity, to gather evidence on the extent ofthe non-market benefits and to increase ourawareness of the conservation needs ofwoodland biodiversity
(Derek Ratcliffe, Plantlife)Recent conservation management has arrested the decline ofthe sword-leaved helleborine (Cephalanthera longifolia) – awoodland orchid. But lack of appropriate managementcontinues to result in the decline of many woodland plants.
CONSTRAINTS AND UNCERTAINTIES
6.11 Achieving what we want will not be easy. Incommon with many other land uses, we do nothave an adequate information base on theresource, nor a full understanding of themanagement techniques and natural dynamics ofall habitats and species, hence the need forfurther research.
6.12 There are two fundamental and closelyrelated challenges which will affect progress.Firstly, the fall in timber prices has reduced theeconomic viability of most forestry enterprises,
The White Rose Forest
The White Rose Forest is an urban forestryproject that aims to create a genuinely well-wooded landscape, benefiting the people,economy and wildlife of West Yorkshire.It is supported by partners including theCountryside Agency, Forestry Commission,local authorities and non-governmentalorganisations.
As a sub-regional initiative, the White RoseForest has been able to secure significantsupport from the Regional DevelopmentAgency, Yorkshire Forward, to fund deliverythrough local projects. This has beenmatched with contributions from partnerorganisations and funding from landfill tax.
The White Rose Forest is concerned withbiodiversity among a number of keyobjectives. It directly contributes tobiodiversity targets, such as through therestoration of upland oak clough woodlandin the Southern Pennines, and requiresecological appraisal of all projects to avoidadverse impacts.
The White Rose Forest exemplifies anapproach that includes biodiversity withinbroader regeneration and environmentalenhancement objectives. For example it isworking with partners to explore the use ofwoodland and tree establishment withincatchments to reduce the risk of localflooding and contribute to habitat targetssuch as those for wet woodland.
and thereby reduced their ability to fundmanagement activity for biodiversity. Even thosemanaged primarily for non-market benefits havesuffered a fall in any secondary income fromtimber. There is therefore an increased need todevelop new value-added markets for timber, andalso alternative woodland-based enterprises.
6.13 The second major challenge is that less thanhalf the area of woodland is currently underappropriate management within an approvedscheme. Although many woods do not needactive intervention, in the short term many arevulnerable to slow decline or are under threat.Many unmanaged woods are also likely to beunder-performing in terms of providing benefits fortheir owners and for wider society. We have alimited knowledge of the condition of suchwoodland, and we have an equally limitedengagement with the owners. If we are to bring alarger area back into management we have toprovide the advice, support and inspirationtailored to the needs of the owners of allwoodland. Linked to both of these is the decline inthe capacity of the forestry contracting sector,which is likely to affect delivery on the ground.
TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS
6.14 A set of UK Indicators of SustainableForestry is currently being finalised, including acluster relating to biodiversity. The specificbiodiversity indicators we will use for this part ofthis Strategy are:
● Populations of woodland birds (H1)
● Progress towards woodland HAP/SAP targets inEngland (F1)
● Condition of woodland SSSIs in England (F2)
● Trends in woodland plant diversity (F3)
● Area of ancient/broadleaved woodland underan approved management regime (F4)
● Area of ancient woodland open for publicaccess and number of leisure day visits towoodland (F5)
52
Chapter 6Woodland andforestry
VISION
7.1 Towns and cities which have a place forwildlife, and in which a flourishing biodiversitymakes a real contribution to the quality of life ofurban residents, workers and visitors.Development that makes minimal impact onwildlife habitats and contributes to theconservation of biodiversity.
(Jeremy Dagley, English Nature)Suburban gardens can be an important habitat for the stag beetle.
Our aims are:
● To ensure that cities, towns and othersettlements contribute fully to the goals ofbiodiversity conservation
● To ensure that construction, planning,development and regeneration have minimaladverse impacts on biodiversity and enhance itwhere possible
● To ensure that biodiversity conservation isintegral to sustainable urban communities, bothin the built environment, and in parks andgreen spaces
● To ensure that biodiversity conservation isintegral to measures to improve the quality of
people’s lives, delivered through other initiativese.g. Community Strategies, includingNeighbourhood Renewal and CulturalStrategies, social inclusion, health and equalityof opportunity
● To value, further and enhance people’s owncontributions to improving biodiversity in townsand cities and to increase their access to it
THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE
7.2 An important part of our biodiversity has itshome in urban areas, whether inner cities, markettowns or suburbs. The black redstart is almostwholly an inner urban bird in England, and somespecies, such as the common frog, stag beetleand juniper pug moth have nationally significantpopulations in suburban areas. Improvements inwater and air quality over the past 30 years,together with the maturation of the urban forest,have enabled many species to colonise our townsand cities with some success. These include awide range of fish species returning to urbanrivers and the growing success for example ofgrey heron, great spotted woodpecker andspeckled wood butterfly. But others, such as rook,have disappeared, or are declining, likehedgehog. Any comprehensive biodiversitystrategy or policy needs to include our towns and
Habitat and Species Action Plansparticularly relevant to urban areas anddevelopment include:
Lowland heathsWood pasture and parkland
Stag beetleGreat crested newtSong thrushWater voleBats
53
Towns, cities anddevelopment
Chapter 7Towns, cities anddevelopment
cities as much as rural and marine areas, and weneed to move away from the widespreadassumption that nature belongs solely in thecountryside. Indeed, some of the best places forbiodiversity in towns and cities can be in areas of‘encapsulated countryside’, where the pressureson biodiversity are similar to those of the widercountryside.
7.3 The main concerns for biodiversityassociated with urbanisation and development are:
● Pressure on high-value land for developmentand other uses leads to the potential for conflictwith biodiversity objectives
● Urban green spaces often consist of highly-managed, largely artificial landscapes used formany competing interests and maintainedusing methods not always sympathetic tobiodiversity
● The population density of urban areas leaveslittle space for natural processes to operateeffectively
● A common perception that nature is not of orfor towns and cities, and thus an unwantedintrusion
● Gardening practices can be the source ofintroduced species with the capacity to causedamage to native habitats and species. Petscan have adverse impacts on wildlife in certaincircumstances
The programme of action at Appendix 4 setsout what we are doing now and what we needto do in the future to tackle these concerns.
7.4 Although only about 10% of England’s landcover is urbanised, we are an urban nation;almost 90% of the population lives in towns andcities. This figure is set to grow. The role of thenatural world, albeit often in stylised forms, inenhancing the quality of life in urban areas haslong been recognised. This country’s tradition ofcity parks and squares and town houses with their
own gardens matches any in Europe. Our urbantrees and woods help to reduce air pollution; theyprovide shade from ultra violet light; and they actas a buffer to wind and noise. Even the simplestexperiences of feeding ducks in the park,watching tadpoles in the garden pond, andhearing the robin singing on the way to work bringabout the contact with nature that researchsuggests is an important contribution to ourmental well-being. The role of natural greenspaces in contributing to urban people’s health, toflood control, pollution amelioration, andeconomic value is increasingly recognised.
(Andrew Hay, RSPB Images)Many developments can incorporate features to enhancebiodiversity.
7.5 The Urban White Paper20 set out theGovernment’s policy of bringing an urbanrenaissance to our towns and cities. The aim is todeliver real improvements in terms of localeconomies, quality housing and schools, socialcapacity, and people’s everyday environments –to improve ‘liveability’. Biodiversity has anessential role to play in liveability improvements:‘designing with nature’, especially in buildings andpublic spaces, can improve people’s quality of lifedirectly and show how nature can itself work tomaintain the qualities of land, air and water forpeople’s benefit. And there are benefits andopportunities within towns and cities to createhabitats through new development, with someinnovative schemes that show that biodiversitycan be conserved and even enhanced as aconsequence of urbanisation and development.
54
Chapter 7Towns, cities anddevelopment
20 Our Towns and Cities: The Future Delivering an Urban Renaissance DETR November 2000
(Charron Pugsley-Hill, English Nature)Garden ponds are an important wildlife habitat.
7.6 There is already tremendous enthusiasm fornature in urban populations. The populations thatlive and work in urban areas are important tosuccess in conserving biodiversity not just intowns but also in the wider countryside.Membership of nature conservation organisations(some 5 million) outstrips that of political partiesand 78% of households say that they take someaction to encourage wildlife into their gardens.There is a tradition of innovation and enthusiasmwithin the urban nature conservation movementthat we need to harness to maximise thebiodiversity of urban areas.
55
Chapter 7Towns, cities anddevelopment
Totalhouseholdsgardeningfor wildlife
Feed wildbirds
Avoid usingchemicals
Plantvarieties
attractive towildlife
Make anduse owncompost
Put up anestbox
Leave deadwood orleaves
Feed wildanimals
Use peatsubstitutes
Have a pondto attractwildlife
Have aspecial
wildlife area
Activity
Source: ODPM Survey of English Housing 2001–2
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
% o
f h
ous
eho
lds
with
gar
den
Figure 4: Gardening with wildlife in mind
7.7 Although there are few priority BAP habitatsand species which depend on towns and citiesthere is considerable energy in the delivery ofLocal Biodiversity Action Plans (LBAPs) for urbanareas. All LBAPs so far published have somerelevance to them. Many identify local action fornational priorities (e.g. heathland, stag beetle,bats). Some LBAPs address towns and cities with ageneric action plan for urban habitats (e.g. Surrey).Others, usually including the larger cities, addressa suite of habitats and species more typical of townsand cities, and reflecting where many people’svalues in nature lie. These include, urbangrasslands, parks and gardens (e.g. Newcastle,North Merseyside, Birmingham & the BlackCountry), cemeteries and churchyards (e.g.London), and wasteland and industrial land (e.g.Newcastle, Sheffield). Many have also taken the leadfor species with no nationally co-ordinated action(e.g. black redstart, peregrine falcon), or haveidentified species that have subsequently becomenational conservation issues (e.g. house sparrow).
7.8 A few LBAPs have specifically addressed thehard, built environment. Those for Newcastle,Birmingham and the Black Country, Westminster,Camden, and Hull contain specific plans forbuildings and other artificial structures. Othershave action plans for species that use the builtenvironment, such as swift, house martin and bats.
Nature and Community development:Castle Manor estate Sheffield
The Sheffield Wildlife Trust is makingnature conservation central to the socialand environmental regeneration of the mostdeprived wards of the city. Using £10m ofpartnership funding, 22 green estateprojects will be implemented over 8 years.The initiative has involved many localresidents in the areas’ transformation fromderelict estates into natural beauty. Therewill be community parks and gardens and awhole urban renaissance for people andwildlife. The key to success is in givinglocal people a direct say in how thecommunity gardens, tree nurseries andgreen spaces are managed.
Green roofs and black redstarts
Concerns at the loss of breeding sites ofblack redstart in parts of inner London, hasled to a range of initiatives that mayeventually lead to a renaissance of greenroofs – those with vegetation or otherhabitats built onto them. The black redstartis a priority species of the London BAP, andthe London Wildlife Trust in partnershipwith local people, English Nature, theBritish Trust for Ornithology and others,has produced guidance to alert and aiddevelopers and planners. This hasprogressed through the enthusiasm of localvolunteers to the design and recentinstallation of pilot ‘brownfield’ roofs inDeptford, and the preparation of detailedguidance on the web:www.blackredstart.org.uk
The London Borough of Lewisham hasadopted a green roofs policy in their UDPand the Lewisham Biodiversity Partnershiphas drafted a Green Roof Action Plan.Green roofs for black redstarts will be partof the developments at the Kings CrossChannel Tunnel link, the World TradeCentre at Canary Wharf, the new Arsenalfootball stadium and Battersea PowerStation.
English Nature has funded continuingresearch on the potential of a variety typesof green roofs to conserve biodiversity inurban areas, and will promote theirenvironmental benefits to the urbandevelopment professions.
56
Chapter 7Towns, cities anddevelopment
WHAT WE WANT TO SEE AND HOW WEWILL ACHIEVE IT.
7.9 The programme of action set out in thisstrategy focuses in particular on the following:
● Integration of biodiversity into policies andprogrammes for sustainable urbancommunities, through the development andpromulgation of awareness and good practicein using biodiversity for urban regeneration.Existing examples are: Building for Nature(SEEDA), the Creekside Environment Project(Deptford, London), Developing Naturally(ALGE) and forthcoming guidance from EnglishNature on green roofs and brownfielddevelopment.
Cambridgeshire County Council has produced guidance forincorporating biodiversity interests into a whole series ofdevelopments from housing, minerals, waste and transport.
● Planning policies and developmentdecisions that recognise the need toconserve and enhance biodiversity. PlanningPolicy Guidance Notes (PPGs) 3 and 17recognise the importance of biodiversity in thecontext of housing and open space planning.
We are preparing a revision of Planning PolicyGuidance No. 9 on nature conservation, whichwill take full account of the needs ofbiodiversity, including that in built-up areas.Consultation on the revised guidance will takeplace in Spring 2003.
● The planning and implementation of large-scale strategic and infrastructure projectsthat take full account of the needs ofprotected areas and species and widerbiodiversity. Large-scale projects, for examplefor transport and energy infrastructure, shouldtake account of the potential impacts onbiodiversity along with other environmentalimpacts at all stages from preliminary planning,through detailed design to implementation. Forprojects subject to the European Directive onEnvironmental Impact Assessment (EIA) effectson fauna and flora must be assessed. TheStrategic Environmental Assessment (SEA)Directive, which will apply from 2004 to a rangeof plans and programmes that set frameworksfor such projects, creates a specificrequirement to consider effects on biodiversity.Mitigation of adverse effects and compensationfor damage are required in some cases, forexample under the EU Habitats and BirdsDirectives. Experience to date supports theview that in most instances development canlive side by side with nature and damage tobiodiversity can often be avoided by carefulchoice of location and design and by usingopportunities for enhancement.
● Encouragement to local authorities anddevelopers to see the potential ofbiodiversity as an enhancement todevelopments through good practice sharing,partnership and guidance. Existing examplesare the Wetland Centre, Barnes and Leamouthin London. Work will continue on biodiversityindicators for the construction industry throughthe DTI-funded CIRIA project.
● Incorporation of more biodiversity elementsinto green buildings. Our aim is to contributeto making environmentally sound buildingdesign a more mainstream practice byencouraging the development of expertise inthe biodiversity elements of green buildingsthrough the relevant professional bodies. This is
57
Chapter 7Towns, cities anddevelopment
an area that requires further research, but astart has been made with English Nature’s workon green roofs.
● Urban parks and green spaces managedwith biodiversity as a core principle, andgreater recognition of the biodiversity valuesand potential of more informal green spacesuch as churchyards, cemeteries, institutionalgrounds, transport corridors and allotments.The Government’s response to the work of theUrban Green Spaces Taskforce will includemeasures to encourage the improvement of thebiodiversity quality of formal and informal greenspaces in towns.
● Further understanding of biodiversity ingardens and parks and encouragement ofgardening practices in urban areas thatenhance wildlife through information, publicityand citizen science. The 1998 stag beetlesurvey (PTES and others) and 2001 GardenSafari (Wildlife Trusts, Daily Telegraph and BBCTomorrow’s World) and 2002 RSPB Big GardenBirdwatch involved hundreds of thousands ofpeople, demonstrating the public’s interest inhelping to understand biodiversity.
● Recognition of the opportunities of LocalNature Reserves – these are local sites whichthrough positive management and partnershipwith local communities can bring the benefits ofnature closer to people and people closer tonature. 35% of England’s Local Nature Reservesare urban, and a further 33% lie within 1 km ofan urban area, so they are an important tool forconservation in urban and suburban areas.
● Promotion of a standardised approach to theidentification of local wildlife sites. Manyauthorities, including those in towns and cities,have identified sites that are an importantbiodiversity resource. These are recognised bydevelopment plans and have been given weightin planning decisions and at public inquiries.The selection of these sites on their biologicalinterest is often given added weight by thesocial and educational values they can provide,especially in urban areas (see paragraph 3.12).
Connecting with London’s Nature:The Mayor’s Biodiversity Strategy
London is one of the greenest of worldcities. The parks and other green spacesare renowned, and the Thames is one ofthe cleanest metropolitan rivers in Europe.The green spaces support a huge variety ofplants and animals; over 1,500 species offlowering plants and 300 types of birdshave been recorded in recent years.Wildlife habitat extends from the fringes ofthe urban area right into the heart of thecity and includes woodlands, meadows,wetlands, rivers, parks and the ‘urban’habitats found, for example, on disusedrailway land or areas where buildings havebeen demolished and nature has takenover. The Mayor’s strategy sets out howthese important features and their benefitsto the population of London can be lookedafter for the future.
The London Mayor’s Biodiversity Strategywas launched in July 200221, and is one of8 strategies the Mayor must produce. Allthe other strategies have links tobiodiversity and thus biodiversity isembedded into the whole range of policiesfor London’s future. The SpatialDevelopment Strategy, for example, will setout an integrated social, economic andenvironmental framework for the futuredevelopment of London including policiesto protect, manage and enhancebiodiversity.
Partnership is essential to the delivery ofthe strategy. Borough Councils, communitygroups, businesses, conservationorganisations and individual Londoners willall need to work together with the Mayor tomeet the Strategy’s aims. A vital player isthe London Biodiversity Partnership,chaired by the GLA, which brings togetherthose with a stake in the future ofbiodiversity in London.
For more details see www.london.gov.uk
58
Chapter 7Towns, cities anddevelopment
21 Connecting with London’s Nature The Mayor’s Biodiversity Strategy July 2002 GLA
CONSTRAINTS AND UNCERTAINTIES
7.10 Despite the enthusiasm for nature among alot of urban residents, a great many people havelimited access to nature, and a significant minoritylive and work in areas where the quality of theenvironment is very poor. Dealing with life’spressures often means that biodiversity or accessto natural green space close to home are lowpriorities for many. Addressing environmentalexclusion, by demonstrating the contribution thatthe natural world can make to improving people’slives, will require broadening the appeal andbenefits of biodiversity conservation to a verymuch wider audience. This will be a significantchallenge.
7.11 The choices that people make to spend theirtime and money are diversifying rapidly. It ispossible that technology and ‘virtual’ experienceswill further increase the disconnection betweenpeople and nature. Knowledge of globalenvironmental issues is widespread, but appearsto translate poorly locally. The increased ethnicdiversity within England’s towns and cities andwider awareness of other global environments(through increased travel) will result in newevaluations and interpretations of the environmentin which people choose to live, work and play. Thechallenge is to address the widely varying valuesystems that people place on the naturalenvironment, and how these may diversify withincreasing cultural multiplicity and technologicalchoices.
7.12 The need to maintain competitiveness in anincreasingly global economy, as well as theGovernment’s vision for an urban renaissance, arelikely to continue to require new development,including extensions to transport infrastructurenew offices and workspaces and new housing.The demand for urbanisation will lead to furtherdevelopment on brownfield sites, and pressureson other open areas, some of which are ofbiodiversity interest. In the face of such pressures,the challenge of sustainable development willrequire dedication, imagination and flair.
TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS
7.13 The biodiversity indicators we will use for thissector are:
● Progress towards urban related SAP targets(T1)
● Condition of SSSIs in urban areas (T2)
● Populations of birds in towns and gardens (T3)
● Ease of access to local green space andcountryside (T4)
● Proportions of households in Englandundertaking wildlife gardening (T5)
● Unitary Development/Structure Plans withbiodiversity policies and targets (T6)
59
Chapter 7Towns, cities anddevelopment
60
Essay 2
The effects of climate change onbiodiversityThe Changing Climate
The Earth’s climate is undergoing exceptional change. The latest predictions of the UK Climate ImpactsProgramme (UKCIP) in April 2002 suggest that climate change will be earlier and sharper thanpreviously thought. The predictions are based on the Hadley Centre’s latest climate models and fouremissions scenarios provided by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC).
Records indicate that temperatures in central England rose by almost 1°C during the 20th Century; the1990s was the warmest decade since records began in the 1660s. In the UK during the last 100 years, thegrowing season has extended by about one month, and the average UK sea level has risen approximately10 cm (after taking account of natural land movements).
By the 2080s, the scenarios suggest:
● Average annual temperature rising by between 2°C and 3.5°C.
● Winter precipitation increasing by perhaps 10% to 35%.
● Summers between 35% and 50% drier and sunnier.
● More frequent extreme weather events.
● Rising relative sea levels, by between 26 and 86cm above the current level in south east England.
Ongoing research studies, such as the collaborative MONARCH project (Modelling Natural ResourceResponses to Climate Change), are developing models and techniques to forecast the impacts of climatechange on wildlife and geological features in the UK. The results so far indicate that the responses ofdifferent species to climate change will vary: some will lose suitable ‘climate space’ whilst others willgain. For most species, however, the geographical location of suitable climate space will shift; in somecases there will be no overlap with current distributions.
Addressing climate change in the UK and globally
The Government is taking steps to stabilise the concentration of greenhouse gases in the Earth’satmosphere, to mitigate the severity of climate change. The UK Government’s target, under the EUburden-sharing agreement to meet its Kyoto commitment, is a 12.5% reduction in greenhouse gasemissions by 2010. The Government’s domestic goal, to cut CO2 emissions by 20% below 1990 levels by2010, is supported by a programme that combines fiscal measures with voluntary incentives. However,despite these actions, CO2 emissions are expected to increase globally, compared to current levels, bybetween approximately 12% and 200% by 2050, according to the latest IPCC assessment.
61
Climate change impacts on biodiversity
Research studies have shown that climate change is likely to have a major impact on biodiversity inEngland. Some species will be affected directly as climatic conditions within their current distributionsbecome less suitable. For example, some Arctic and Alpine species (such as Trailing Azalea and theMountain Ringlet butterfly) which are relics of the last Ice Age, may become less able to compete with aninflux of temperate species as the climate warms in the mountains of northern England. Some vulnerablespecies may become locally extinct. Species currently restricted to southern England may find suitableclimates extending northwards (such as Sea Purslane and Azure Damselfly), but they may not be able todisperse to and colonise suitable habitats. Some habitats (including raised bogs, wet heaths, coastal duneslacks, drought-prone acid grasslands and beech woodlands) and their associated species will be affectedby changes to the hydrological cycle, especially increases in summer drought in south east England.Coastal habitats will be affected by rising sea levels and increased storminess.
Climate change will also have indirect effects on biodiversity through, for example, changes in land use,demand for water, and patterns of recreational activity. In addition, conditions may become morefavourable for the spread of invasive non-native species. Evidence from the recently published ButterflyAtlas suggests that distributions of some butterflies are already changing in response to climate change.Overall, we need to ensure that we have adequate monitoring systems in place to detect the effects ofclimate change.
Adapting to climate change
It is difficult to frame a precise response when there remains so much uncertainty about future climates.Instead our response has to be to maximise the adaptive capacity of the predominately semi-naturalecosystems in England and to avoid setting ourselves impossible tasks in trying to maintain current orrestore pre-existing patterns of biodiversity. All our objectives for 20 or 50 years hence should takeaccount of the likelihood of significant climate change. In helping biodiversity to flourish now we arealso improving its ability to cope with future pressures. In promoting policies which regard biodiversityas a component of a larger ecosystem, operating across whole landscapes or seas, we are better able tomanage change in those ecosystems to sustain biodiversity.
As our knowledge of the likely impacts of climate change improves, through continued research andmonitoring, we will need to adjust our management strategies and target actions where they will be mosteffective in enabling vulnerable species to survive or to disperse to and colonise new areas. Schemes forhabitat creation and restoration will have to take account of likely new conditions as the new habitatsbecome established. Management of our network of protected sites will be critical as they not onlyprovide the main ‘hot spots’ from which biodiversity must disperse, but also the more natural ecosystemscapable of providing a ‘home’ for new colonists. Future condition assessments will need to take theselikely changes into account.
The UK Biodiversity Action Plan and the England Biodiversity Strategy provide the necessary policyframework to adapt to the long-term implications of climate change. Climate change will be an importantfactor in the continuing management of priority species and habitats and in the planning of actions toconserve them. The BAP and the Strategy also provide systematic frameworks of reporting andmonitoring, which can be used to steer adaptation to climate change over the coming decades.
Climate change indicator: Changes in abundance of climate sensitive species at Environmental ChangeNetwork sites in England (C1).
62
Chapter 8The Coasts and seas
VISION
8.1 Clean, healthy, safe productive andbiologically diverse oceans and seas and acoastline which reconciles human needs with theconservation and restoration of wildlife habitats,as far as possible through natural processes.
(Roger Mitchell, English Nature)The edible sea urchin, one of over 44,000 species found aroundour coasts.
Our aims are:
● To maintain, and promote the recovery of theoverall quality of our seas and coasts, theirphysical and biological processes andbiodiversity
● To ensure the inclusion of considerations aboutbiodiversity as part of the development anddelivery of policies relating to marine andcoastal management
● To ensure the inclusion of considerations aboutbiodiversity into the activities of all thoseinvolved in coastal and marine use anddevelopment
The UK BAP has:
● 58 species action plans – including forsand lizard, shore dock, small dolphinsand marine turtles, and
● 17 habitat action plans – including forsand dunes, mudflats, cold water reefsand salt marsh
that are associated with the coasts andseas around England.
The Coasts and seas
No report35%
Insufficient information(surveys required)
10%
Insufficient information(surveys started)
22%
Extinct (pre-BAP)7%
Declining2%
No change19%
Figure 5: Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans
Signs ofrecovery
5%
The coasts and seas (n = 58 species action plans)
63
Chapter 8The Coasts and seas
22 Safeguarding our Seas May 2002 Defra
THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE
8.2 People have had a major effect on thecomposition of life in marine ecosystems in termsof size, abundance, diversity, distribution, geneticcomposition and extent of habitats The mainspecific concerns for biodiversity in coastal areasand in the marine environment are:
● Pressures on coastal habitats arising fromconstruction, mineral extraction, recreation andtourism
● Loss of habitat through ‘coastal squeeze’,exacerbated by sea-level rise, where flooddefences prevent landward migration of inter-tidal or littoral habitats
● Over-exploitation of the natural resources of themarine environment, especially through fishing
● Pollution from land and at sea, includingorganic enrichment from sewage and fertiliserrun-off, hazardous substances which are toxic,persistent and liable to accumulate in marineorganisms
● Lack of satisfactory mechanisms for ensuringthat the conservation of nature at sea is as welldeveloped as on land
● Gaps in information about the components,quality, structure and functioning of the marineecosystem
(English Nature)Saline lagoons are being lost due to ‘coastal squeeze’.
Each of these is addressed by this Strategy.The Government’s first Marine StewardshipReport ‘Safeguarding our Seas’22 provides the
main policy framework for this part of thestrategy and has put an ecosystem-basedapproach to marine management at its heart.Sustainable development, integratedmanagement, stakeholder involvement, robustscience, the precautionary principle and theconservation of biodiversity are stressed asguiding principles.
(Chris Gomersall, RSPB Images)Retaining or developing coastal saltmarsh can providean effective alternative to man made coastal defences.
8.3 The coastline of England is represented by amixture of hard and soft geologies important for itsdiverse habitats and for the species they support.The marine environment is equally diverse and inmany cases extremely fragile and threatened. Theeconomic value of the coast and seas is oftenimplicitly linked to the presence of biodiversity,either through direct use of resources or indirectlythrough the importance of wildlife and nature totourism and recreation.
8.4 Coastal habitats, particularly thoseassociated with soft geology, are usually verydynamic and so their condition depends on thegeomorphological processes which shape them.This is especially important because people havemade considerable direct, morphological changesto the coastline through reclamation, industrialdevelopment (including port construction) andcoastal protection. And indirectly, we areincreasingly having an impact through climatechange which brings sea level rise and increasedstorminess. The marine environment is also highlydynamic and interconnected through the watercolumn. It faces numerous threats, for examplefrom over-fishing, pollution and litter. Because ofthe complexity of the marine ecosystems and theirdynamic nature, we need to develop further ourunderstanding of natural processes in order to
64
Chapter 8The Coasts and seas
inform our decisions and policy directions. Wealso need to apply the precautionary principle,erring on the side of caution where the scientificevidence is not conclusive.
Flood defence through habitat creationon the Humber Estuary
The Humber Estuary is among the 10 mostimportant European estuaries for wildfowland wading birds. It is located within someof the country’s most productive farmland,is a major industrial centre and home toover a third of a million people.
The Environment Agency is developing along-term strategy for managing the flooddefences surrounding the estuary to takeaccount of all these factors in a sustainableway.
It is necessary to maintain the line ofdefence around the major commercial andpopulation centres on the estuary, eventhough this will lead to the loss of valuablewildlife habitat which will worsen as sealevels rise. But moving the defences backfrom the current line in other places willmake the overall system more sustainableby making the defences longer lasting andcreating new habitat to compensate for thepredicted losses.
The Humber Estuary ShorelineManagement Plan recommends thatopportunities for re-aligning the defencesshould be sought wherever this might:
● Reduce the threat of erosion affecting thestability of the defences
● Lower extreme high water levels
● Create habitat to offset losses resultingfrom schemes or rising sea levels
● Deliver better value for money
The Environment Agency has identified anumber of possible sites for setting backthe line of defence and is currentlyconsulting with landowners with a view topurchasing land at suitable sites in2004/2005.
8.5 It is virtually impossible to separate the useand exploitation of the marine environment fromthe wildlife that occurs there. The ecosystem-based approach adopted by the 5th North SeaConference and embraced by the MarineStewardship Report is essential to a coherentconsideration of the health of biodiversity in themarine environment. In such an approach, theconservation of biodiversity is central, rather thanincidental, to any regulation or investmentdecision. The Review of Marine NatureConservation (RMNC) and its Regional Seas PilotScheme in the Irish Sea recognises this fact.
8.6 A biodiversity strategy for coastal andmarine areas must reflect the socio-economicfactors and policies involved in their management.Historically they have been a major reason for theloss of biodiversity, but in the future they mustplay a part in its restoration. The awareness,inclusion and active participation of allstakeholders at all stages from planning todelivery are central to the Strategy.
8.7 The perceived conflict betweendevelopment and conservation often appearsparticularly acute in the coastal zone. An essentialprinciple of the Strategy is to ensure that the local,regional and national planning structures allow forand encourage the conservation of biodiversity tobecome an opportunity rather than a threat todevelopment.
8.8 Government direction, regulation andinvestment are particularly important in marineand coastal management. The presentinstitutional arrangements, funding streams andpolicy emphasis may not give sufficient weight tobiodiversity considerations. The Strategy seeks tobuild a sense of ownership of biodiversityobjectives among major regulators, developersand users of marine and coastal environmentsand to integrate biodiversity into wider regulatoryand management approaches. Considerableareas of the coastline are recognised through UKand EU statutory designations for conservation.However, the Strategy reflects the reality thatbiodiversity is about considerably more than justachieving the favourable condition of designatedsites. The Strategy seeks to ensure that theGovernment’s policies and programmes comply
65
Chapter 8The Coasts and seas
with, contribute to and facilitate others tocontribute to the delivery of biodiversity objectivesthrough clear, transparent and effective regulatorysystems.
WHAT WE WANT TO SEE AND HOW WEWILL ACHIEVE IT.
8.9 The programme of action in Appendix 5 setsout to achieve the following practical outcomes.
● The conservation of and, where appropriate,creation of habitats is fully incorporated intoall planning and management processes inthe marine and coastal zones. This will betaken into account in the current Governmentreview of the regulatory framework affectingdevelopment in coastal and marine waters.Biodiversity objectives will be incorporated intoa national strategy for implementing IntegratedCoastal Zone Management
● The achievement of biodiversity objectivesthrough flood and coastal managementpolicies and programmes, workingincreasingly with natural coastal processes.We will develop Shoreline Management Plansand Coastal Habitat Management Plans toincrease the use of natural coastal processes inthe conservation and creation of wildlife habitatsto deliver other management objectives
(Paul Knapman, English Nature)We need to make further progress if we are to manage ourcoastal and marine fisheries sustainably.
● Responsible and sustainable fisheries thatensure healthy marine ecosystems as wellas providing a livelihood for those in theindustry. We will work with the European
Commission and EU partners to implement theEU Biodiversity Action Plan for Fisheries and toensure that the review of the Common FisheriesPolicy gives full weight to sustainability andbiodiversity matters. The introduction of furtherno-take areas (as has happened in the seasaround Lundy Island) will be considered
● Sustainable development of the offshoreenergy sector through the furtherincorporation of biodiversity considerationsinto the environmental assessments (SEAsand EIAs) relating to offshore renewableenergy and other activities
● Continued reductions in pollution from land-based sources. Much has already beenachieved but we will continue to work with theEU and other partners internationally (especiallythrough OSPAR) to address marine pollutionproblems
● A coherent legal and administrative systemfor nature conservation in the marineenvironment. We will use the results of the pilotproject in the Irish Sea to establish a frameworkfor the future administration of biodiversityconservation in the marine environment. We willalso complete the EU Special Protection Areadesignations in coastal waters and theextension of Natura 2000 beyond territorialwaters as rapidly as possible
● An improved information base forunderstanding impacts on marinebiodiversity and to support the developmentof ecosystem-based policies. We will developimproved information systems, especially themapping of seabed habitats and thedevelopment of Ecological Quality Objectives(EcoQOs) and marine biodiversity indicators
● A simplified regulatory framework for theprotection and management of the marineenvironment. This is being undertaken by thecurrent review of the regulatory frameworkaffecting development in the coastal area. Initialproposals are expected by the end of this yearand will be subject to full consultation
CONSTRAINTS AND UNCERTAINTIES
8.10 Because of the large number of peopleinvolved in the management and development ofthe coastal and marine zones, and theinterdependence of so many of their activities, theimportance of involving and seeking the generalsupport of stakeholders is a recurrent theme,particularly in this part of the Strategy. This ishighly desirable but inevitably makes action morecomplex and can take time. Much of the action inthe work programme relates to international actionand co-operation, where the UK is but one partyto the discussions and, although recognised as avaluable partner in this area, cannot direct theoutcome. A particular challenge will be to workwithin the framework of the Habitats Directive toaddress the effects of change in the marine andcoastal environment e.g. the loss of designatedfreshwater grazing marshes to new saltmarsh ormudflat as a result of sea level rise.
8.11 The uncertainties brought by climate changeare particularly problematic in the marineenvironment, where knowledge of existingecosystems is poor. In the coastal zone, sea levelrise will lead to more unpredictable events withconsequences for biodiversity. In addition non-native species in the marine environment broughtin by ships’ ballast water have potentially largeconsequences for native biodiversity which aredifficult to foresee.
Marine Biodiversity and Climate Change
The Government and other UK agencies(including the Environment Agency andEnglish Nature) are funding a major four-year study, MarClim to assess the influenceof climate change on marine biodiversity,using measurements and models ofintertidal species.
The results will be used to inform policiesconcerning the marine environment andprovide contextual information to assist inreporting the success or otherwise of thisand other Strategies.
TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS.
8.12 The biodiversity indicators we will use forthis sector are:
● UK fish stocks fished within safe limits (H6)
● Progress towards coastal and marine SAP/HAPtargets (M1)
● Populations of coastal and sea birds (M2)
● Marine biodiversity (to be developed) (M3)
● Number and size (or % of resource of coastaland inshore marine Natura 2000 sites; numberwith management plans; condition of coastalSSSIs in England (M4)
● Marine inputs: cessation of discharges,emissions and losses of hazardous substancesby 2020 (M5)
● Levels of cetacean bycatch in UK waters (M6)
66
Chapter 8The Coasts and seas
67
The Importance of PeopleIt is fundamental to the success of England’s Biodiversity Strategy that it is not simply regarded as thepreserve of policy makers, experts and politicians. Whilst the sectors considered in Chapters 4 to 8above establish the framework for those public policies that are most likely to have an impact on thehealth of biodiversity in England, it is equally important to create opportunities for the population as awhole to understand the value of biodiversity for their lives and well-being. We want to encourage aclimate that builds consideration for biodiversity into everyday lives and businesses, so that it comesnaturally to society as a whole. This part of the Strategy looks at ways we can progress through anumber of cross-cutting themes, building in many cases on the excellent work that has already started.
We shall publish a companion volume to the Strategy which illustrates particularly the excellent work thatis already underway in England through local partnerships for biodiversity – making it a reality on theground for many people.
VISION
9.1 The full integration of biodiversityconsiderations within regional and local policies,strategies and programmes. Healthy andflourishing broad partnerships that champion,promote and enhance local and regionalbiodiversity and its distinctiveness and helpdeliver national priorities.
(Simon Williams, Plantlife)Local Biodiversity Action Plans identify opportunities forincreasing public involvement.
Our aims are:
● To promote the integration of biodiversityobjectives with social and economic prioritiesthrough local and regional biodiversitymechanisms
● To develop broad local and regionalpartnerships delivering national and localpriorities for biodiversity in the long-term
● To promote communication, and sharedunderstanding and community involvement inbiodiversity objectives at local and regionallevels
THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE
9.2 The incorporation of biodiversity intoregional and local policies and programmes inEngland involves local communities, businesses,landowners, non-governmental organisations andcentral, regional and local government – in short,the full spectrum of stakeholders in biodiversity.This part of the Strategy is concerned mainly withthe administrative machinery that is necessary tosupport action for biodiversity locally andregionally over the next 5 years. These systemsshould facilitate the full integration of biodiversityconsiderations within local and regional policies,strategies and programmes and promotecomplementary action between sectors. The keyissues are :
● Taking full advantage of the opportunities forintegrating biodiversity issues provided by theCountryside and Rights of Way Act 2000, theLocal Government Act 2000 and the developingregional structures (e.g. Regional DevelopmentAgencies, Government Offices, RegionalChambers and the future Regional Assemblies)
● Clarifying the role and purpose of therespective administrative tiers (national,regional and local) in implementing biodiversityaction
● Developing the potential of people working onbiodiversity at local and regional levels tosupport the action programmes identified inother parts of this Strategy
● Ensuring that local contributions are fullyrecognised as integral to action for biodiversityin England
Local and regional action
68
Chapter 9Local andregional action
69
Chapter 9Local andregional action
23 Strong Local Leadership: Quality Public Services DTLR December 2001
The programme of action at Appendix 6 setsout what we are doing now and what we needto do in the future to achieve this.
9.3 Local and regional action for biodiversity hasbeen vital to the UK Biodiversity Action Plan sinceits inception. Together they are amongst the bestexamples of multi-stakeholder partnerships in theUK or abroad. Since 1995 approximately 100Local Partnerships, covering almost all ofEngland, and 9 Regional Biodiversity Partnershipshave been established. National advice, guidance,training and workshops enabling the exchange oflocal experiences and good practice has beenfacilitated by the Local Issues Sub-Group of theEngland Biodiversity Group throughout this periodof growth. Recommendations to encourage theintegration of biodiversity into the work of theemerging regional administrative structures havebeen made e.g. for exchange of good practice,establishment of regional targets and integrationof biodiversity objectives into regionalprogrammes. These will be taken forward as partof the Strategy.
(Andrew Hay, RSPB Images)Biodiversity conservation should be a key component ofCommunity Strategies.
9.4 Local and regional initiatives have helpeddeliver national and local biodiversity objectives inpartnership with a broad range of organisations,communities and individuals across the country.They have contributed innovation and localdistinctiveness to England’s biodiversityprogramme and helped to promote understandingof and involvement in biodiversity amongst localpeople. A report celebrating the achievements ofEngland’s Local Biodiversity Action Plans (LBAPs)will be published early in 2003.
9.5 A number of factors have constrainedprogress, however. One of the biggest has beenresource limitations. For example, in many casesit has been difficult for partnerships to secureresources to coordinate LBAPs in the long-term,and short-term contracts and lack of continuityhave been common. There have also beenproblems with communication between the localand regional levels on the one hand and betweenLBAPs and national action plan lead partners andagencies on the other. Better communicationswould promote common understanding of whereaction is most appropriate. The diversity of localadministrative approaches could benefit from theestablishment of common standards on targetsetting and guidance on best practice in reportingand monitoring. Work has already been takenforward to integrate LBAPs into the newBiodiversity Action Reporting System (BARS) ,being piloted in 2002/3. Further work here willhelp to ensure that activities in local areas arecomplementary to one another and togethercontribute tangibly to national objectives.
9.6 Developments in national legislation haveprovided new opportunities for local biodiversitypartnerships to integrate their work with thatneeded to achieve broader sustainabledevelopment and quality of life objectives. S4 ofthe Local Government Act 2000 requires localauthorities to prepare Community Strategies forthe economic, social and environmental well-being of their areas. DETR Circular 04/2001makes it clear that Local Biodiversity Action Plansare amongst the elements local authorities shouldbuild upon when preparing these CommunityStrategies. It also recognises that local wildlifesites are important components of LBAPs. Manyexisting LBAP groups are excellent models forpartnership working and links between them andthe emerging Local Strategic Partnerships forCommunity Strategies should be established. TheLocal Government White Paper23, 2001, promisedto reduce the burden of planning requirementsimposed on local authorities and to improve theeffectiveness and consistency of the remainingplanning requirements for both central and localgovernment. This review provides the potential forbiodiversity objectives to be linked into other localauthority activities promoting the ‘well-being’(social, economic and environmental) of localareas through Community Strategies.
(Andrew Hay, RSPB Images)Local and Regional BAPs can play an important role in targetingthe recreation of wildlife habitats such as heathland and wetlandto the right areas.
9.7 The increasing emphasis on regionalgovernment and administration is one of the mostimportant developments in governance inEngland in recent years. The Government’s WhitePaper on Regional Governance24 points towardsthe increasing importance of regionally-baseddecision making. The Regional BiodiversityPartnerships, now established in the 9 regions ofEngland, are well placed to advise regionaldecision makers on biodiversity issues by, forexample, assembling partners, identifying fundingstreams, providing data and coordinating large-scale projects.
9.8 All the English Regional Chambers havenow agreed Regional Sustainable DevelopmentFrameworks. These are high level visions forsustainable development, and are drawn up bypartnerships including Government Offices,Regional Development Agencies as well asbusiness, local authorities, charities and voluntarygroups. The Frameworks set out indicators andtargets for the region which will inform otheractivity in the region. Regional Frameworks informRegional Planning Guidance and RegionalEconomic Strategies and provide an importantlink between local level work on CommunityStrategies, and the National SustainableDevelopment Strategy. Sustainable developmentframeworks provide an opportunity to placebiodiversity issues in the wider regional contextby showing how biodiversity considerations canbe integrated into other policies andprogrammes, complementary to LBAPs in theregion.
WHAT WE WANT TO SEE AND HOW WEWILL ACHIEVE IT
9.9 As with the other cross-cutting themes in thispart of the Strategy, we will establish a newStrategy Implementation Group to take forwardthis work programme and replace the formerEngland Local Issues Group. The programme forlocal and regional action has the following elements:
Work leading to the integration of local andregional contributions for biodiversity intoother sectors, in particular to achieve:
● Integration of biodiversity considerations inlocal authority activities and in particular as partof the preparation and implementation ofCommunity Strategies and recognition of therole of local biodiversity objectives in planningpolicies
● Full integration of biodiversity considerationswithin plans and policies for the EnglishRegions and in particular as part of theupdating and implementation of RegionalSustainable Development Frameworks and theactivities of Government Offices, RegionalDevelopment Agencies, Regional Chambersand government agencies operating at theregional level
● The effective contribution of local and regionalaction to the aims and objectives contained inthe agriculture, woodland and forestry, waterand wetlands, marine and coastal and urbanand development chapters of this Strategy
● Improved contributions from local partnershipsto communication and understanding and theinvolvement of local people in deliveringbiodiversity objectives
● Increased implementation of local biodiversityobjectives by businesses as guided by theproposed Business and BiodiversityImplementation Group
Measures to encourage the development andimprovement of LBAPs and regional co-ordination mechanisms, in particular to achieve:
● Local and regional action for biodiversity builton strong, inclusive partnerships with a long-term vision and stability for the future
70
Chapter 9Local andregional action
24 Your Region, Your Choice: Revitalising the English Regions. ODPM June 2002.
71
Chapter 9Local andregional action
● Local and regional activity at appropriate andcomplementary geographical scales, making atangible contribution to national plans andprogrammes
● The widespread exchange of easily-accessibleinformation about biodiversity, good practiceand guidance about local and regionalbiodiversity activities
● Contributions to the investigation by theproposed Economics and Funding StrategyImplementation Group of the funding needs oflocal and regional partnerships.
Building on the new BARS approach,development of further target setting, reportingand monitoring systems, in particular toestablish:
● Local and regional priorities and targets that areinformed by national BAP targets and prioritiesand vice versa
● An effective means of reporting and monitoringlocal and regional progress
● A suite of regional and local biodiversityindicators to track progress on delivery of thelocal and regional work programme
TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS
9.10 There are a number of indicators, includingfor biodiversity, that have already been developedfor the use of local authorities by the AuditCommission and Improvement and DevelopmentAgency as part of their Library of LocalPerformance Indicators. Biodiversity targets havealso been used at the regional scale for examplein the preparation of Regional SustainableDevelopment Frameworks and Regional PlanningGuidance. The Public Service Agreementsbetween Government and local authoritiesprovide the opportunity to include biodiversityindicators. These indicators and targets need tobe monitored and fed into the process ofestablishing high-level indicators in the future. Wepropose to use the following biodiversityindicators in this area of work.
● Progress with LBAPs in England (H4)
● Condition of SSSIs in Local Authorityownership (L1)
● Community Strategies with biodiversityelements (L2)
● Incorporation of biodiversity objectives inregional programmes and strategies (L3)
Biodiversity target forEssex Public Service Agreement
Essex County Council and the Governmenthave entered into a Local Public ServiceAgreement (Local PSA) to help furtherimprove the Council’s services to localpeople. This agreement runs from 2002-2005 and includes a target relating tobiodiversity:
‘Maintaining biodiversity through theestablishment and achievement of appropriatemanagement objectives on a suite of councilowned sites.’
The County Council owns and manages 139sites designated as being of natureconservation interest, some of internationaland national importance, others of more localimportance. These include ancient woodland,grassland, and coastal sites, which total over800ha, and linear sites (road verges and oldrailway lines) nearly 70km in length.
The Council has carried out an assessment ofcurrent performance in establishing anddelivering management objectives forbiodiversity in these sites and considered howit could be improved and monitored over thethree-year period of the PSA. The proposedindicator measures the degree of achievementtowards this ideal, expressed as an averagedpercentage figure. Progress is assessed,independently where practicable, against adefined and rigorous checklist.
Essex County Council have found the processof preparing the PSA beneficial as it hasimproved their knowledge of their biodiversityresource, improved habitat management,secured delivery of BAP objectives across thebreadth of council services and directedfunding towards biodiversity objectives. It hasalso enabled the Council to play a greater rolein the local biodiversity partnership.
72
Essay 3
Biodiversity for recreation,health and well-beingMany people value our countryside for quiet enjoyment – be it walking, wildlife watching, cycling orclimbing – for spiritual refreshment and well-being. Direct enjoyment of biodiversity is a major reasonfor these countryside visits: survey evidence suggests that birds and wildlife were the primary reasoninfluencing the decision of 59% of visitors to the countryside.
The Government believes it is important that opportunities for people to visit the countryside should beenhanced. Overall, the impact for biodiversity conservation will be positive, for providing opportunitiesfor people to enjoy the natural environment and to experience wildlife at first hand is vital in buildingsupport and understanding for its conservation. Visiting wildlife-rich areas sustains rural economies: forexample, the biodiversity-rich North Norfolk Coast attracts some 7.7 million day and 5.5 million nightvisits per year, generating visitor spend of £122 million and supporting 2,325 FTE jobs so encouraginglocal communities to support conservation in their areas.
Recent Government initiatives will do much to increase the area of England available for access on foot,cycle and horse. The Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000 (CRoW) introduced a statutory right ofaccess on foot to land mapped as open country (mountain, moor, heath and down) and registeredCommon Land. Landowners may also dedicate land to extend the right of access to other users such ashorse riders or cyclists, or extend the right of access on foot to other land types. Although in some casesaccess could harm sensitive habitats, in many instances, such problems can be resolved through solutionssuch as wardening, signage, information or careful siting of car parks to require a “long-walk” tosensitive areas. Otherwise, the Act provides for access to be restricted or excluded in the small number ofcases where this is necessary to protect the biodiversity interest of the land.
CRoW also requires local authorities to prepare Rights of Way Improvement Plans. These will assess thecurrent provision of Rights of Way in relation to public demand. These plans will be an importantmechanism for stimulating the creation of new Rights of Way in areas that are deficient.
But there are far wider benefits to the public at large. Objective research is confirming what many peopleintuitively know: contact with “nature” is good for us, and enhances our quality of life as a whole. This isthe basis for English Nature’s Accessible Natural Greenspace model, which aims to encourage localplanning authorities to ensure that no person need live further than 300m from a quality natural greenspace. English Nature has developed a tool-kit for local authorities to assist them in assessing the qualityand quantity of natural green spaces in their area, and help them develop a strategy in order to addressdeficiencies and maximise opportunities.
Lack of physical activity is becoming a national problem: as a nation, we are walking 1% less perannum. Enhancing physical activity is an important means of preventative medicine. For example,mortality is 50% lower in those retired men who walk two miles per day; the risk of stroke is three timeshigher in those who abstain from exercise; strokes currently cost the nation £26 m per annum. Thusincreasing physical activity not only benefits the individuals concerned but also the NHS. However,studies illustrate that the prospect of better health does not in itself provide the motivation for people totake up and sustain physical activity. Projects aimed at encouraging people to take up walking, orundertake countryside management (such as the Countryside Agency/British Heart Foundation “Walkingyour way to Health”, and BTCV “Green Gym” initiatives) have resulted in far higher levels of sustainedparticipation, as the attractiveness of the countryside acts as an additional motivator. Delivery ofbiodiversity objectives will do much to enhance countryside quality, so providing the underlyingfoundation for such health improvement initiatives.
Research is also showing that biodiversity influences our quality of life in more subtle ways. Mere visual
73
contact with “nature” reduces our stress levels and promotes well-being. Motorists are less stressedwhen driving, under similar traffic conditions, along leafy tree and shrub-lined roads. Hospital recoveryrates following surgery appear to be more rapid in patients with a view of green space than concrete. Sothere is a need not only to provide people with greater access to biodiversity, but to bring biodiversity topeople – pocket parks, urban tree planting, gardens, and green roofs are all important.
74
Chapter 10The economicsand funding ofbiodiversity
25 English Nature 2002 Revealing the Value of Nature
10.1 Sustainable development requires us toensure that we have a more holistic view of theimplications of our decisions, taking account ofthe full costs and benefits to the economy, theenvironment and society as a whole, includingfuture generations. This Chapter considers theseeconomic issues in more detail, with particularreference to conserving biodiversity as part ofsustainable development.
10.2 Economic activities can adversely affectbiodiversity, by using up the resources on whichbiodiversity relies; by converting resources andhabitats to other uses; by polluting habitats andby increasing the risk of impacts from invasivespecies. This leads to real economic costsincluding the direct costs of preventing furtherhabitat degradation or of mitigating the effects ofhabitat loss; the costs of replacing the goods andservices biodiversity provides (such as coastaldefence, clean water and recreationalopportunities) if they are lost. It also leads toindirect economic costs through knock-on effectson other activities and negative environmentalimpacts in terms of lost future economicopportunities, for example for new drugs ormaterials from natural sources.
THE ECONOMIC REASONS FORBIODIVERSITY DEGRADATION
10.3 Whilst the underlying reasons forbiodiversity degradation are varied and complex,one of the explanations is market failure:
● The price signal from the market can undervaluebiodiversity. This has resulted in allocations ofresources that lead to biodiversity degradation
● Economic decision-makers may not takeexternal costs and benefits into consideration.Examples are: nutrient and pesticide pollutionfrom agriculture; point source water pollution;
water abstraction; landfill waste practices; peatextraction and air pollution
● Property rights – In cases where there are noproperty rights relating to many biodiversityresources, there is less incentive for people toconstrain their use, which can becomeunsustainable (e.g. fishing)
● Information failure: The full value of biodiversityis not known or appreciated so it is not usedoptimally
● Public Goods – often the providers ofbiodiversity as a public good are unable torealise the value of such provision
10.3 Biodiversity degradation also arises frompolicy/intervention failure, such as has arisen fromthe operation of the Common Agricultural Policy.
BENEFITS OF BIODIVERSITYCONSERVATION AND ENHANCEMENT
10.4 Biodiversity for its part contributes toeconomic activity and has itself significanteconomic value. Its benefits to society include:
● Direct benefits such as raw materials forproduction
● Indirect benefits such as reducing the likelihoodof floods, but also through biodiversity’saesthetic, ethical and cultural significance
● Option benefits such as the future possibleuses of biodiversity for industrial (includingpharmaceutical) or agricultural purposes, someof which are not yet known
● Intrinsic biodiversity values arising from its mereexistence, irrespective of the economic, aestheticor other benefits it provides25
The economics andfunding of biodiversity
75
Chapter 10The economicsand funding ofbiodiversity
26 Rayment M and Dickie I 2001 Conservation Works… for local economies in the UK. RSPB, Sandy27 CEAS 1993 The Economy of Landscape and Nature Conservation in England and Wales. CEAS consultants report to Countryside
Council for Wales, Countryside Commission and English Nature. Unpublished28 Countryside Agency estimate
10.5 Because many of these benefits are notadequately recognised by the market, they are notadequately taken into account by policy anddecision makers. So reliably measuring the valueof biodiversity in monetary or other terms isimportant to help determine the most equitableand efficient use of resources.
(Forest Life Picture Library)Visits to wildlife sites can contribute to local economies
ECONOMIC IMPACTS OF BIODIVERSITYCONSERVATION
10.6 Conserving biodiversity can also have arange of positive impacts on local economies26.For example:
● Direct employment in specific natureconservation activities in England is estimatedat 8,800 full time equivalent (FTE) jobs
● Expenditures by conservation organisations,estimated at £485 million per year at thebeginning of the 1990s27, provide revenues andemployment for local suppliers and contractors.At that time about 80% of this expenditure wasfrom the public sector
● Conservation-related schemes (such as agri-environment and woodland managementinitiatives) fund work in the wider countryside,and have been shown to support incomes andemployment
● Conservation benefits the tourism sector, aswildlife, its habitats and landscapes dependenton wildlife attract visitors to rural areas, whospend money on local goods and services.Rural tourism spending totals £12 billion peryear in England, and supports 380,000 jobs28.Whilst there are numerous motivations for thesevisits, local visitor surveys have demonstratedthe importance of wildlife in attracting visitors toareas such as the Norfolk and Suffolk coasts,Lancashire and the Forest of Dean
FUNDING FOR BIODIVERSITY
10.7 The market failures identified above can tosome extent be avoided by better regulation andother measures. But, as in the case of other publicgoods, there is likely to continue to be a need fordirect and indirect public funding, justified onaccount of the public benefits that biodiversitybrings. Current central government (including EU)funding for biodiversity in England includes:
● Over £60m per annum by English Nature
The economic value of cirl buntings
The cirl bunting is now confined to low-intensity mixed farmland in South Devon,but its population has increased followingthe introduction of special CountrysideStewardship payments in 1992. To assesthe economic and social impact of CS cirlbunting agreements, the RSPB undertook aface-to-face survey of participating farmersin 1999/2000. This revealed that theagreements support extra employmenttotalling more than 6 FTE jobs among localfarmers, farm-workers and contractors, with89% of farmers perceiving that they hadincreased profitability. The study concludedthat as well as benefiting cirl buntings andother wildlife, the scheme had helped toenhance business viability and farmers’optimism about the future.
● £114m per year rising to £174m in 2006/7 onagri-environment schemes to conserve andenhance the natural beauty and diversity of thecountryside
● Around £8m EC contribution to projectsapproved under the EU LIFE/Natureprogramme over the past three years
● About £64m on research by Defra to developmore effective policies and conservationmeasures
● Around £40m on conservation-related activityspent by the Forestry Commission and theEnvironment Agency
● Some £1.3m allocated to projects benefitingbiodiversity from Defra’s Environment ActionFund in the year 2002-03
(Paul Glendell, English Nature)HLF funding is helping to restore our heathlands
10.8 To this should be added the significant sumsbeing spent by other public bodies such as theMinistry of Defence, the Highways Agency andlocal authorities out of their own programmes todeliver biodiversity benefits. This is likely to be anincreasingly important element as biodiversityconsiderations are integrated into all publicpolicies. Other relatively recent but growingsources of funding include:
● The Heritage Lottery Fund; it is estimated thataround £66m has been spent on the naturalenvironment
● The Landfill Tax; It is estimated that around £11mhas been spent on biodiversity-relevant projects
● The Aggregates Tax Sustainability Fund. £5m ayear for two years has been allocated to theCountryside Agency and English Nature
10.9 Biodiversity is an area where the voluntaryand private sectors are an important additionalsource of funding. This reflects the publicacceptance of biodiversity as an important publicgood, and the readiness both of industry to spendmoney on biodiversity objectives and above all ofindividual members of the public to contributedirectly through their subscriptions, gifts andlegacies to conservation bodies. The Wildlife andCountryside LINK group of charities has acombined annual expenditure of about £150mgoing towards conservation.
Biffaward
In the last 5 years one landfill tax creditfund – Biffaward – has supported over 500projects worth £44m of which more than£12m has gone to community projects thatimprove the environment. The naturalenvironment has benefited from projectsworth £2.8m. To release this money,matched contributions worth £4.4m havebeen raised from the public and privatesectors.
76
Chapter 10The economicsand funding ofbiodiversity
77
Chapter 10The economicsand funding ofbiodiversity
29 Environmental Taxation – Statement of Intent, HM Treasury July 1997
ECONOMIC MEASURES FORBIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ANDENHANCEMENT
10.10 The Government has sought to addressenvironmental issues using a range ofinstruments, individually or in combination. Theseinclude regulation, voluntary measures andeconomic instruments to address market failureand to send the right long term signals to helpsustainable development. The Treasury’senvironmental taxation statement of intent29 statesthat the Government would explore the scope forusing the tax system to deliver environmentalobjectives. The reform of the tax system over timewould shift the burden of tax from ‘goods’ to‘bads’, encourage innovation in meeting higherenvironmental standards and deliver a moredynamic economy and cleaner environment. Weshall therefore consider what possibilities mightbe explored for economic instruments in this areafollowing the examples of the landfill andaggregates taxes.
10.11 Against that background, the main prioritiesfor our programme of work for economics andfunding are:
● To identify the main gaps in biodiversityfunding. To establish the costs of the HAPs andSAPs arising in England, we need to developcountry based costs from the UK total preparedoriginally for the UK Biodiversity Group, todevelop our understanding of the regionalvariation in costs across the country of differentland uses and to differentiate between the costsof broad policies and those of actions under thedirect control of action plan steering groups. Apriority is to do more analysis to understand thecosting requirements of the species plans,which were only partially investigated in theoriginal costing exercise
● To do better at identifying the economicdrivers to biodiversity degradation by betteranalysis of the factors causing biodiversitylosses, with reference particularly to the HAPsand SAPs
● To ensure that existing government fundingprogrammes do not damage, but instead areused to enhance biodiversity. This will includeseeking to remove perverse incentives infunding programmes which currently lead tobiodiversity losses. Examples include thereforms of the CFP and CAP. The sustainabilityof other EU funding programmes and domesticgovernment incentives will be kept underreview. The review of agri-environment schemesshould also assist delivery of the HAPs andSAPs and biodiversity as a whole
● To develop further systems (including costingand appraisal methodologies and an LBAPfunding strategy) to ensure adequate reflectionof biodiversity requirements in spendingreviews and in local development priorities. Inquestions of funding, there are invariably awhole range of competing demands for publicand private funds that need to be met and anyidentified gaps in funding for biodiversity willinevitably be part of that competition. Sopreparation of a robust case is essential
● To identify and implement the taxation andother measures which will give the rightmarket signals. We need in particular toexplore further use of economic instruments tocorrect market failures and to preventbiodiversity degradation
● To improve techniques for the valuation ofbiodiversity by society and decision-makers.We shall need: continued development in thedesign of valuation techniques to ensure theyare sensitive to the problems of biodiversitymeasurement; research on services providedby ecosystems; the development of decisionprocesses to reflect – as far as possible – thefull costs and benefits of biodiversity; refinedappraisal methods to take account ofintergenerational issues and irreversible loss;the inclusion of both quantitative and qualitativeaspects of biodiversity in Regulatory andEnvironmental Impact Assessments andIntegrated Policy Appraisal
● To promote a financial and cultural climate inwhich funding for biodiversity by the privatesector and NGOs is encouraged andcomplements that of the public sector. This willrequire continued close working betweenpublic, voluntary and private sectors
NEXT STEPS
10.12 Much of the thinking in this area is still at avery early stage. We shall therefore set up aspecial Economics and Funding StrategyImplementation Group to take the ideasforward. The programme of action at Appendix 7sets out the areas of work that will be explored inmore detail.
Rainham Marshes RSPB nature reserve
Rainham Marshes, about 350ha of grazingmarsh on the Greater London/Essex borderwas acquired by RSPB in June 2001. Afteryears of neglect, RSPB management willrestore the site to become London’s largestnature reserve. It is a major regenerationproject, with many technical problems, butoffers great opportunities for communityinvolvement and environmental education.
The project is a good example of howpublic and other funding can be matchedby private contributions to make a hugedifference for biodiversity. RainhamMarshes cost £1.1m to buy, using acombination of RSPB membershipcontributions, the Heritage Lottery Fundand the Cleanaway Havering RiversideTrust (using Landfill Tax credit).
However, this is only the beginning: large-scale habitat restoration, the provision ofvisitor facilities and establishing educationand community outreach programmes willrequire similarly innovative approaches tofuture funding for the vision to be fullyrealised and for ongoing revenue costs tobe sustained.
CONSTRAINTS AND UNCERTAINTIES
10.13 The valuation of biodiversity is not a certainscience. It has a number of limitations. Inparticular:
● Biodiversity values do not always representactual prices and income and hence valuationis approximate and involves many assumptions
● It is impossible to value all biodiversity goodsand services, especially certain option andexistence values, and they need therefore to beused in conjunction with qualitative data
● The value of biodiversity is unequallydistributed between people and over time.Intergenerational considerations are particularlyimportant in the context of valuation andsustainable development, which – byimplication – must go beyond the preferencesof the current generation to take account of thepotential preferences of future generations
● Biodiversity degradation and loss can haveirreversible effects. The full risk and ultimateimplications of these losses is largely unknownand can never be fully reflected in valuation
TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS
10.14 We propose to develop indicators in thissector to measure the direct economiccontribution of biodiversity:
● Economic contribution of tourism (E1)
● Numbers of visits to nature reserves in England(E2)
● Sustainable tourism (E3)
78
Chapter 10The economicsand funding ofbiodiversity
79
Essay 4
Biodiversity and sustainabletourismTourism is a large and expanding sector, accounting for between 4% and 5% of the UK Gross DomesticProduct, 7% of employment and it is Britain’s largest invisible export. Domestic demand is forecast tosteadily increase. By some estimates, tourism is now the world's largest industry—in 2000, it generatedan estimated $3.6 trillion in economic activity and accounted for one in every 12 jobs worldwide. Thereis clearly increasing pressure on our landscape and environmental resources but also more opportunitiesfor enhancing the revenue stream for biodiversity and improving public understanding of conservationissues. The tourism industry increasingly recognizes that the attractiveness of a destination is linked withlocal distinctiveness and that this distinctiveness owes much to wildlife and natural features
There is also a distinct and growing market in specialist holidays. Although small in comparison to majortourism themes, wildlife and geo-tourism has grown in demand over the last 25 years and this growth isanticipated to continue. In 1998, 20.96 million day visits were made to wildlife attractions in England,with 10 million of these to 232 National Nature Reserves.
The needs of the visitor, local communities and the environment must all be integrated to make tourismmore sustainable. To achieve this there is a need to improve access to wildlife and to information about it,to promote accreditation of sustainable providers and to facilitate action for the enhancement of thewildlife resource.
English Nature is leading a Wildlife and Geo-tourism Initiative that is looking at the role of biodiversity(and earth science heritage) in the tourism sector.
The two primary aims of the initiative are:
1.To maintain a high profile for wildlife and geological conservation in sustainable tourism development
2.To add value to the work of agencies at national, regional and local level who are addressing ruralregeneration through improving sustainable tourism opportunities
One of the outputs from the Wildlife and Geo-tourism Initiative will be the development of a TourismBiodiversity Action Plan. This identifies impacts that the tourism sector has on the UK’s priority speciesand habitats and identifies opportunities for improved management or interpretation. It is anticipatedthat by signing up to a Tourism Biodiversity Action Plan, tourism businesses will be guided throughappropriate interpretation and information to enable them to take simple, cost effective action to reducethe impact their business has on its surrounding biodiversity and landscape and contribute to its longterm enhancement while enriching the visitor experience.
80
Chapter 11The engagementof business
VISION
11.1 We want to see business automaticallyengaging in managing and reporting onbiodiversity as an integral part of its processesand activities.
Our aim is to encourage all businesses, fromFTSE listed companies to Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises (SMEs), to contribute in positiveways to national biodiversity objectives through:
● Integrating biodiversity requirements intocompany management systems for all businessplanning, operations and processes (e.g.emissions to air and water, water use, waste etc)
● Managing landholdings to achieve biodiversitytargets, and taking opportunities throughplanned development to avoid damage to and,where possible, to enhance biodiversity
● Managing supply chain and investmentdecisions to reduce the risks of indirect adverseimpacts and to enhance biodiversityopportunities
● Working in partnership with Local BiodiversityAction Plans
● Participating in the Champions scheme forHAPs and SAPs, which is available to allcompanies who are prepared to support the‘lead partner’ in conserving their chosen habitator species
(Northumbrian Water)Using spoil waste to create wetland as part of a £70mimprovement to Howden Sewage Treatment Works avoided theneed for some 16,000 heavy lorry journeys through the localcommunity and saved £1.152m.
The engagementof business
THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE
The impact of business on biodiversity
11.2 Business is crucial to the achievements ofour targets on biodiversity action plans andSSSIs. English Nature and the Joint NatureConservation Committee have identified theimpacts of the main FTSE sectors on habitat andspecies action plans (see table below). Theinvolvement of business on designatedconservation sites is equally crucial. Overall,companies in 15 FTSE sectors own and/or control27,000 hectares of land within more than 1450SSSIs in England. Companies with operations inagriculture, water and wetlands, on the coast and
at sea, in woodlands and forestry, tourism andtransport are the most significant in terms of directimpacts on landholdings and indirect impactsthrough their processes, supply chain andproducts. Other companies can have indirectimpacts, such as financial services companiesthrough loan or investment policies, and retailers,for example through the purchase of intensivelyfarmed agricultural products. But it is not justlarge companies that have responsibility forprotecting the environment and restoring habitatsand species. SMEs make up 99.8% of all UKbusinesses and if each takes some action fornature conservation their overall contribution ispotentially huge.
BAP Sector Main impacts Relevant FTSE economic sectors
Agriculture Pollution, intensification, Food producers and processors; food andover-grazing and agro drug retailerschemical use
Water and Abstraction, drainage and Water; food producers and processorsWetlands pollution
Coasts and Coastal defence works, Water; transport; electricity; oil and gas;Seas development pressure, chemicals; leisure, entertainment and hotels;
overfishing and pollution construction and building materials; foodproducers and processors; food and drug retailers
Woodlands Inappropriate management Construction and building materialsand Forestry
Tourism Visitor pressure and disturbance Leisure, entertainment and hotels
Transport Infrastructure development Transport; construction and building materials
81
Chapter 11The engagementof business
82
Chapter 11The engagementof business
30 UK Biodiversity December 2000 The Stationery Office31 Earthwatch, DETR and Northumbrian Water 2001, Case Studies in Business and Biodiversity 32 DEFRA report to the Prime Minister, available in HoC Library33 salterbaxter and Context July 2002. Trends in Corporate Social Responsibility Reporting 2001/02
The need for more business engagement
11.3 The Environment, Transport and RegionalAffairs Select Committee, in its report onbiodiversity in 200030, drew attention to the needfor business to engage more fully in theconservation of biodiversity. Business has beenpart of the biodiversity partnership for many years,and there are many examples of good practiceand engagement, as illustrated by the CaseStudies in Business and Biodiversity.31 15 speciesand two habitats have been supported bycompanies signing up to the biodiversityChampions scheme and Government andindustry have collaborated in the establishment ofEarthwatch’s Business and Biodiversity ResourceCentre. But general appreciation of the need tointegrate conservation considerations into allactivities as part of an overall move towardssustainable development has been slow to grow.
11.4 In October 2000, the Prime Ministerchallenged all FTSE 350 companies to producesocial and environmental reports by the end of2001. Defra/DTI reporting guidelines released inNovember 2001 highlighted biodiversity as anarea that most companies would have an effect onand included a few examples of indicators to helpcompanies report. As at July 2002, Defra foundthat 99 companies were reporting on at leastsome aspects of their environmental performance,and a further 140 companies made someinformation about their environmentalengagement public.32 While this response hasfallen some way short of the challenge, thenumber of large companies reporting has risensharply in the face of growing pressure forcorporate disclosure not only from Governmentand NGOs but increasingly from investor groups.Fifty of the largest companies reported on theirenvironmental and/or social performance for thefirst time in 2001/02, against only 18 new reportersthe previous year, (salterbaxter and Context,July 2002)33. The Government believes thatimpact on the environment is “first among equals”of a range of factors that every director needs toconsider in pursuing a company’s businessobjectives.
The main barriers to businessengagement
11.5 A small number of multinationals and FTSE350 companies are seriously engaged inmanaging and reporting on biodiversity, butuptake has generally been poor and this is aparticular challenge amongst SMEs. The mainbarriers are:
● Companies do not perceive a coherentbusiness case to invest in managementcompetency and systems to addressbiodiversity issues, and Board levelcommitment is lacking
● ‘Biodiversity’ and the related language of BAPs,HAPs and SAPs are not always easy forbusiness to understand
● Biodiversity is often regarded as a stand-aloneissue, rather than an integral part of existingcompany management systems
● Businesses lack practical tools to aid decisionmaking through clear evaluation of risks andopportunities in relation to biodiversity impacts
● A lack of standardised performance indicatorsmakes it difficult for companies to manage,measure and report on their biodiversityimpacts
The business case for biodiversity
“Biodiversity, the variety of life on earth, is an issueof strategic importance to business. At thesimplest level, many businesses own and manageland: their actions therefore affect biodiversity andthey need to be aware of the regulationsprotecting it, the risks involved if it is harmed – andthe opportunities to act positively. Businesses arealso being scrutinised much more intently abouttheir impacts on biodiversity by their stakeholders,not least by investors, employees and localcommunities. Ignoring the issue may risk negativepublicity, poor investment, or even affect thelicence to operate”. Sir Robert Wilson, Chairman,Rio Tinto plc Risk management
83
Chapter 11The engagementof business
34 Forum for the Future and Co-0perative Insurance (CIS) July 2002 Sustainability Pays
(Innogy plc)Site-level action plans can help companies to manage theirimpacts on biodiversity.
11.6 Environmental incidents, unauthorised waterabstraction and pollution can result in prosecutionand fines, whilst the presence of designated sitesand protected species can affect developmentproposals. Although the direct costs of non-compliance with biodiversity related legislation areinsignificant for most companies, increasedrequirements for corporate governance and riskmanagement such as the Combined Code onCorporate Governance (1998) are encouragingcompanies to take account of the risks of potentialdamage to their reputations and to their licence tooperate. A review from the Centre for SustainableInvestment (July 2002)34 offers growing evidencethat managing non-financial risks, such asexposure to social, environmental and ethicalissues, can materially add to business success.
Competitive advantage
11.7 Companies with good social, environmentaland ethical performance are widely considered tobe better managed overall and therefore betterplaced to attract and retain investors, customers,suppliers and employees who share their values.Reporting on a survey of 200 chief executives,chairmen and directors in 10 European countries,Business in the Community (June 2002) foundnearly 80% agree that companies which integratesocially and environmentally responsible practiceswill be more competitive; and 73% accept that
“sustained social and environmental engagementcan significantly improve profitability”.
Stable operating environment
11.8 Nature provides water, energy, fuels, rawmaterials and waste ‘sinks’ for business. Managedwisely, natural systems can mitigate the effects offlooding and pollution and ensure a stableoperating environment for business.
Environmental reporting
11.9 Voluntary recognition of the benefits ofreporting in terms of increased transparency, andthe requirements of the Combined Code andGovernment pressure are driving an increasingnumber of FTSE 350 companies to report on theenvironmental risks they face and themanagement of those risks. The Government’sresponse to the Independent Company LawReview has proposed that approximately 1000 ofthe largest companies should be required to coverenvironmental policies and performance, wherethese are material to an understanding of thebusiness, in their annual reports and accounts bypublishing an Operational and Financial Review(OFR). It will be for company directors to decidewhat information is material to their business, butfor some businesses the OFR could includedisclosure of a company’s policy on biodiversityissues and its performance in managingbiodiversity during the financial year to which theOFR relates. The Secretaries of State for theEnvironment Food and Rural Affairs and for Tradeand Industry have agreed to set up anindependent group of experts to provide guidanceon how directors can assess whether an itemshould be included in an OFR.
Socially Responsible Investment
11.10 The growth of Socially ResponsibleInvestment (SRI), the Pensions Act 2000, and theAssociation of British Insurers (ABI) disclosureguidelines 2001 on social responsibility haveincreased investors’ scrutiny of non-financialperformance. A small, but rapidly growing,proportion of fund managers now expectcompanies to disclose, manage and report ontheir environmental risks and some will voteagainst or abstain from the resolution to adopt the
84
Chapter 11The engagementof business
Report and Accounts of those that do not. Thesechanges have increased demand from fundmanagers for reliable environmental performancedata to inform their investment decisions. Suchinvestors want:
● Information about the environmental issueswhich give rise to significant commercial risksand opportunities for companies
● Evidence that companies understand and haveeffective governance systems for all relevantand significant risks
● Assurance on contentious issues
Managing biodiversity: the role ofCompany Biodiversity Action Plans
11.12 A company BAP (CBAP) can be a suitableprocess for managing biodiversity. This meansestablishing a formal system to manage thecompany’s overall impacts on biodiversity,including management plans for sites in itsownership or control. Local Biodiversity ActionPlans provide the context for developing site-levelBAPs for company landholdings.
11.13 A CBAP, therefore, requires a company toassess its impacts on biodiversity; places themwithin the context of local, regional and nationaltargets; sets priorities for action; specifies actions;and measures the impact of those actions. ACBAP can be integrated with a company’sEnvironmental Management System so thatimpacts on biodiversity will be addressed,minimised and managed appropriately, alongsideother broader risks to the environment. Progresscan be measured by establishing targets anddates by when these are to be achieved.Examples of targets might be:
● The number of company landholdings at whichsite-level BAPs are to be implemented. This willinclude any designated sites or other protectedareas, such as SSSIs, which are to bemaintained in a favourable managementcondition
● The proportion, by area, of a company’slandholdings for which the company intends toimplement a biodiversity management process
11.14 The national Biodiversity Action ReportingSystem (BARS), due to be launched in early 2003,will include a framework for Company BAPs toreport on their activities so that they can be takeninto account in the overall achievement of BAPobjectives.
A UK-based company’s approach tobiodiversity
Innogy plc (part of the RWE group) hasdeveloped a Biodiversity Frameworkdescribing how the company will addressbiodiversity throughout the business. Itexplains why the company has decided totake action on biodiversity issues, as wellas its commitments. The Framework states:
“Our work on biodiversity forms a key partof Innogy’s commitment to integrate theprinciples of sustainable development intoour business.”
Innogy’s Biodiversity Framework has threetiers:
1. Managing biodiversity within its siteboundaries
2. Managing biodiversity impacts beyondits site boundaries as part of its strategy formanaging the effects of emissions anddischarges
3. Contributing to biodiversity initiativesand organisations more widely
The company surveyed each of its sites forbiodiversity value in the context of UK andlocal BAPs. Appropriate biodiversityinitiatives have been drawn up for eachsite, with comprehensive BiodiversityAction Plans being implemented at 2 sitesin collaboration with local conservationorganisations. Innogy is co-funding the UKBusiness and Biodiversity Resource Centreas part of its commitment to support widerbiodiversity initiatives in the UK.
WHAT WE WANT TO SEE AND HOW WEWILL ACHIEVE IT
11.15 The programme of action at Appendix 8sets out what we are doing now and what weneed to do in the future to tackle theseconcerns. We will:
● Establish a Business and BiodiversityStrategy Implementation Group with public,private and voluntary sector partners todevelop and implement the programme ofaction
● Raise awareness and understanding of thebusiness case for biodiversity so as toachieve policy recognition, engagement andaction at Board level within companies withoperations in England. In particular, we willpromote business engagement through the BiEand BITC Corporate Responsibility indices,develop guidance and training for companyboards and environment managers, andprovide basic information and web basedsupport for SMEs
● Encourage the financial services sector tointegrate biodiversity performance criteriaand standards within investment analysis,especially within Socially ResponsibleInvestment. In particular, we will invite businessorganisations and SRI fund managers to helpdevelop a coherent business case andstandard performance indicators for managingbiodiversity
● Encourage companies to managebiodiversity, as an integral part of allbusiness planning and operations, withincompany management systems (e.g. risk,health and safety, quality assurance, supplychain, sustainability and environmentalmanagement). In particular, we will publish apractitioners guide to provide a ‘route map’ forcompanies to achieve successful integration
● Provide advice, simple tools and support tohelp companies manage their biodiversityimpacts and contribute to nature conservationtargets in England. In particular, we will publishguidance on how to prepare a company BAPand work through established business
networks to promote wider adoption of thisapproach
● Encourage companies to report annually onbiodiversity as a performance managementissue and provide guidance on how to integratebiodiversity in environmental reporting. Inparticular, we will publish guidance onbiodiversity reporting with standard biodiversityperformance indicators, and we will work withACCA to develop a biodiversity category for theUK Environmental Reporting Awards, and areporting service for companies with land inSSSIs
● Coordinate business and biodiversityinitiatives through active partnershipsbetween Government, its agencies, companiesand NGOs in England. In particular, we willdevelop guidelines for NGOs seeking toengage with businesses on biodiversity, and wewill promote and facilitate companyinvolvement in LBAP partnerships and thehabitat and species Champions scheme. Wewill also highlight case studies of good practicein NGO-company partnerships
● Identify share and promote good practice. Inparticular, we will use the responses to the BiEand BITC Corporate Responsibility indices toidentify company ‘sector leaders’, publish areport and hold a workshop in Autumn 2003 topromote best practice
CONSTRAINTS AND UNCERTAINTIES
11.16 The widespread fall in company shareprices since 2000 and more recent concernsabout corporate governance and accountingstandards may deflect bigger businesses awayfrom addressing biodiversity issues. However,managing environmental impacts is part of goodcorporate governance so the business case formanaging biodiversity impacts as part ofsustainable development is arguably stronger inthese circumstances.
11.17 More generally, the sheer diversity ofbusiness types and the difficulties in reachingSMEs and influencing the supply chain posesignificant challenges.
85
Chapter 11The engagementof business
86
Chapter 11The engagementof business
TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS
11.18 At company level, there are five key tests ofa company’s commitment to move towards goodpractice on biodiversity:
● Formal recognition that the company has aresponsibility for managing its impacts onbiodiversity
● Integrating biodiversity issues with existingenvironmental management or sustainabilitystrategies, so that impacts can be minimisedand managed alongside other environmentalrisks
● Developing a formal biodiversity managementprocess, such as a CBAP
● Setting targets and dates by when theseactions are to be achieved in ways that willallow progress to be measured
● Reporting progress against targets in thecompany annual environment or sustainabilityreport
More broadly, the biodiversity indicators proposedfor this sector are:
● The condition of SSSIs in company ownership(B1)
● The proportion of expenditure by business onbiodiversity (B2)
● The number of companies for whombiodiversity is a material issue which report ontheir biodiversity performance in annualenvironmental/sustainability reports (B3)
● Coverage of company BAPs as a contributionto LBAPs (B4)
‘Experts tend to think that scientific facts areconvincing in themselves. Exchange of this type ofinformation does not necessarily motivate peopleoutside these circles. These data are insufficient tochange knowledge, attitudes and behaviour. Theyhave to be translated into concepts and messagesthat appeal to the target audience, are relevant tothem and connect with emotional aspects andrelate to personal benefits’35
VISION
12.1 A society in which people recognise, value and take action to maintain and enhancebiodiversity as part of their everyday lives – in the same way that they might address healthissues, the community in which they live, or their economic circumstances.
Our aims are that people should:
● Be aware of biodiversity locally, in England as awhole, and globally
● Understand that most of these issues affectthem directly or indirectly; and be aware of theirown role
● Understand the close links between the qualityof the natural environment and the quality oflife, including the economic, social or personalbenefits
● Be more knowledgeable about biodiversity sothat they can both appreciate it and act tosafeguard it
(Peter Wakely, English Nature)Promoting consumer awareness is a key action in theconservation of limestone pavement – a scarce and non-renewable resource.
87
Education andpublic understanding
Chapter 12Education andpublic understanding
35 Mainstreaming Biodiversity: the role of communication, education and public awareness, IUCN, 2002
THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE
12.2 There is much evidence to suggest thatbroad sectors of society have little knowledge of,or direct interaction with, biodiversity orbiodiversity issues. Many barriers prevent contactbetween people and biodiversity which theStrategy must address if it is to be successful.They include:
● Conservation or education projects that treatpeople as targets rather than as equal,participating partners
● Poor integration of biodiversity into otherpolicies or strategies, for example, as part ofbroader Community Strategies or local ornational economic initiatives
● A perceived lack of relevance to people,including a lack of knowledge of howbiodiversity can be marketed effectively
● Limited understanding by many involved ineducation of the added value of biodiversityeducation, for example, towards social orbroader education goals
● Ineffective communication between biodiversityprofessionals and educators
12.3 The ultimate success of this Strategy willdepend on the extent to which it is accepted andimplemented . This in turn will depend on howwell it is communicated.
12.4 It is clear, from the support given in thiscountry to wildlife conservation organisations –with UK-wide membership of around 5 million –that there is considerable popular support forbiodiversity and nature conservation. This is itselfan encouraging base on which to build. Valuablework is already taking place to broaden the
understanding and appeal of biodiversity and tomake it relevant to a wider range of groups andcommunities, in educational establishments , localauthorities, museums and voluntary organisations.Much of this is related to direct conservationaction on the ground. Other activities may relateto awareness raising or campaigns, for exampleabout endangered species or threatened habitats.
(Andrew Simons, The Wildlife Trust for Birmingham and theBlack Country)Learning about nature can take many forms and involve avariety of settings.
12.5 The Sustainable Development EducationPanel has placed ideas about biodiversity firmlywithin the wider context of cultural, social andeconomic diversity. Similarly it recognised, as thefirst of its key concepts, the interdependencebetween society, the economy and the naturalenvironment and extended these ideas into therights and responsibilities of people as citizensand stewards of the environment.
12.6 The future development of this part of theStrategy will need to build on what is alreadyhappening. The main task will be to identifyimportant gaps and ensure that, throughpartnerships, the various organisations alreadyworking in the field can improve the quality,effectiveness and extent of their influence.
88
Chapter 12Education andpublic understanding
ACHIEVING THE VISION
12.7 A comprehensive strategy to achievegreater public understanding and commitmentneeds to work at different levels. It involves thedissemination of information, the capacity tocreate dialogue with and between differentsectors of the community as well as morestructured education experiences in both formaland non-formal settings. It will only be successfulif all those with an interest in biodiversity issuesrecognise, support and work co-operativelytowards its aims:
● Government and government agencies cangive a lead, promote a collaborative approachbetween sectors and help develop a sense ofpublic ownership for biodiversity
● Local government can act both as a linkbetween different groups and organisations,and more directly through its provision ofservices
● The media can raise public awareness. Theycan engage a wider spectrum of the public byrelating biodiversity to broader issues and,through a more interactive approach, engagethem in dialogue
● The many organisations involved in biodiversityeducation can co-operate to ensure that theexperiences they provide are more effectiveand reach a wider audience
Growing Schools
The successful Growing Schools garden atHampton Court Flower Show in Julyattracted many thousands of visitors –parents, grandparents, governors, teachers– to see how the outdoor environment canbe used as a learning resource across thecurriculum for all ages and abilities at amodest cost. 21 schools – all ‘beacons’ forgood practice in sound educational use ofschool grounds, contributed ideas, createdfeatures, grew plants for the garden. TheGrowing Schools garden is now at GreenwichEnvironmental Centre, where, together withthe website and resource pack, it will remaina living resource for trainee and servingteachers and for LEAs for years to come.
● In the schools sector the National Curriculum’srecognition of links between sustainability andbiodiversity gives opportunities to increaseappreciation of the educational, social andeconomic benefits of biodiversity, enhanced bythe introduction of Citizenship into theCurriculum from September 2002
● LBAP partnerships can promote understandingand involvement among local organisations,communities and individuals
● The business community can lead by exampleand promote partnerships
12.8 Appendix 9 sets out ideas for exploration inmore detail. They have not so far been developedinto a specific programme of action, becausemore work is necessary to prioritise the needsand develop a clear way forward with partnersand stakeholders. We will do this through theestablishment of an Information,Communication and Education Groupreporting to the England Biodiversity Group.The ideas for exploration include:
● Integration of information into other parts of thestrategy – e.g. into LBAPS, urban renaissanceand the Government’s sustainable Food andFarming Strategy
● Developing media opportunities and improvingpublic biodiversity information networks
● Extending and expanding the links betweeneducation on biodiversity and existingeducational programmes; and improvingcommunication between biodiversityprofessionals and educators
● Improving biodiversity education expertise andencouraging partnerships with other sectorssuch as local authorities and business
● Increasing skills in biodiversity identification,survey and taxonomy
● Extending opportunities for young people toexperience biodiversity at first hand throughoutdoor experiences
89
Chapter 12Education andpublic understanding
12.9 We plan immediately, however, to establishmechanisms for involving children and youngpeople in the development of policy forbiodiversity as part of the England BiodiversityGroup’s implementation of the Strategy. We shallalso be open to further ideas and means ofinvolving children and young people, which will alsohelp develop the policies of Defra’s Children andYoung People’s action plan as a whole.
(Paul Glendell, English Nature)Educational visits to local nature reserves expand children’sunderstanding and appreciation of England’s natural heritage.
Wandsworth School GroundsBiodiversity Action Plan
The London Borough of Wandsworth hasheld children's fora to feed information intothe biodiversity action planning process.The idea initially came from the formermayor of Wandsworth, Chief Cllr Mrs LolaAyonrinde who made it her Wildlife 2000Millennium resolution in December 1999.
So far children from Wandle primary schooland Balham nursery school have decidedupon their favourite animal in the borough –respectively robins and hedgehogs. Withthe help of the Nature Study Centre, theyare now looking at ways to encouragethese species and monitor numbers in theirplaygrounds and wildlife areas. They havebecome flagship species for a schoolgrounds’ habitat action plan for theborough. This identifies targets for speciesand habitats within school grounds andallows progress to be monitored. This willbe the first step towards implementingbiodiversity action in schools within theBorough.
12.10 In involving children and young people, weshall take account of the following principles:
● Children and young people’s experiences needto be enjoyable, informative and memorable tocreate doorways to more demandinginvolvement
● The importance of low-cost entry to sites isessential to encourage children and youngpeople to become engaged. They do not oftenhave their own funds to support their interestsand parents may not always be willing or ableto contribute
● Communication is essential:
– information needs to be both understandableand accessible without being patronising
– an understanding of the terminology isnecessary before influence and involvementtake place
– the message should always be positive
– explanation of what is already being done andwhy, e.g. removal of trees and scrub torestore heathland
Maximum use should be made of newcommunication technologies, such as by usingtailor-made web pages and stronger linksbetween relevant websites.
TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS.
The indicator to measure progress in this areawill be:
● Volunteer time spent in conservation activity(U1)
90
Chapter 12Education andpublic understanding
91
Essay 5
Involving children andyoung peopleMany young people place environmental issues high on their list of concerns, there is already an obviousactive interest in conservation. The awareness is usually at an international level, for example manychildren and young people are aware of the threats to rainforests and globally endangered species butthey are not aware of the threats to their immediate surroundings nor of the opportunities for making adifference closer to home.
The Government is committed to engaging more effectively with children and young people, involvingthem more in the planning, delivery and evaluation of policies and services relevant to them. ‘InvolvingChildren and Young People: An Action Plan for Defra – Giving Children and Young People a real say inthe Defra policies and services that affect them’ was published in June 2002. It highlights the importanceof taking account of the views of children and young people and identifies Biodiversity as a policytrailblazer. Incorporating the views of children and young people is the opportunity to take a forward-looking approach to the strategy and the conservation of biodiversity for future generations.
Projects involving children and young people that are currently underway include ‘The Wildflower ArkProject’, National schemes including ‘Growing Schools’, ‘Forest Schools’, the ‘GLOBE’ programme, and‘Wildlife WATCH’. More general schemes such as the Duke of Edinburgh Award and Scouts offer furtheropportunities through both formal and informal routes.
But it will be important to reach all sectors of the community not just the active young citizens alreadyinvolved with conservation and those that take part in national schemes and groups. We must find ways ofbringing in wider communities and social groups and recognise that concerns will differ across theregions. There will also be issues affecting children and young people in the different work streams of thisstrategy.
We aim to involve children and young people in the development and implementation of our strategy aswell as to raise their awareness of the direct educational, recreational and social benefits of beinginvolved with biodiversity.
92
93
Appendix: 1Agriculture
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Impl
emen
t new
com
mon
land
legi
slat
ion
– in
par
ticul
ar th
efo
rmat
ion
of s
tatu
tory
asso
ciat
ions
for
self-
regu
latio
n of
gra
zing
inte
nsity
on
com
mon
s(D
efra
).
All
part
ies
to a
ct o
n th
ere
mai
ning
reco
mm
enda
tions
of t
heP
olic
y C
omm
issi
on o
nFa
rmin
g an
d Fo
od.
A
ll pa
rtie
s w
ork
tow
ards
favo
urab
le c
ondi
tion
ofS
SS
Is (
targ
et 9
5% b
y20
10).
Impl
emen
tatio
n of
co-
fund
ing
appr
oach
es to
man
agem
ent o
f Nat
ura
2000
site
s as
agr
eed
with
Eur
opea
nC
omm
issi
on.
Sec
ure
new
com
mon
land
legi
slat
ion
–in
clud
ing
allo
win
gfo
rmal
ass
ocia
tions
tore
gula
te g
razi
ngin
tens
ity o
n co
mm
ons
(Def
ra).
All
part
ies
to a
ct o
n th
ere
com
men
datio
ns o
f the
Pol
icy
Com
mis
sion
on
Farm
ing
and
Food
.
All
part
ies
wor
k to
war
dsfa
vour
able
con
ditio
n of
SS
SIs
.
Ado
ptio
n of
Eng
lish
Site
s of
Com
mun
ityIm
port
ance
, bas
ed o
nU
K c
andi
date
SA
C li
st(D
efra
, EN
).
Pre
ss fo
r re
form
of
lives
tock
reg
imes
tode
coup
le p
rodu
ctio
nfro
m s
ubsi
dy a
ndfa
cilit
ate
exte
nsiv
egr
azin
g sy
stem
s (D
efra
).
Rev
iew
of D
efra
over
graz
ing
cont
rols
.
Res
earc
h on
clas
sific
atio
n of
hill
land
.
Sus
tain
ing
Eng
land
’sW
oodl
ands
rev
iew
.
Rev
iew
of W
oodl
and
Cre
atio
n gr
ants
.
RS
PB
res
earc
h on
the
effe
cts
of la
ndm
anag
emen
tte
chni
ques
on
bird
s.
Com
plet
ion
of li
st o
fca
ndid
ate
SA
Cs.
UK
Rep
ort t
o th
e FA
Oon
the
stat
e of
the
natio
n’s
Farm
Ani
mal
Gen
etic
Res
ourc
es.
L –
Cro
ss-c
ompl
ianc
e to
prev
ent o
verg
razi
ng a
ndda
mag
ing
supp
lem
enta
ryfe
edin
g; S
SS
I des
igna
tion
and
man
agem
ent;
Cou
ntry
side
and
Rig
hts
ofW
ay A
ct 2
000;
Env
ironm
enta
lIm
pact
Ass
essm
ent
(Unc
ultiv
ated
Lan
d an
d S
emi-
Nat
ural
Are
as)
Reg
ulat
ions
;E
U H
abita
ts a
nd B
irds
Dire
ctiv
es.
I – H
ill F
arm
Allo
wan
ceS
chem
e (H
FA);
Env
ironm
enta
lly S
ensi
tive
Are
as (
ES
A)
and
Cou
ntry
side
Ste
war
dshi
p S
chem
es (
CS
S);
Org
anic
Far
min
g S
chem
e(O
FS);
Woo
dlan
d G
rant
Sch
eme
(WG
S);
Ext
ensi
ficat
ion
prem
ia; H
LF;
Wild
life
Enh
ance
men
tS
chem
e (W
ES
);E
nviro
nmen
tal A
ctio
n Fu
nd;
Nat
iona
l Par
k m
anag
emen
tag
reem
ents
; Ass
ured
Foo
dS
tand
ards
and
ret
aile
r le
das
sura
nce
sche
mes
.
(a)
The
rete
ntio
nan
d go
odco
nditi
on o
f sem
i-na
tura
l hab
itats
with
in fa
rmin
gsy
stem
s.
(b)
The
prom
otio
nan
d re
war
d of
appr
opria
te la
ndm
anag
emen
tte
chni
ques
that
bene
fit s
emi-
natu
ral h
abita
ts,
eith
er d
irect
ly o
rin
dire
ctly
.
Det
erio
ratio
n in
the
qual
ity o
f sem
i-na
tura
l hab
itats
as
form
er fo
rms
ofm
anag
emen
t are
aban
done
d or
repl
aced
with
mor
ein
tens
ive
syst
ems.
94
Appendix: 1Agriculture
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Ass
ist f
arm
ers,
thro
ugh
ince
ntiv
es a
nd a
dvic
e,to
take
adv
anta
ge o
fne
w m
arke
top
port
uniti
es fo
ren
viro
nmen
tally
sust
aina
ble
prod
ucts
,fo
llow
ing
the
exam
ple
ofot
hers
(e.
g. “
Whi
te a
ndW
ild”
milk
, Sur
rey
Hill
sbr
and
etc)
.
Con
tinue
to d
evel
opag
ri-en
viro
nmen
tal
ince
ntiv
es s
o th
at th
eyde
liver
eve
r hi
gher
envi
ronm
enta
l far
min
gst
anda
rds.
Impl
emen
tatio
n of
Wat
erLe
vel M
anag
emen
tP
lans
(D
efra
and
rele
vant
ope
ratin
gau
thor
ities
).
Est
ablis
h a
pilo
t net
wor
kof
dem
onst
ratio
n fa
rms
and
build
on
exis
ting
netw
orks
to d
isse
min
ate
best
pra
ctic
e in
envi
ronm
enta
lly fr
iend
lyfa
rmin
g (D
efra
).
Pro
mot
e us
e of
Gra
zing
Ani
mal
s P
roje
cts
toac
hiev
e en
viro
nmen
tally
sust
aina
ble
graz
ing
inun
derg
raze
d ar
eas
(EN
).
Rat
iona
lisat
ion
ofG
over
nmen
t adv
ice
stre
ams.
Mar
ket-b
ased
envi
ronm
enta
l ini
tiativ
es(s
uch
as “
Whi
te a
ndW
ild”
milk
, the
Sur
rey
Hill
s br
and)
.
Agr
i-env
ironm
ent
sche
me
revi
ew.
Res
earc
h on
cha
nges
inco
nditi
on o
f sem
i-na
tura
l hab
itats
(Cou
ntry
side
Sur
vey
2000
FO
CU
S p
roje
ct).
EN
Gra
zing
Ani
mal
sP
roje
cts.
Res
earc
h to
det
erm
ine
base
line
envi
ronm
enta
lst
anda
rds
in R
ed T
ract
orS
chem
e (D
efra
, AFS
,A
genc
ies)
.
A –
Cod
es o
f Goo
dA
gric
ultu
ral P
ract
ice;
R&
Dan
d kn
owle
dge/
tech
nolo
gytr
ansf
er; F
WA
G w
hole
-farm
advi
ce; R
SP
B (
and
othe
rN
GO
) ad
vice
to fa
rmer
s; F
ive
Poi
nt P
lan
for
wild
life
frien
dly
farm
ing
(EN
, NFU
); B
AS
C, E
Nad
vice
to s
hoot
ing
com
mun
ity.
95
Appendix: 1Agriculture
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Furt
her
deve
lop
inve
ntor
y of
prio
rity
sem
i-nat
ural
hab
itats
acro
ss E
ngla
nd (
EN
).
Nat
iona
l Bio
dive
rsity
Net
wor
k pi
lot s
tudy
in
Sou
thw
est E
ngla
nd to
deve
lop
inve
ntor
y of
prio
rity
sem
i-nat
ural
habi
tats
(N
BN
).
Del
iver
y of
AO
NB
man
agem
ent p
lans
(par
tner
ship
s of
LA
s,D
efra
, CA
, FC
, EN
).
Rev
iew
of E
IAre
gula
tions
to e
nsur
eth
ey a
re m
eetin
g th
eir
biod
iver
sity
and
oth
erob
ject
ives
(D
efra
).
Sou
th D
owns
Enh
ance
men
t Ini
tiativ
e –
to a
chie
ve lo
ng-te
rmre
stor
atio
n of
land
scap
ean
d ha
bita
ts(p
artn
ersh
ip o
fC
ount
rysi
de A
genc
y,D
efra
, loc
al a
utho
ritie
s,va
rious
NG
Os)
.
EN
Life
scap
es in
itiat
ive.
Use
agr
i-env
ironm
ent
sche
mes
to p
rote
ctha
bita
ts is
olat
ed w
ithin
agric
ultu
ral l
ands
cape
s(D
efra
).
Prio
rity
Hab
itat A
ctio
nP
lans
.
Man
agem
ent p
lann
ing
by A
ON
B b
oard
s.
New
gui
danc
e fo
r H
LFon
man
agem
ent o
fw
ood
past
ure
and
park
land
.
Tom
orro
w’s
Hea
thla
ndH
erita
ge (
HLF
).
LIFE
pro
ject
s.
Pos
sibl
e es
tabl
ishm
ent
of n
ew N
atio
nal P
arks
.
Sus
tain
ing
Eng
land
’sW
oodl
ands
rev
iew
.
Rev
iew
of W
oodl
and
Cre
atio
n gr
ant.
Agr
i-env
ironm
ent
sche
me
revi
ew.
Res
earc
h on
effe
cts
ofcl
imat
e ch
ange
on
fragm
ente
d ha
bita
ts (
EN
MO
NA
RC
H p
roje
ct).
L –
EIA
Reg
ulat
ions
; SS
SI
desi
gnat
ion;
EU
Hab
itats
and
Bird
s D
irect
ives
; CR
OW
Act
;Li
mes
tone
Pav
emen
t Ord
ers.
I – E
SA
s an
d C
SS
; W
GS
;Fa
rm W
oodl
and
Pre
miu
mS
chem
e (F
WP
S);
EA
F; H
LF;
Nat
iona
l Par
k m
anag
emen
tag
reem
ents
; Ass
ured
Foo
dS
tand
ards
and
ret
aile
r le
das
sura
nce
sche
mes
.
A –
Cod
es o
f Goo
dA
gric
ultu
ral P
ract
ice;
Def
ra-
fund
ed fr
ee c
onse
rvat
ion
advi
ce; R
&D
and
kno
wle
dge/
tech
nolo
gy tr
ansf
er; L
and
Man
agem
ent I
nitia
tives
;va
rious
Cou
ntry
side
Age
ncy
advi
ce s
trea
ms;
FW
AG
who
le-fa
rm a
dvic
e; R
SP
Bfa
rm a
dvic
e; F
ive
Poi
nt P
lan
for
wild
life
frien
dly
farm
ing
(EN
, NFU
).
Pre
serv
atio
n,m
anag
emen
t,re
stor
atio
n,cr
eatio
n an
djo
inin
g up
of
mat
rices
of s
emi-
natu
ral h
abita
ts in
a w
ay th
at w
illal
low
wild
life
toth
rive.
Loss
,fra
gmen
tatio
n an
dis
olat
ion
of s
emi-
natu
ral h
abita
tsth
roug
hag
ricul
tura
lin
tens
ifica
tion
orde
velo
pmen
t.
96
Appendix: 1Agriculture
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Com
mis
sion
new
Cou
ntry
side
Sur
vey,
with
mor
e an
alys
is o
fsc
ale
of, a
nd r
easo
nsfo
r, ch
ange
s to
farm
land
biod
iver
sity
.
Am
end
the
Hed
gero
ws
Reg
ulat
ions
to p
rovi
dem
ore
effe
ctiv
epr
otec
tion
of a
ssoc
iate
dbi
odiv
ersi
ty (
Def
ra).
Ach
ieve
pro
tect
ion/
good
man
agem
ent o
fim
port
ant f
arm
land
feat
ures
thro
ugh
deve
lopm
ent o
f ag
ri-en
viro
nmen
tsc
hem
es a
nd fa
rmad
viso
ry s
ervi
ces
(Def
ra).
Con
tinue
to p
ress
for
refo
rm o
f liv
esto
ckre
gim
es to
dec
oupl
epr
oduc
tion
from
sub
sidy
(Def
ra).
Con
sulta
tion
on n
ewpl
anni
ng g
uida
nce
onna
ture
con
serv
atio
n an
dbi
odiv
ersi
ty –
PP
G9
(OD
PM
, Def
ra).
Con
sulta
tion
onam
endm
ents
toH
edge
row
s R
egul
atio
ns19
97 a
nd p
rote
ctio
n of
othe
r co
untr
ysid
efe
atur
es.
Agr
i-env
ironm
ent
sche
me
revi
ew.
Sus
tain
ing
Eng
land
’sW
oodl
ands
rev
iew
.
Rev
iew
of W
oodl
and
Cre
atio
n gr
ants
.
L –
Cro
ss c
ompl
ianc
eco
nditi
ons
to p
reve
nt lo
ss o
ffe
atur
es o
n se
t asi
de la
nd;
Hed
gero
ws
Reg
ulat
ions
1997
; Tre
e P
rote
ctio
n O
rder
s;S
SS
I des
igna
tion;
EU
Hab
itats
Dire
ctiv
e.
I – E
SA
s an
d C
SS
; FW
PS
and
WG
S; E
AF;
HLF
; Nat
iona
lP
ark
man
agem
ent
agre
emen
ts; F
WA
G F
arm
Bio
dive
rsity
Act
ion
Pla
ns.
A –
Def
ra fu
nded
free
cons
erva
tion
advi
ce; R
&D
and
know
ledg
e/te
chno
logy
tran
sfer
; Lan
d M
anag
emen
tIn
itiat
ives
; var
ious
Cou
ntry
side
Age
ncy
advi
cest
ream
s; F
WA
G w
hole
farm
advi
ce; R
SP
B fa
rm a
dvic
e;Fi
ve P
oint
Pla
n fo
r w
ildlif
efri
endl
y fa
rmin
g (E
N, N
FU).
A r
ever
sal o
f los
ses
of f
arm
land
feat
ures
of v
alue
tow
ildlif
e an
d th
epo
sitiv
em
anag
emen
t of a
llsu
ch fe
atur
es.
Loss
of i
mpo
rtan
tfa
rmla
nd fe
atur
essu
ch a
s he
dges
,po
nds,
anc
ient
tree
s, a
nd c
opse
s(in
clud
ing
byre
mov
al a
ndne
glec
t).
97
Appendix: 1Agriculture
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Rol
l out
ent
ry le
vel a
gri-
envi
ronm
ent s
chem
ean
d st
rong
ly p
rom
ote
upta
ke b
y fa
rmer
s.
Inve
stig
ate
impa
ct o
nbi
odiv
ersi
ty o
f cha
ngin
gag
ricul
tura
l pra
ctic
e in
resp
onse
to c
limat
ech
ange
.
Sec
ure
an a
ppro
pria
tene
w C
ounc
il R
egul
atio
non
con
serv
atio
n of
gene
tic r
esou
rces
impo
rtan
t for
agr
icul
ture
.
Impl
emen
t cha
nges
incr
iteria
for
entr
y on
to th
eN
atio
nal L
ist o
f Pla
ntVa
rietie
s.
Wor
k w
ith A
ssur
ed F
ood
Sta
ndar
ds o
n in
clus
ion
of a
dditi
onal
bas
elin
een
viro
nmen
tal
stan
dard
s w
ithin
“R
edTr
acto
r” a
ssur
ance
sche
mes
(D
efra
).
Con
tinue
to r
evie
wop
tions
for
redu
cing
cont
ribut
ion
ofag
ricul
ture
to c
limat
ech
ange
(D
efra
and
stak
ehol
ders
).
Ens
ure
that
net
wor
ks o
fde
mon
stra
tion
farm
s ar
edi
ssem
inat
ing
best
prac
tice
inen
viro
nmen
tally
frie
ndly
farm
ing
(Def
ra).
Org
anic
Far
min
g A
ctio
nP
lan.
Dev
elop
men
t of t
heco
ncep
t of I
nteg
rate
dFa
rm M
anag
emen
t and
prom
otio
n of
the
mod
el.
Rev
iew
of c
urre
nt p
olic
yst
rate
gy fo
r th
eco
nser
vatio
n an
dsu
stai
nabl
e us
e of
gene
tic r
esou
rces
impo
rtan
t for
agr
icul
ture
(Def
ra).
Dis
cuss
ion
of d
raft
Cou
ncil
Reg
ulat
ion
onco
nser
vatio
n of
gen
etic
reso
urce
s in
agr
icul
ture
.
UK
Rep
ort t
o th
e FA
Oon
the
stat
e of
the
natio
n’s
Farm
Ani
mal
Gen
etic
Res
ourc
es.
L –
SS
SI a
nd o
ther
site
desi
gnat
ion;
EU
Hab
itats
and
Bird
s D
irect
ives
.
I – O
FS, E
SA
s an
d C
SS
;be
spok
e m
anag
emen
t pla
nsfo
r se
t-asi
de; F
WP
S a
ndW
GS
; EA
F; H
LF; N
atio
nal
Par
k m
anag
emen
tag
reem
ents
; Ass
ured
Foo
dS
tand
ards
and
ret
aile
r le
das
sura
nce
sche
mes
.
A –
Def
ra fu
nded
cons
erva
tion
advi
ce; R
&D
and
know
ledg
e/te
chno
logy
tran
sfer
; Lan
d M
anag
emen
tIn
itiat
ives
; var
ious
Cou
ntry
side
Age
ncy
advi
cest
ream
s; F
WA
G w
hole
-farm
advi
ce; F
ive
Poi
nt P
lan
for
wild
life
frien
dly
farm
ing
(EN
, NFU
); B
AS
C/R
SP
Bad
vice
abo
ut fa
rmla
nd b
irds.
A s
usta
ined
incr
ease
in th
ebi
odiv
ersi
ty v
alue
of a
gric
ultu
rally
prod
uctiv
e la
nd.
Det
erio
ratio
n in
the
biod
iver
sity
val
ueof
agr
icul
tura
llypr
oduc
tive
land
as
prod
uctio
nm
etho
ds h
ave
chan
ged.
98
Appendix: 1Agriculture
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Pro
mot
e be
tter
envi
ronm
enta
lm
anag
emen
t of s
et-
asid
e, in
clud
ing
take
up
of m
ulti-
annu
al s
et-
asid
e, a
nd b
espo
kem
anag
emen
t pla
ns(D
efra
).
Con
tinue
to p
ress
for
refo
rm o
f liv
esto
ckre
gim
es to
dec
oupl
epr
oduc
tion
from
sub
sidy
(Def
ra).
Dev
elop
men
t of
cons
erva
tion
plan
s fo
rra
re s
heep
bre
eds
inN
atio
nal S
crap
ie P
lan
(Def
ra).
Con
side
r bi
odiv
ersi
tyim
plic
atio
ns o
f res
ults
of
farm
scal
e tr
ials
of
gene
tical
ly m
odifi
edcr
ops.
Dis
cuss
ion
with
stak
ehol
ders
in F
orum
on S
eeds
for a
Sus
tain
able
Env
ironm
ent
(FO
SS
E) a
nd a
t EC
on
legi
slat
ion
to p
erm
it th
em
arke
ting
of s
eed
cons
erva
tion
mix
ture
s,va
rietie
s th
reat
ened
by
gene
tic e
rosi
on a
ndhe
ritag
e va
rietie
s.
Dis
cuss
ions
in F
OS
SE
on c
hang
ing
bala
nce
ofva
lue
for c
ultiv
atio
n an
dus
e (V
CU
) crit
eria
tow
ards
mor
esu
stai
nabl
e qu
aliti
es.
Res
earc
h in
tore
latio
nshi
p be
twee
nag
ricul
ture
and
clim
ate
chan
ge.
Vario
us lo
cal f
arm
land
bird
initi
ativ
es (e
.g. t
heN
orth
Wes
sex
Dow
nspr
ojec
t).
Hig
h W
eald
s M
eado
wIn
itiat
ive.
New
ara
ble
optio
ns in
CS
S.
99
Appendix: 1Agriculture
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Res
earc
h in
to in
tegr
atio
nof
bio
dive
rsity
and
prod
uctiv
e la
nd (e
.g.
SA
FFIE
pro
ject
).
Pro
mot
ion
of In
tegr
ated
Farm
Man
agem
ent.
Scr
apie
gen
otyp
essu
rvey
for r
are
shee
pbr
eed
flock
s (D
efra
Nat
iona
l Scr
apie
Pla
n).
Agr
i-env
ironm
ent
sche
me
revi
ew.
Stra
tegy
for S
usta
inab
leFo
od a
nd F
arm
ing.
100
Appendix: 1Agriculture
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Impl
emen
t out
com
e of
Nitr
ates
Dire
ctiv
e re
view
in D
ecem
ber
2006
(Def
ra).
Ong
oing
rev
iew
of s
oil
actio
n pl
an.
Mak
e fu
ll us
e of
Rur
alD
evel
opm
ent R
egul
atio
nto
ens
ure
it pr
ovid
es a
nad
equa
te fr
amew
ork
for
natio
nal m
easu
res
(Def
ra).
Pub
lish
and
cons
ult o
nriv
er b
asin
man
agem
ent
plan
s an
d co
mpl
ete
rela
ted
plan
ning
and
mon
itorin
g w
ork
(Def
ra).
Mon
itor
effe
ctiv
enes
s of
Nitr
ates
Act
ion
Pro
gram
me
and
revi
ewm
easu
res
(Nitr
ates
Dire
ctiv
e) (
Def
ra).
Dev
elop
men
t and
prom
otio
n of
Inte
grat
edFa
rm/C
rop
Man
agem
ent
(LE
AF)
.
Rev
iew
of p
estic
ides
regi
me
in li
ght o
f the
envi
ronm
enta
l ben
efits
deliv
ered
by
the
Volu
ntar
y In
itiat
ive.
Del
iver
impr
oved
adv
ice,
actin
g on
less
ons
lear
ned
from
Def
raK
now
ledg
e Tr
ansf
erpr
ojec
t.
Impl
emen
t so
il ac
tion
plan
.
Intr
oduc
e na
tiona
l soi
lin
dica
tors
and
mon
itorin
g sc
hem
e, a
sen
visa
ged
in th
ena
tiona
l soi
l str
ateg
y(D
efra
, EA
, NS
RI).
Ext
ensi
on o
f cov
erag
eof
Nitr
ate
Vuln
erab
leZo
nes
in E
ngla
nd to
55%
of a
gric
ultu
ral l
and
area
.
Cro
p P
rote
ctio
n, fa
rmin
gan
d re
late
d in
dust
ries’
Volu
ntar
y In
itiat
ive.
Pes
ticid
es fo
rum
.
R&
D o
n en
hanc
emen
t of
biol
ogic
al p
est c
ontr
ol(IA
CR
, CS
L, D
efra
).
Str
ateg
y fo
r S
usta
inab
leFo
od a
nd F
arm
ing.
Was
te S
trat
egy
for
Eng
land
.
Follo
w-u
p to
cons
ulta
tion
on s
oil
stra
tegy
.
Org
anic
Far
min
g A
ctio
nP
lan.
Agr
i-env
ironm
ent
sche
me
revi
ew.
Sus
tain
ing
Eng
land
’sW
oodl
ands
rev
iew
.
L –W
ater
Fra
mew
ork
Dire
ctiv
e; N
itrat
es D
irect
ive;
Wat
er M
easu
res
Act
199
1;E
nviro
nmen
tal P
rote
ctio
n A
ct19
90; C
lean
Air
Act
199
3; T
heC
ontr
ol o
f Pes
ticid
esR
egul
atio
ns 1
986;
Pes
ticid
es(M
axim
um L
evel
s in
Cro
ps,
Food
and
Fee
ding
stuf
fs)
(Eng
land
and
Wal
es)
Reg
ulat
ions
199
9; T
he F
ood
and
Env
ironm
ent P
rote
ctio
nA
ct 1
985;
Pla
nt P
rote
ctio
nP
rodu
cts
(Bas
ic C
ondi
tions
)R
egul
atio
ns 1
997;
Con
trol
of
Sub
stan
ces
Haz
ardo
us to
Hea
lth A
ct 1
999;
UK
Fer
tilis
erR
egul
atio
ns 1
991;
Fre
shw
ater
Fish
Dire
ctiv
e; N
atio
nal
Em
issi
ons
Cei
ling
Dire
ctiv
ean
d U
NE
CE
Got
henb
urg
Pro
toco
l; W
aste
Fra
mew
ork
Dire
ctiv
e.
I – O
FS, F
arm
Was
te G
rant
Sch
eme;
EA
F; H
LF; A
ssur
edFo
od S
tand
ards
and
ret
aile
rle
d as
sura
nce
sche
mes
.
To a
chie
ve a
cros
sal
l of E
ngla
nd’s
farm
land
bes
ten
viro
nmen
tal
prac
tice
to li
mit
the
inci
dent
al im
pact
of a
gric
ultu
ral
prac
tices
on
wid
erbi
odiv
ersi
ty.
Dam
age
to s
oil,
wat
er a
nd o
ther
ecos
yste
ms
byag
ricul
tura
lpo
llutio
n,co
mpa
ctio
n,er
osio
n,pe
stic
ides
, org
anic
and
inor
gani
cfe
rtili
sers
.
101
Appendix: 1Agriculture
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Pub
lish
and
cons
ult o
nR
iver
Bas
inM
anag
emen
t Pla
ns b
yD
ecem
ber
2008
and
com
plet
e re
late
dpl
anni
ng a
nd m
onito
ring
wor
k (D
efra
) by
200
9.
Com
plet
e th
e re
view
of
agri-
envi
ronm
ent
sche
mes
, to
incl
ude
‘bro
ad a
nd s
hallo
w’
sche
me
optio
ns th
atin
clud
e re
sour
cepr
otec
tion.
Com
plet
e Tr
ansp
ositi
onof
Wat
er F
ram
ewor
kD
irect
ive.
Exp
ansi
on o
f adv
ice
sche
mes
on
river
catc
hmen
t pro
ject
s (E
A, E
N, F
WA
G).
Est
ablis
h a
pilo
t net
wor
kof
dem
onst
ratio
n fa
rms
to d
isse
min
ate
best
prac
tice
inen
viro
nmen
tally
frie
ndly
farm
ing
(Def
ra).
Am
end
Fert
ilise
rR
egul
atio
ns to
take
acco
unt o
f for
thco
min
gE
C R
egul
atio
n on
fert
ilise
rs.
Rev
iew
impa
cts
ofat
mos
pher
ic e
nric
hmen
ton
agr
icul
tura
l sys
tem
.
Sec
ond
cons
ulta
tion
onth
e W
ater
Fra
mew
ork
Dire
ctiv
e.
Cro
ss c
uttin
g re
view
of
diffu
se p
ollu
tion
ofw
ater
s by
agr
icul
ture
.
Am
mon
ia S
trat
egy.
Pub
lish
Wat
er P
olic
yD
ocum
ent,
incl
udin
gst
rate
gic
visi
on fo
r th
efu
ture
(D
efra
).
A –
Cod
es o
f Goo
dA
gric
ultu
ral P
ract
ice;
Def
rafre
e ad
vice
on
Nitr
ate
Vuln
erab
le Z
ones
; Far
mM
anur
e M
anag
emen
t Pla
ns;
Org
anic
Con
vers
ion
Info
rmat
ion
Ser
vice
;C
ontr
ollin
g S
oil E
rosi
on p
ack;
Fert
ilise
r R
ecom
men
datio
nsfo
r A
gric
ultu
ral a
ndH
ortic
ultu
ral C
rops
; Brit
ish
Sur
vey
of F
ertil
iser
Pra
ctic
e;La
ndca
re P
artn
ersh
ip (
EA
lead
); R
&D
and
kno
wle
dge/
tech
nolo
gy tr
ansf
er; F
WA
Gw
hole
farm
adv
ice;
riv
erca
tchm
ent m
anag
emen
tpl
ans;
Fiv
e P
oint
Pla
n fo
rw
ildlif
e fri
endl
y fa
rmin
g (E
N,
NFU
).
NO
TES
:
1.Th
e ta
ble
does
not
incl
ude
actio
ns th
at a
re in
tend
ed to
del
iver
UK
BA
P h
abita
t and
spe
cies
act
ion
plan
s (t
houg
h m
any
of th
e ab
ove
actio
ns w
illco
ntrib
ute
to d
eliv
ery
of a
ctio
n pl
ans.
)
2.O
ther
than
the
“Red
Tra
ctor
”, th
e to
ols
colu
mn
does
not
incl
ude
spec
ific
deta
ils a
bout
the
wid
e ra
nge
of c
omm
erci
al m
arke
ting
met
hods
and
ret
aile
rin
cent
ive
sche
mes
, of w
hich
ther
e ar
e to
o m
any
to li
st.
102
Appendix 2Water and wetlands
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Dra
fting
and
impl
emen
tatio
n of
new
HA
Ps
as d
ecid
ed b
y U
KP
artn
ersh
ip.
Hab
itat A
ctio
n P
lans
for
pond
s, a
ctiv
e sh
ingl
eriv
ers,
olig
otro
phic
lake
s, c
onsi
dere
d in
the
light
of H
AP
rep
orts
in20
05 (
UK
Par
tner
ship
).
3 ad
ditio
nal w
etla
ndH
AP
s re
com
men
ded.
PH
abita
t Act
ion
Pla
ns fo
rad
ditio
nal w
ater
and
wet
land
type
s.
Impl
emen
tatio
n (E
A).
All
plan
s an
d st
rate
gies
activ
ely
prom
ote
inte
grat
ed c
atch
men
tm
anag
emen
t and
deliv
ery
of B
AP
targ
ets
(EA
).
Impl
emen
tatio
n an
dre
view
.P
Exi
stin
g E
nviro
nmen
tA
genc
y P
lans
and
Str
ateg
ies.
Impl
emen
tatio
n (D
efra
).P
rinci
ple
of e
stab
lishi
ngin
tegr
ated
cat
chm
ent
man
agem
ent,
with
prog
ress
tow
ards
BA
Pta
rget
s (D
efra
).
Bei
ng d
evel
oped
.P
Def
ra W
ater
Pol
icy
Doc
umen
t.
Pilo
t sub
-pla
ns li
nkin
gB
AP
targ
ets
and
Riv
erB
asin
Man
agem
ent
Pla
ns (
EA
, EN
).
Riv
er b
asin
char
acte
risat
ion
ofim
pact
s an
d pr
essu
res
take
s fu
ll ac
coun
t of
wat
er r
elat
ed n
eeds
of
Nat
ura
2000
site
s an
dris
k of
sig
nific
ant
dam
age
to w
etla
nds
(EA
, EN
).
Con
side
r de
velo
pmen
t of
pilo
t riv
er b
asin
sub
-pla
nsta
king
acc
ount
of
biod
iver
sity
at t
heca
tchm
ent s
cale
inco
rpor
atin
g ag
ri-en
viro
nmen
t pos
sibi
litie
sw
here
app
ropr
iate
(EA
, EN
).
Dra
fting
reg
ulat
ions
.C
onsu
ltatio
n on
Ann
exes
II a
nd V
(Def
ra).
LW
ater
Fra
mew
ork
Dire
ctiv
e.B
iodi
vers
ityin
tegr
ated
into
who
le c
atch
men
tm
anag
emen
t.
Inte
grat
edC
atch
men
tM
anag
emen
t.
103
Appendix 2Water and wetlands
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Pre
pare
for
impl
emen
tatio
n of
mea
sure
s (D
efra
, EA
).
Pac
kage
of m
easu
res
(eg
regu
lato
ry, f
isca
l and
ince
ntiv
es)
to a
ddre
ssag
ricul
tura
l and
oth
erdi
ffuse
pol
lutio
n (D
efra
).
Dev
elop
men
t of t
echn
ical
basi
s fo
r es
tabl
ishi
ngan
dm
easu
ring
good
ecol
ogic
al s
tatu
s fo
rw
ater
habi
tats
(Def
ra, E
A).
Dra
fting
reg
ulat
ions
.C
onsu
ltatio
n on
tech
nica
l Ann
exes
II a
ndV
(D
efra
).
LW
ater
Fra
mew
ork
Dire
ctiv
e.
Con
tinue
pro
gram
me.
NV
Z pr
ogra
mm
ein
tegr
ated
with
nut
rient
targ
ets
for
stat
utor
y si
tes
and
prio
rity
habi
tats
(Def
ra).
Ade
quat
e po
licin
g an
dm
onito
ring
of N
VZ
regu
latio
n (E
A).
Rev
iew
of N
itrat
eVu
lner
able
Zon
es(N
VZs
) (D
efra
).
LN
itrat
es D
irect
ive.
Impl
emen
t app
ropr
iate
cont
rols
on
was
te w
ater
disc
harg
e. (
EA
, Wat
erC
ompa
nies
via
PR
O 4
).
Rev
iew
of E
utro
phic
Sen
sitiv
e A
reas
use
sap
prop
riate
wat
erqu
ality
sta
ndar
dsde
velo
ped
for
stat
utor
ysi
tes
and
prio
rity
habi
tats
(E
A, D
efra
).
Fort
hcom
ing
revi
ew o
fE
utro
phic
Sen
sitiv
eA
reas
.
LU
rban
Was
te W
ater
Trea
tmen
t Dire
ctiv
e.
LIP
PC
Dire
ctiv
e.
Wat
er q
ualit
yta
rget
s de
velo
ped
and
met
for
prio
rity
BA
P h
abita
ts a
ndw
ater
and
wet
land
SS
SIs
.
Pol
lutio
n.
104
Appendix 2Water and wetlands
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Impl
emen
t Str
ateg
y(D
efra
, EA
).
Est
ablis
h su
cces
s of
EC
AP
s (E
A).
Intr
oduc
e m
easu
res
tota
ckle
org
anic
diff
use
pollu
tion
affe
ctin
g w
ater
and
wet
land
hab
itats
, to
be in
clud
ed in
agr
i-en
viro
nmen
t, fa
rmst
anda
rds
and
the
Str
ateg
y fo
r Fo
od a
ndFa
rmin
g (E
A, E
N,
Def
ra).
Con
tinue
to im
plem
ent
pilo
t Eut
roph
icat
ion
Con
trol
Act
ion
Pla
ns(E
CA
Ps)
and
ref
ine
tool
kit a
nd c
ontr
olm
easu
res
(EA
).
Con
sulta
tion
phas
e(D
efra
).
Res
earc
h to
sup
port
deci
sion
-mak
ing
(Def
ra,
EN
).
Def
ra D
iffus
e P
ollu
tion
Str
ateg
y.
Impl
emen
t mea
sure
s to
mee
t sta
ndar
ds (
EA
,D
efra
).
Impl
emen
t mea
sure
s to
mee
t sta
ndar
ds in
acco
rdan
ce w
ith P
SA
targ
ets
for
SS
SIs
by
2010
(E
A, D
efra
).
Agr
eem
ent o
f wat
erqu
ality
sta
ndar
ds(in
clud
ing
nutr
ient
s) fo
ral
l wat
er a
nd w
etla
ndS
AC
s, S
PAs
and
Ram
sar
site
s (E
A, E
N,
Def
ra).
Agr
eem
ent o
f wat
erqu
ality
sta
ndar
ds fo
rS
SS
Is. R
equi
rem
ents
incl
uded
as
a dr
iver
inP
RO
4 (E
A, E
N, D
efra
).
Ong
oing
Rev
iew
of
Con
sent
s, p
lus
wid
erm
easu
res
to a
chie
vefa
vour
able
con
serv
atio
nst
atus
(E
A).
Agr
eed
prot
ocol
and
proc
edur
es (
EN
, EA
).
LH
abita
ts a
nd B
irds
Dire
ctiv
es.
LC
RoW
Act
.
105
Appendix 2Water and wetlands
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Impl
emen
t the
PR
O4
natio
nal e
nviro
nmen
tpr
ogra
mm
e (W
ater
Com
pani
es, E
A).
Pre
pare
for
PR
O 5
.
Wat
er q
uant
ityre
quire
men
ts fo
rst
atut
ory
site
s an
dpr
iorit
y ha
bita
ts in
clud
edas
a d
river
for
fund
ing
inP
RO
4 (
Def
ra, E
N, E
A).
AM
P 3
impl
emen
tatio
n.D
evel
opm
ent o
f PR
O 4
prog
ram
me.
Nat
iona
l Env
ironm
ent
Pro
gram
me
in W
ater
Indu
stry
Inve
stm
ent P
rogr
amm
e.
Pre
pare
for
impl
emen
tatio
n of
mea
sure
s to
ach
ieve
good
eco
logi
cal s
tatu
s(E
A, D
efra
).
Dev
elop
men
t of
tech
nica
l bas
is fo
ras
sess
ing,
mon
itorin
gan
d cl
assi
fyin
gco
nditi
on o
f wat
eren
viro
nmen
t, in
clud
ing
wat
er q
uant
ity
(Def
ra, E
A).
Dra
fting
reg
ulat
ions
,co
nsul
tatio
ns o
nA
nnex
es II
and
V(D
efra
).
LW
ater
Fra
mew
ork
Dire
ctiv
e.
Impl
emen
tatio
n of
Bill
.(D
efra
, EA
).
Impl
emen
tatio
n on
prio
rity
site
s (E
A).
Wat
er B
ill to
impr
ove
mec
hani
sms
that
allo
wm
ore
sust
aina
ble
wat
erre
sour
ce m
anag
emen
t(D
efra
).
Inve
stig
atio
n w
ork
toes
tabl
ish
wor
kpr
ogra
mm
e (E
A, E
N).
Bill
aw
aitin
gpa
rliam
enta
ry ti
me
(Def
ra).
Und
er d
evel
opm
ent
(EA
).
LW
ater
Bill
.
PR
esto
ratio
n of
Sus
tain
able
Abs
trac
tion
Pro
gram
me.
Wat
er q
uant
ityre
quire
men
tsde
velo
ped
and
met
for
all p
riorit
y w
ater
and
wet
land
habi
tats
and
use
dfo
r co
nditi
onas
sess
men
t of
rele
vant
SS
SIs
.
Abs
trac
tion.
Impl
emen
t the
PR
O 4
natio
nal e
nviro
nmen
tpr
ogra
mm
e (W
ater
com
pani
es, E
A).
Pre
pare
for
PR
O 5
.
Wat
er q
ualit
y st
anda
rds
esta
blis
hed
for
stat
utor
ysi
tes
and
prio
rity
habi
tats
as a
driv
er fo
r fu
ndin
g in
PR
O 4
(D
efra
, EN
, EA
).
AM
P 3
impl
emen
tatio
n.D
evel
opm
ent o
f PR
O 4
prog
ram
me.
Nat
iona
l Env
ironm
ent
Pro
gram
me
in W
ater
Indu
stry
Inve
stm
ent P
rogr
amm
e.
106
Appendix 2Water and wetlands
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
BA
P ta
rget
s fo
r w
etla
ndha
bita
ts a
nd s
peci
es a
reke
y co
nsid
erat
ion
inde
velo
ping
par
t of
CA
MS
(E
A).
CA
MS
con
side
ren
viro
nmen
tal w
ater
need
s of
prio
rity
spec
ies
and
habi
tats
, inc
ludi
ngha
bita
t cre
atio
n op
tions
whe
re p
ract
icab
le (
EA
).
Bei
ng im
plem
ente
d(E
A).
PC
atch
men
t Abs
trac
tion
Man
agem
ent S
trat
egie
s.
All
stra
tegi
es w
ith B
AP
need
s in
sce
nario
plan
ning
(E
A).
Inco
rpor
ate
envi
ronm
enta
l nee
dsas
soci
ated
with
BA
Pta
rget
s fo
r w
etla
ndpr
otec
tion,
enha
ncem
ent a
ndcr
eatio
n in
toas
sess
men
ts o
f fut
ure
wat
er d
eman
d sc
enar
ios
(EA
).
Ann
ual r
oll-o
ut o
fst
rate
gies
(E
A).
PW
ater
Res
ourc
esS
trat
egie
s.
107
Appendix 2Water and wetlands
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
BA
P ta
rget
s fo
r w
etla
ndha
bita
ts a
nd s
peci
es a
reke
y co
nsid
erat
ion
inde
velo
ping
par
t of
CA
MS
(E
A).
Impl
emen
tre
com
men
datio
ns th
aten
cour
age
mor
eef
fect
ive
appr
oach
tosu
stai
nabl
e flo
odm
anag
emen
t (D
efra
).
Con
sulta
tion
finis
hed,
Gov
ernm
ent r
espo
nse
awai
ted
(Def
ra).
PR
evie
w o
f Flo
od D
efen
ceA
dmin
istr
atio
n an
d Fu
ndin
gR
egim
es (
Def
ra, E
A, F
lood
Def
ence
Com
mitt
ees,
IDB
s).
Con
tinua
tion
to a
chie
vene
t gai
n in
prio
rity
wat
eran
d w
etla
nd h
abita
ts.
Rev
iew
of p
rogr
ess
(Def
ra).
All
oper
atin
g au
thor
ities
com
plyi
ng w
ith H
abita
tsR
egul
atio
ns (
EA
, BW
,ID
Bs,
Loc
al A
utho
ritie
s,W
ater
Com
pani
es,
Coa
stal
Pro
tect
ion
Aut
horit
ies,
EN
).
All
oper
atin
g au
thor
ities
com
plyi
ng w
ith C
RoW
Act
obl
igat
ions
for
SS
SIs
(E
A, I
DB
, BW
,lo
cal a
utho
ritie
s, C
oast
alP
rote
ctio
n A
utho
ritie
s,E
N).
Com
plia
nce
with
UK
oblig
atio
ns in
Ram
sar
wor
k pl
an (
Def
ra, E
A,
EN
, ID
Bs)
.
All
oper
atin
g au
thor
ities
taki
ng a
ctio
n to
ach
ieve
high
-leve
l tar
gets
on
wat
er le
vel m
anag
emen
tpl
ans
and
biod
iver
sity
(EA
, ID
Bs,
loca
lau
thor
ities
).
Com
plia
nce
with
regu
latio
ns (
EA
).
Agr
eed
prot
ocol
s an
dpr
oced
ures
(E
A, E
N).
Pol
icy
line
agre
ed(D
efra
).
Bei
ng im
plem
ente
d.
LH
abita
ts a
nd B
irds
Dire
ctiv
es.
LC
RoW
Act
.
PR
amsa
r C
onve
ntio
n.
PH
igh-
leve
l tar
gets
for
BA
Pha
bita
ts.
Wat
er a
nd w
etla
ndha
bita
tco
nser
vatio
n is
prom
oted
in a
llpo
licie
s, p
lans
and
proj
ects
con
trol
ling
wat
er le
vel a
ndflo
od m
anag
emen
tac
tiviti
es.
Wat
er L
evel
and
Floo
dM
anag
emen
t.
108
Appendix 2Water and wetlands
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
See
k to
hav
e al
lre
mai
ning
WLM
Ps
impl
emen
ted.
Con
tinue
impl
emen
tatio
n, if
nece
ssar
y w
ithad
ditio
nal f
inan
cial
mea
sure
s on
SPA
,S
AC
s, R
amsa
r si
tes
and
SS
SIs
(D
efra
, loc
alau
thor
ities
, RFD
Cs)
.
Firs
t rou
nd o
f pla
nsvi
rtua
lly c
ompl
ete,
butm
ost n
ot y
etim
plem
ente
d (E
A,
IDB
s,lo
cal a
utho
ritie
s).
PW
ater
Lev
el M
anag
emen
tP
lans
.
Net
gai
n fo
r w
etla
ndco
nser
vatio
n (D
efra
, EA
).
Fluv
ial s
trat
egie
s w
ithin
CFM
Ps
iden
tify
cont
ribut
ion
to B
AP
targ
ets,
incl
udin
gw
etla
nd c
reat
ion
(Def
ra,
EA
, loc
al a
utho
ritie
s).
Dev
elop
non
-sta
tuto
ryriv
er h
abita
t obj
ectiv
es(E
A).
CFM
Ps
prom
ote
sust
aina
ble
solu
tions
,ba
sed
on th
ere
latio
nshi
p be
twee
nla
nd-u
se, f
lood
ris
k an
ddi
ffuse
pol
lutio
n, a
ndde
liver
ed th
roug
hca
tchm
ent p
lann
ing
(Def
ra, E
A, I
DB
s).
Cur
rent
ly b
eing
deve
lope
d (E
A).
PC
atch
men
t Flo
odM
anag
emen
t Pla
ns.
109
Appendix 2Water and wetlands
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Rev
ised
legi
slat
ion
(Def
ra).
Effe
ctiv
e m
easu
res
and
prog
ram
mes
fund
edan
d im
plem
ente
d(D
efra
).
Upd
ated
sch
edul
es.
Inte
grat
edim
plem
enta
tion
ofne
cess
ary
revi
ew g
roup
reco
mm
enda
tions
on:
legi
slat
ion,
resp
onsi
bilit
y, fu
ndin
g,ca
mpa
igns
,m
anag
emen
t and
rese
arch
(D
efra
).
Upd
ated
sch
edul
es(D
efra
).
Rev
iew
und
er w
ay(D
efra
).
LW
ildlif
e an
d C
ount
rysi
deA
ct.
PD
efra
rev
iew
of n
on-n
ativ
esp
ecie
s.
A p
rogr
amm
e of
prev
entio
n an
dm
anag
emen
tm
easu
res
for
non-
nativ
e in
vasi
vesp
ecie
ses
tabl
ishe
d an
dfu
nded
.
Inva
sive
spe
cies
.
110
Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Pro
vide
adv
ice
onw
oodl
and
man
agem
ent
and
crea
tion
desi
gned
to in
crea
se r
esili
ence
of
spec
ies
likel
y to
be
part
icul
arly
vul
nera
ble
(FC
, EN
).
Con
tinue
res
earc
h in
toth
e lik
ely
impa
cts
ofcl
imat
e ch
ange
on
woo
dlan
d co
mm
uniti
esan
d sp
ecie
s (M
ON
AR
CH
part
ners
hip)
.
Inve
stig
ate
the
use
ofla
ndsc
ape-
scal
eco
nditi
on a
ndco
nnec
tivity
indi
cato
rs(F
C, W
oodl
and
Trus
t).
Con
tinue
d de
velo
pmen
tof
the
UK
Phe
nolo
gyN
etw
ork
(Woo
dlan
dTr
ust,
CE
H).
Res
earc
h pr
ogra
mm
eon
clim
ate
chan
ge a
ndim
pact
s on
wild
life.
MO
NA
RC
H p
roje
ct o
utpu
ts (R
).
FC re
port
on im
pact
s of
clim
ate
chan
ge o
n U
K fo
rest
s(M
ay 2
002)
.
Incr
ease
dun
ders
tand
ing
ofth
e im
plic
atio
ns o
fcl
imat
e ch
ange
on
woo
dlan
d an
das
soci
ated
spec
ies.
Rev
iew
the
fund
ing
and
obje
ctiv
es o
f the
Dee
rIn
itiat
ive
(Def
ra ,
FC).
Incr
ease
aw
aren
ess
ofda
mag
e an
d lo
ssca
used
by
deer
, rab
bits
and
squi
rrel
s; p
rom
ote
Dee
r M
anag
emen
tG
roup
s an
d ex
plor
e ne
wso
urce
s of
fund
ing
(e.g
. in
rela
tion
tore
duci
ng r
oad
acci
dent
cost
s) (F
C, D
eer I
nitia
tive)
.
Rai
se a
war
enes
s of
the
need
for
deer
and
squi
rrel
con
trol
via
agr
i-en
viro
nmen
t sch
emes
(FC
, Def
ra).
Res
earc
h in
to a
ltern
ativ
em
etho
ds o
f red
ucin
gsq
uirr
el d
amag
e (F
C).
Dee
r In
itiat
ive
and
guid
ance
on
esta
blis
hing
Dee
rM
anag
emen
t Gro
ups.
Res
earc
h (R
).P
ests
add
ress
ed a
ta
land
scap
e sc
ale
(whe
reap
prop
riate
).
The
prot
ectio
n of
woo
dlan
d,pa
rtic
ular
ly a
ncie
ntan
d ur
ban
woo
dlan
ds a
ndan
cien
t tre
es, f
rom
exte
rnal
thre
ats
from
indu
stry
,de
velo
pmen
t and
surr
ound
ing
land
use.
111
Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Ens
ure
woo
dlan
ds a
read
equa
tely
cov
ered
inR
egio
nal B
iodi
vers
ityA
udits
and
Str
ateg
ies
(FC
, EN
).
Adv
ice
and
copi
es o
fA
W In
vent
ory
sent
to a
llpl
anni
ng a
utho
ritie
sco
verin
g th
e va
lue
ofA
W a
nd th
e ris
k of
dire
ctan
d in
dire
ct im
pact
s on
AW
(FC
, EN
, Woo
dlan
dTr
ust)
; pilo
t mon
itorin
gof
loss
es o
f AW
tode
velo
pmen
t (E
N, F
C).
Impl
emen
t rel
evan
tre
com
men
datio
ns fr
omre
view
of i
mpa
cts
onlo
cal w
ildlif
e si
tes.
See
k in
corp
orat
ion
ofbe
tter
prot
ectiv
e po
licie
sin
to lo
cal,
stru
ctur
e an
dre
gion
al p
lann
ing
guid
ance
. (an
d in
tom
iner
al p
lans
(FC
,O
DP
M, G
Os,
LA
s).
Inve
stig
ate
way
s of
inco
rpor
atin
g w
oodl
and
past
ure
into
the
AW
Inve
ntor
y (F
C, E
N,
Woo
dlan
d Tr
ust)
.
Incr
ease
aw
aren
ess
ofth
e va
lue
and
vuln
erab
ility
of a
ncie
nttr
ees
(EN
, Woo
dlan
dTr
ust,
Tree
Reg
iste
r).
Pla
nnin
g G
reen
Pap
er,
Reg
iona
l Pla
nnin
gG
uida
nce.
EN
’s r
ole
as s
tatu
tory
cons
ulte
e on
SS
SIs
and
FC’s
as
non-
stat
utor
yco
nsul
tee
on a
ncie
ntw
oodl
and.
Pla
nnin
g sy
stem
(L)
.P
rovi
sion
of m
ore
advi
ce to
pla
nnin
gau
thor
ities
and
bette
r m
onito
ring
of lo
sses
tode
velo
pmen
t.
112
Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Rol
ling
prog
ram
me
ofco
nditi
on a
sses
smen
t,as
par
t of,
or li
nked
to,
NIW
T (F
C, F
R).
Ens
ure
woo
dlan
din
cent
ives
are
mat
ched
to th
e th
reat
s id
entif
ied.
Est
ablis
h an
d tr
ial
met
hodo
logy
for
cond
ition
ass
essm
ent o
fA
SN
W (
FC, E
N).
Ass
essm
ent o
f lon
gte
rm c
hang
es in
woo
dlan
d flo
ra in
‘197
1B
unce
plo
ts’ (
All
part
ies)
.
Ana
lysi
s an
d pu
blic
atio
nof
the
resu
lts o
f FE
’sas
sess
men
t of i
tsan
cien
t woo
dlan
d(F
C).
Ana
lysi
s of
str
uctu
ral
data
on
anci
ent
woo
dlan
d w
ithin
NIW
T.
Rec
onci
liatio
n of
NIW
Tdi
gita
l map
with
Anc
ient
Woo
dlan
d In
vent
ory.
EN
SIS
dat
a on
woo
dlan
dS
SS
Is.
Fore
stry
Com
mis
sion
’sN
atio
nal I
nven
tory
of
Woo
dlan
d an
d Tr
ees
(A).
Cou
ntry
side
Sur
vey
2000
.
Impr
oved
info
rmat
ion
on th
est
ate
of n
ativ
ew
oodl
and,
incl
udin
g w
ood
past
ure.
The
cons
erva
tion
&en
hanc
emen
t of
the
biod
iver
sity
of
nativ
e w
oodl
and
part
icul
arly
anc
ient
sem
i-nat
ural
woo
dlan
d an
dw
ood
past
ure.
Incr
ease
aw
aren
ess
ofim
pact
s on
woo
dlan
d of
wid
er G
over
nmen
tpo
licy
(e.g
. ene
rgy
and
tran
spor
t) (
Gre
enM
inis
ters
, FC
, EN
,N
GO
s).
Impr
oved
cons
ider
atio
n of
pollu
tion
and
othe
rin
dire
ct im
pact
s on
woo
dlan
dbi
odiv
ersi
ty.
Ens
ure
agri-
envi
ronm
ent
and
othe
r ag
ricul
tura
lsu
ppor
t mea
sure
sco
ntrib
ute
to s
ecur
ing
acce
ptab
le le
vels
of
graz
ing
with
in w
oodl
and
(Def
ra).
Pro
tect
ion
of w
oodl
and
from
adj
oini
ngag
ricul
tura
l pra
ctic
espr
omot
ed u
nder
agr
i-en
viro
nmen
t sch
emes
(Def
ra, F
C).
Est
ablis
h m
easu
res
ofov
er-g
razi
ng in
woo
dlan
d an
d pr
omot
eth
em (
FC, E
N, D
efra
).
Agr
i-env
ironm
ent
sche
mes
cur
rent
lyun
der
revi
ew.
Agr
icul
tura
l pro
duct
ion
supp
ort r
egim
es a
nd a
gri-
envi
ronm
ent s
chem
es (
I),C
odes
of G
ood
Agr
icul
tura
lP
ract
ice
(A).
Red
uced
impa
cts
on w
oodl
and
from
surr
ound
ing
agric
ultu
ral
prac
tices
.
113
Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Targ
et a
dvic
e to
ow
ners
of n
ativ
e w
oodl
and
who
are
not c
urre
ntly
with
inW
GS
(FC
, FW
AG
, Def
ra,
RD
S).
Dev
elop
gra
nt p
acka
ges
that
are
attr
activ
e an
dno
t dau
ntin
g to
suc
how
ners
(F
C, R
DS
, FW
AG
).
Mak
e A
W In
vent
ory
data
and
info
rmat
ion
onre
leva
nt H
AP
s an
d S
AP
s av
aila
ble
via
‘who
le fa
rm p
lans
’ (E
N, D
efra
, FC
).
Con
side
r re
sour
ces
for
woo
dlan
d m
anag
emen
tun
der
mid
-term
rev
iew
of E
RD
P (
Def
ra, F
C).
Impr
ove
the
ince
ntiv
esfo
r na
tive
woo
dlan
dm
anag
emen
t thr
ough
the
curr
ent r
evie
w o
fin
cent
ives
(FC
).
Inve
stig
ate
inco
rpor
atio
n of
som
eba
sic
woo
dlan
d an
dw
ood
past
ure
man
agem
ent o
rpr
otec
tion
into
agr
i-en
viro
nmen
t mea
sure
s(D
efra
, FC
).
Obt
ain
mor
e in
form
atio
non
the
aspi
ratio
ns a
ndne
eds
of o
wne
rs w
hose
woo
dlan
d is
not
und
erW
GS
(FC
).
Inve
stig
ate
way
s of
deve
lopi
ng th
eco
ntra
ctin
g se
ctor
toin
crea
se c
apac
ity a
ndde
velo
p sk
ills
appr
opria
te fo
r na
tive
woo
dlan
d (F
C).
Impr
ove
acce
ss to
UK
WA
S fo
r sm
all w
oods
(FC
).
Ext
end
appl
icat
ion
ofna
tive
woo
dlan
dpl
anni
ng (
FC).
Ince
ntiv
es fo
r w
oodl
and
crea
tion
and
man
agem
ent c
urre
ntly
bein
g re
view
ed.
Impl
emen
tatio
n of
new
prot
ectio
n an
dpr
oced
ures
und
er th
eC
RO
W A
ct.
Vario
us g
rant
sch
emes
(I).
Dire
ct m
anag
emen
t of
publ
icly
-ow
ned
fore
sts.
Des
igna
tions
(N
atur
a 20
00,
SS
SIs
, LN
Rs,
sch
edul
edan
cien
t mon
umen
ts)
(L).
Incr
ease
dpr
opor
tion
ofw
oodl
and
unde
rap
prov
edm
anag
emen
t/pro
tect
ion
(rec
ogni
sing
that
min
imum
inte
rven
tion
may
be a
ppro
pria
te in
som
e si
tuat
ions
).
114
Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Ong
oing
.S
ubje
ct to
the
outc
ome
of th
e cu
rren
t rev
iew
,se
ek to
pro
vide
adeq
uate
ince
ntiv
es fo
rth
e pr
ivat
e se
ctor
, and
fund
ing
for
FE, f
or c
ostly
actio
ns to
mai
ntai
nha
bita
t, im
prov
eco
nditi
on o
r pr
ovid
e fo
rpr
iorit
y sp
ecie
s (F
C-
WIG
s, F
E).
Ince
ntiv
es fo
r w
oodl
and
crea
tion
and
man
agem
ent c
urre
ntly
bein
g re
view
ed.
Impl
emen
tatio
n of
new
prot
ectio
n an
dpr
oced
ures
und
er th
eC
RoW
Act
.
Vario
us g
rant
sch
emes
(I).
Dire
ct m
anag
emen
t of
publ
icly
-ow
ned
fore
sts.
Des
igna
tions
(N
atur
a 20
00,
SS
SIs
, LN
Rs,
sch
edul
edan
cien
t mon
umen
ts)
(L).
Rev
ised
ince
ntiv
esw
hich
are
clo
sely
mat
ched
to B
AP
actio
ns a
nd r
efle
cttr
ue c
ost.
Dis
sem
inat
e re
sults
via
acad
emic
pap
ers,
tech
nica
l pub
licat
ions
,pr
omot
ion
to w
oodl
and
owne
rs a
nd m
anag
ers.
(NE
RC
, FR
, FC
).
Res
earc
h ha
bita
tm
anag
emen
t iss
ues
and
the
requ
irem
ents
of
prio
rity
and
othe
r ke
ysp
ecie
s (e
.g. s
ong
thru
sh, b
arba
stel
le b
at)
(FC
, EN
).
Woo
dlan
d B
irds
mon
itorin
g pr
ojec
t and
asso
ciat
ed r
esea
rch
onpo
ssib
le u
nder
lyin
gca
uses
(FC
et a
l).
Incr
ease
rec
ogni
tion
ofth
e im
port
ance
of
anci
ent t
rees
in o
ther
habi
tats
(e.
g. h
eath
land
,gr
assl
and)
.
Out
puts
of v
ario
us r
esea
rch
proj
ects
into
spe
cies
requ
irem
ents
.
Gui
danc
e on
habi
tat
man
agem
ent
(bas
ed o
n so
und
rese
arch
)di
ssem
inat
ed.
115
Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Incr
ease
sco
pe fo
r FE
to
pur
chas
e la
nd n
ear
exis
ting
prop
ertie
s to
crea
te la
ndsc
ape
scal
eha
bita
t net
wor
ks (
FE).
Eva
luat
e th
e ex
tent
tow
hich
woo
dlan
d be
yond
the
esta
blis
hmen
t pha
seis
fulfi
lling
its
pote
ntia
l(F
C).
Rev
ise
woo
dlan
dcr
eatio
n sc
hem
es in
the
light
of t
he r
evie
w.
Ass
ess
effe
ctiv
enes
s of
JIG
SA
W‘d
efra
gmen
tatio
n’ g
rant
sche
me
(FC
).
Ince
ntiv
es fo
r w
oodl
and
crea
tion
curr
ently
bei
ngre
view
ed.
Woo
dlan
d G
rant
Sch
eme,
Farm
Woo
dlan
d P
rem
ium
Sch
eme
(I).
Dire
ct m
anag
emen
t of
publ
icly
-ow
ned
fore
sts.
Incr
ease
d ar
ea o
fne
w n
ativ
ew
oodl
and
toco
mpl
emen
t and
rein
forc
e ex
istin
gw
oodl
and.
Intr
oduc
e in
cent
ives
for
rest
orat
ion
in p
rivat
ew
oodl
and;
con
side
rad
ditio
nal f
undi
ng fo
rla
rge-
scal
e re
stor
atio
npr
ogra
mm
e on
the
FCes
tate
(FC
, FE
).
Dev
elop
pol
icy
and
stra
tegy
for
Anc
ient
Woo
dlan
d co
nser
vatio
nan
d re
stor
atio
n; p
ublis
hFo
rest
Pra
ctic
e G
uide
;re
sear
ch r
esto
ratio
nte
chni
ques
(F
C, F
E, F
R).
Com
men
ce P
AW
Sre
stor
atio
n pr
ogra
mm
eon
the
FCes
tate
(FE
).
Bet
ter
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
the
cons
erva
tion
ofge
netic
res
ourc
es, a
ndw
here
app
ropr
iate
faci
litat
e gr
eate
r us
e of
loca
l pla
ntin
g st
ock
(FR
, FC
).
Res
earc
h in
tore
stor
atio
n te
chni
ques
and
prio
ritie
s.
New
pol
icy
onco
nser
vatio
n of
anci
ent w
oodl
and
and
prom
otio
n of
rest
orat
ion
ofPA
WS
.
116
Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Dev
elop
Reg
iona
lpr
iorit
ies
as p
art o
fR
egio
nal E
xpre
ssio
ns o
fth
e E
ngla
nd F
ores
try
Str
ateg
y (F
C, G
Os)
.
Mon
itor
succ
ess
ofde
fore
stat
ion
and
re-c
reat
ion
polic
y (F
C).
Pub
lish
GB
gui
danc
e ;
and
deve
lop
Eng
land
polic
y an
d pr
actic
e fo
rfo
rest
rem
oval
to c
reat
eno
n-w
oodl
and
habi
tats
(FC
).
Dev
elop
con
trol
proc
edur
es a
nd a
gri-
envi
ronm
ent i
ncen
tives
to c
over
re-
crea
tion
ofop
en-g
roun
d ha
bita
tsfo
llow
ing
defo
rest
atio
n(D
efra
, FC
).
Sec
ure
core
and
exte
rnal
fund
ing
for
re-
crea
tion
of n
on-
woo
dlan
d ha
bita
ts a
nd‘m
oder
nisi
ng’ t
he p
ublic
fore
st e
stat
e to
enh
ance
deliv
ery
of H
AP
s an
dS
AP
s (F
E).
Eng
land
For
estr
y S
trat
egy.
Fore
stry
pla
ying
apo
sitiv
e ro
le in
deliv
ery
of n
onw
oodl
and
HA
Ps
and
SA
Ps.
Res
earc
h th
eim
plic
atio
ns fo
rbi
odiv
ersi
ty o
f the
desi
gn a
ndm
anag
emen
t of o
pen
grou
nd a
nd m
atur
efo
rest
hab
itats
with
inla
rge
fore
sts
(FC
, EN
,D
efra
, NE
RC
).
See
k ad
equa
tein
cent
ives
and
fund
ing
for
the
crea
tion
and
man
agem
ent o
f non
-w
oodl
and
habi
tats
with
in p
lant
atio
ns in
both
FC
and
priv
ate
woo
dlan
d (F
C, F
E).
Targ
et in
cent
ives
tode
liver
y of
loca
l and
natio
nal B
AP
prio
ritie
s (F
C, D
efra
).
Ince
ntiv
es fo
r w
oodl
and
crea
tion
and
man
agem
ent c
urre
ntly
bein
g re
view
ed.
Dire
ct m
anag
emen
t of
publ
icly
-ow
ned
fore
sts
–Fo
rest
Des
ign
Pla
ns.
Vario
us w
oodl
and
ince
ntiv
es.
(I).
Enh
ance
d pr
iorit
yha
bita
ts a
ndsp
ecie
s w
ithin
area
s of
non
-nat
ive
woo
dlan
d,in
clud
ing
coni
fer
plan
tatio
n an
dS
RC
.
The
cons
erva
tion
of w
ider
biod
iver
sity
at a
land
scap
e sc
ale.
117
Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Ens
ure
adeq
uate
fund
ing
of a
gri-
envi
ronm
ent m
easu
res
whi
ch w
ill c
ompl
emen
tw
oodl
and
habi
tats
unde
r th
e m
id-te
rmre
view
of E
RD
P (
Def
ra,
FC).
See
k to
ens
ure
the
revi
ews
of F
WP
S/W
GS
and
agri-
envi
ronm
ent
sche
mes
: a)
reco
gnis
eth
e in
ter-
rela
tion
betw
een
woo
dlan
d an
dot
her
habi
tats
; b)
prot
ect e
xist
ing
sem
i-na
tura
l hab
itats
from
inap
prop
riate
woo
dlan
dcr
eatio
n; c
) ta
rget
habi
tat c
reat
ion
and
exte
nsifi
catio
n m
easu
res
to b
uffe
r an
d lin
k na
tive
woo
ds a
nd e
nhan
cew
ood
past
ure
(FC
,D
efra
).
Pur
sue
clos
erin
tegr
atio
n of
woo
dlan
dan
d ag
ri-en
viro
nmen
tin
cent
ives
(e.
g.pr
ovis
ion
of g
rant
s fo
rsm
all w
oods
via
agr
i-en
viro
nmen
t sch
emes
)(F
C, D
efra
, RD
S).
Res
earc
h on
hab
itat
netw
orks
at a
land
scap
esc
ale,
incl
udin
gis
olat
ion/
conn
ectiv
ity(F
C/F
R, N
ER
C, D
efra
,W
oodl
and
Trus
t).
Pro
vide
gre
ater
inpu
t to
deve
lopm
ent o
f Loc
alB
AP
s (F
C).
Ince
ntiv
es fo
r w
oodl
and
crea
tion
and
man
agem
ent c
urre
ntly
bein
g re
view
ed.
Agr
i-env
ironm
ent
sche
mes
cur
rent
lyun
der
revi
ew.
Woo
dlan
d G
rant
Sch
eme,
Farm
Woo
dlan
d P
rem
ium
Sch
eme
(I).
Agr
i-env
ironm
ent S
chem
es (I
).
Out
puts
of v
ario
us r
esea
rch
proj
ects
into
spe
cies
requ
irem
ents
.
Woo
dlan
ds a
ndtr
ees
com
plem
entin
got
her
habi
tats
, at a
land
scap
e sc
ale,
and
prov
idin
g fo
rno
n-w
oodl
and
spec
ies.
118
Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Ong
oing
mon
itorin
g of
SFM
indi
cato
rs.
Pro
mot
ion
of ti
mbe
r as
are
new
able
pro
duct
and
ener
gy s
ourc
e (F
C, D
TI,
Def
ra).
Iden
tify
the
pote
ntia
lco
ntrib
utio
n of
woo
dlan
ds to
wid
erQ
uant
ity o
f Life
indi
cato
rs (
FC).
‘Woo
d fo
r G
ood’
cam
paig
n.
Dev
elop
men
t of U
KIn
dica
tors
of
Sus
tain
able
For
est
Man
agem
ent (
SFM
).
UK
WA
S C
ertif
icat
ion
and
FSC
labe
lling
(I).
Rec
ogni
tion
of th
esu
stai
nabl
y an
dlo
w e
nviro
nmen
tal
impa
cts
of fo
rest
ry.
Intr
oduc
e an
y su
chin
cent
ives
(FC
, Def
ra).
Inve
stig
ate
deve
lopm
ent
of in
cent
ives
(W
GS
,ag
ri-en
viro
nmen
t, R
ural
Ent
erpr
ise
Sch
eme)
whi
ch c
ould
pro
vide
envi
ronm
enta
l ser
vice
s(F
C, E
A, e
t al).
Fund
ing
for
FE w
hich
reco
gnis
es th
e ra
nge
ofpu
blic
ben
efits
pro
vide
d(F
C).
Ince
ntiv
es fo
r w
oodl
and
crea
tion
and
man
agem
ent c
urre
ntly
bein
g re
view
ed.
Woo
dlan
d G
rant
Sch
eme,
Rur
al E
nter
pris
e S
chem
e,C
omm
unity
For
ests
, Nat
iona
lFo
rest
and
Nat
iona
l Urb
anFo
rest
ry U
nit (
I).
App
ropr
iate
pub
licfu
ndin
g fo
r th
eno
n-m
arke
tbe
nefit
s of
woo
dlan
d.
See
k to
est
ablis
h pi
lot
area
(s)
whe
re th
e ef
fect
sof
woo
dlan
d cr
eatio
n on
wat
er c
atch
men
ts(h
eadw
ater
s an
dflo
odpl
ains
) ca
n be
exam
ined
(FC
, EA
).
Res
earc
h to
qua
ntify
and
valu
e no
n-m
arke
tbe
nefit
s of
woo
dlan
d:ur
ban
rege
nera
tion,
rur
alec
onom
y, fl
ood
prev
entio
n an
d al
levi
atio
n(F
R, F
C).
Con
side
r ro
leof
woo
dlan
ds in
pilo
tsu
b-pl
ans
for
river
bas
inm
anag
emen
t pla
ns (
FR,
FC).
Res
earc
h an
d pi
lot
proj
ects
into
the
role
of
woo
dlan
d in
hea
dwat
ers
and
flood
plai
ns.
Res
earc
h.B
ette
r ev
iden
ce o
nth
e en
viro
nmen
tal
serv
ices
and
non
-m
arke
t ben
efits
of
tree
s an
dw
oodl
and.
Inad
equa
tere
cogn
ition
of
fore
stry
’s p
oten
tial
as o
ne o
f the
bes
tex
ampl
es o
fsu
stai
nabl
ede
velo
pmen
t.
119
Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Dev
elop
a p
olic
yfra
mew
ork
for
educ
atio
nan
d le
arni
ng u
nder
the
Eng
land
For
estr
yS
trat
egy.
Fore
st E
duca
tion
Initi
ativ
e
Adv
ice
(A)
Wid
ened
oppo
rtun
ities
for
sust
aina
ble
fore
stry
to b
e pa
rtof
form
al e
duca
tion
and
life
long
lear
ning
.
Inve
stig
ate
way
s of
prom
otin
g w
oodl
and
base
d en
terp
rises
not
base
d on
tim
ber
prod
uctio
n (F
C).
Eva
luat
e ef
fect
iven
ess
ofne
w in
cent
ives
, e.g
.H
arve
stin
g G
rant
(FC
).
Dev
elop
men
t fun
ding
for
new
use
s fo
r lo
w-
valu
e/hi
gh v
olum
etim
ber
(e.g
. woo
d fu
el)
and
high
val
uepr
oduc
ts, t
hrou
gh a
Har
vest
ing,
Mar
ketin
gan
d P
roce
ssin
g G
rant
unde
r th
e E
RD
P (
FC,
Def
ra).
Pro
mot
ion
of ti
mbe
r in
tohi
gher
end
use
s (F
C,
DTI
, OD
PM
).
Ince
ntiv
es fo
r w
oodl
and
crea
tion
and
man
agem
ent c
urre
ntly
bein
g re
view
ed.
Woo
dlan
d G
rant
Sch
eme
(I).
Pro
mot
e ac
tive
man
agem
ent b
yim
prov
ing
the
econ
omic
via
bilit
yof
woo
dlan
dm
anag
emen
t.
120
Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Aw
aren
ess
cam
paig
nam
ongs
t hea
lthpr
ofes
sion
als
and
prov
ider
s of
woo
dlan
dac
cess
(FC
).
Dev
elop
clo
ser
links
betw
een
FC a
ndN
HS
/Prim
ary
Car
eTr
usts
(FC
).
Impr
ove
evid
ence
bas
eof
ben
efits
of w
oodl
and
recr
eatio
n fo
r he
alth
(FC
).
Pro
mot
e aw
aren
ess
ofhe
alth
ben
efits
with
afo
cus
on g
over
nmen
t’spr
iorit
y ar
eas
(FC
).
Res
earc
h.
FC P
olic
y (P
).
Gre
ater
aw
aren
ess
and
reco
gniti
on o
fth
e he
alth
ben
efits
of w
oodl
and
recr
eatio
n.
Dev
elop
new
sup
port
mec
hani
sms
for
publ
icac
cess
to e
xist
ing
woo
dlan
ds (
FC).
Pro
vide
ince
ntiv
es fo
rth
e cr
eatio
n of
woo
dlan
d in
are
as o
fhi
gh d
eman
d (F
C).
WIG
/Rur
al E
nter
pris
eS
chem
e/R
eser
veE
nhan
cem
ent S
chem
efo
r in
terp
reta
tion
and
wild
life
obse
rvat
ion
faci
litie
s (F
C, D
efra
, EN
).
Ass
essm
ent o
f exi
stin
gac
cess
, par
ticul
arly
toA
W a
nd S
NW
; ide
ntify
prio
rity
area
s fo
r ne
wac
cess
(FC
).
Inve
stig
ate
‘low
-key
’ac
cess
arr
ange
men
tsw
hich
leav
e m
ore
cont
rol w
ith th
e ow
ners
(FC
).
See
k fu
ndin
g to
enha
nce
visi
tor
faci
litie
s,an
d m
itiga
te im
pact
s,
in w
ell-u
sed
area
s (F
C, F
E).
Ann
ual M
anag
emen
tG
rant
s fo
r w
oodl
and
open
for
acce
ss.
Dire
ct m
anag
emen
t of
publ
icly
-ow
ned
fore
sts.
Woo
dlan
d G
rant
Sch
eme
(I).
Res
earc
h.
Incr
ease
d hi
gh-
qual
ity p
ublic
acce
ss to
woo
dlan
d.
Incr
ease
the
role
that
woo
dlan
dpl
ays
in e
nhan
cing
peop
le’s
qua
lity
oflif
e.
121
Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Pur
sue
oppo
rtun
ities
for
inco
rpor
atio
n of
woo
dlan
d is
sues
into
Com
mun
ity S
trat
egie
s(F
C, l
ocal
aut
horit
ies)
.
Pro
mot
e in
itiat
ives
invo
lvin
g da
ta g
athe
ring
by m
embe
rs o
f the
publ
ic (
e.g.
‘citi
zen
scie
nce’
pro
ject
s) a
ndre
cogn
ise
the
criti
cal
valu
e of
am
ateu
r ex
pert
s(F
C).
Pro
mot
e in
crea
sed
LBA
P c
over
age
and
prov
ide
loca
l inp
uts
and
natio
nal g
uida
nce
onw
oodl
and
and
fore
stry
aspe
cts
to e
nsur
e ‘d
ove-
taili
ng’ w
ith n
atio
nal
actio
n pl
ans
(Def
ra, l
ocal
auth
oriti
es, F
C).
Faci
litat
e pu
blic
inpu
tsto
woo
dlan
dm
anag
emen
t thr
ough
impr
oved
Pub
licR
egis
ter
and
cons
ulta
tion
proc
edur
es(F
C).
Sup
port
pra
ctic
alin
volv
emen
t thr
ough
Tree
War
dens
,W
ildsp
ace!
, vol
unta
ryco
nser
vatio
n w
ork,
and
‘Frie
nds
of’ g
roup
s (F
C, E
N).
Sup
port
est
ablis
hed
com
mun
ity g
roup
sth
roug
h de
velo
pmen
t of
the
Com
mun
ityW
oodl
and
Net
wor
k(W
oodl
and
Trus
t/Def
ra).
Ong
oing
inpu
t to
LBA
Ps
at lo
cal a
nd r
egio
nal
leve
ls.
LBA
Ps
(P/A
).In
crea
sed
loca
lin
volv
emen
t in
woo
dlan
ds a
ndbi
odiv
ersi
ty.
122
Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Sup
port
for
loca
lm
arke
ting
and
awar
enes
s in
itiat
ives
e.g.
woo
dfai
rs (
FC, F
E).
Pro
mot
e w
ider
awar
enes
s an
dun
ders
tand
ing
ofw
oodl
and
(Woo
dlan
dTr
ust)
.
Ens
ure
fore
sts
and
woo
dlan
d pr
oduc
ts a
repa
rt o
f wid
er a
gric
ultu
ral
initi
ativ
es to
‘rec
onne
ctpe
ople
with
the
coun
trys
ide’
(D
efra
, FC
).
Sup
port
upt
ake
of U
KW
oodl
and
Ass
uran
ceS
chem
e fo
r al
lw
oodl
and
type
s (F
C –
pilo
t, U
KW
AS
Ste
erin
gG
roup
).
Eva
luat
e im
pact
of
UK
WA
S o
n fo
rest
man
agem
ent a
ndch
alle
nges
toco
mpl
ianc
e (F
C).
Exp
lore
the
desi
rabi
lity
of p
rom
otin
g lo
cal
timbe
r an
d fo
odla
belli
ng s
chem
esin
clud
ing
the
role
of
prod
uce
from
woo
dpa
stur
e in
Eat
the
View
(FC
, Cou
ntry
side
Age
ncy)
.
‘Woo
d fo
r G
ood’
cam
paig
n.U
KW
AS
Cer
tific
atio
n an
d FS
Cla
belli
ng s
chem
e (I)
.Im
prov
ed p
ublic
awar
enes
s of
the
link
betw
een
woo
dlan
ds a
ndw
ood
prod
ucts
.
123
Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Pro
gres
s pi
lot u
rban
rege
nera
tion
and
biod
iver
sity
pro
ject
sw
ithin
eac
h R
DA
reg
ion
and
sam
ple
of C
ore
Citi
es.
Pub
lish
guid
ance
for
rege
nera
tion
prac
titio
ners
(E
N, E
A).
Pro
mul
gate
bes
tpr
actic
e (E
N, E
A, W
Ts,
Def
ra).
See
k lin
ks w
ith E
nglis
hP
artn
ersh
ips,
BU
RA
,C
AB
E a
nd o
ther
s to
prom
ote
best
biod
iver
sity
and
envi
ronm
enta
l pra
ctic
e(E
N, E
A, D
efra
).
Pro
vide
gui
danc
e to
CA
BE
for
grea
ter
ecol
ogic
al a
ppro
ache
sto
reg
ener
atio
ngu
idan
ce (
EN
, EA
).
Rec
ogni
se u
rban
issu
esin
PP
G9
revi
sion
(OD
PM
, EN
, Def
ra).
Pilo
t urb
an r
egen
erat
ion
and
biod
iver
sity
pro
ject
sw
ithin
eac
h R
DA
reg
ion
and
sam
ple
of C
ore
Citi
es (
OD
PM
, WTs
,B
UR
A, E
N).
Cre
eksi
de E
nviro
nmen
tP
roje
ct, D
eptfo
rd.
Cas
tle M
anor
Est
ate,
She
ffiel
d W
ildlif
e Tr
ust.
Cha
ngin
g P
lace
s,C
hang
ing
Live
s ,G
roun
dwor
k Lo
ndon
.
Cre
ativ
e S
pace
s to
ol-k
it,A
rchi
tect
ure
Foun
datio
n.
Gre
en G
atew
ay,
(Tha
mes
Cha
seC
omm
unity
For
est,
NU
FU, 2
002)
.
Bla
ck re
dsta
rt: 2
nd
advi
ceno
te(E
N,
Lond
on W
ildlif
e Tr
ust,
LBP,
200
2).
Urb
an W
ildlif
eP
artn
ersh
ip.
Sus
tain
able
Citi
esC
ampa
ign.
L W&
C A
ct 1
981.
Loca
l Gov
ernm
ent A
ct 2
000.
T&C
P A
ct 1
990.
P Urb
an W
hite
Pap
er (
2000
)
Loca
l Str
ateg
ic P
artn
ersh
ips.
Urb
an G
reen
Spa
ces
Task
forc
e.
Com
mun
ity S
trat
egie
s.
Pla
nnin
g G
reen
Pap
er (
2001
).
Pla
nnin
g O
blig
atio
nsco
nsul
tatio
n pa
per
(200
1).
PP
G3,
PP
G17
, PP
G9,
PP
G25
.
A By
Des
ign
(DTL
R, C
AB
E,
2001
).
Qua
lity
of L
ife C
apita
l (C
A,
EA
, EH
, EN
).
Pla
nnin
g fo
r B
iodi
vers
ity(R
TPI,
1999
).
Dev
elop
ing
Nat
ural
ly(A
LGE
,E
N, 2
000)
.
Bla
ck r
edst
art a
dvic
e no
te(L
ondo
n W
ildlif
e Tr
ust,
EN
,B
TO, 1
999)
.
Rol
e of
sta
tuto
ry a
genc
ies,
VC
Os,
etc
.
Bio
dive
rsity
prot
ectio
n,co
nser
vatio
n an
den
hanc
emen
tob
ject
ives
inre
gene
ratio
ngu
idan
ce.
Rec
ogni
tion
of th
ero
le o
f nat
ural
gree
n sp
aces
inec
olog
ical
func
tioni
ng in
new
natio
nal a
ndre
gion
al p
olic
y.
Bio
dive
rsity
targ
ets
in S
RB
and
oth
erre
gene
ratio
nfu
ndin
g sc
hem
es.
Urb
anre
nais
sanc
e
Ens
urin
gbi
odiv
ersi
ty a
s an
inte
gral
par
t of t
heur
ban
rena
issa
nce.
124
Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Pro
mul
gate
and
exch
ange
goo
dpr
actic
e.
New
pla
nnin
g le
gisl
atio
nan
d gu
idan
ce to
be
unde
rpin
ned
by S
Dob
ject
ives
ref
lect
ing
the
core
obj
ectiv
es o
f the
Str
ateg
y.
Pla
nnin
g de
cisi
ons
taki
ng a
ccou
nt o
fpr
otec
tion
for
desi
gnat
ed s
ites,
and
cont
ribut
e to
key
HA
Ps
and
SA
Ps
(OD
PM
, EN
,D
efra
, pla
nnin
gau
thor
ities
).
Rev
ised
PP
G9
to s
etcl
ear
fram
ewor
k fo
rpl
anni
ng p
olic
ies
topr
otec
t, co
nser
ve a
nden
hanc
e bi
odiv
ersi
ty,
incl
udin
g in
urb
an a
reas
(OD
PM
, Def
ra).
Issu
e of
goo
d pr
actic
egu
ide
to a
ccom
pany
revi
sed
PP
G9
(OD
PM
,E
N, D
efra
).
Pla
nnin
g an
dB
iodi
vers
ity(R
TPI,
1999
).
Qua
lity
of L
ife C
apita
l(C
A, E
A, E
N).
Livi
ng S
pace
s(R
SP
B,
2002
).
Nat
ural
Com
mun
ities
(EN
, RS
PB
, WTs
, 200
2).
Sust
aina
ble
Com
mun
ities
(WH
O,
2002
).
L W&
C A
ct 1
981.
T&C
P A
ct 1
990.
CR
oW A
ct 2
000.
P Urb
an W
hite
Pap
er (
2000
).
Loca
l Str
ateg
ic P
artn
ersh
ips
Urb
an G
reen
Spa
ces
Task
forc
e.
Com
mun
ity S
trat
egie
s.
Pla
nnin
g G
reen
Pap
er (
2001
).
Pla
nnin
g O
blig
atio
nsco
nsul
tatio
n pa
per
(200
1).
PP
G3,
PP
G17
, PP
G9,
PP
G25
.
A Pla
nnin
g an
d B
iodi
vers
ity(R
TPI,
1999
).
Qua
lity
of L
ife C
apita
l (C
A,
EA
, EN
).
Envi
ronm
enta
l Pla
nnin
g(R
oyal
Com
mis
sion
on
Env
ironm
enta
l Pol
lutio
n,20
02).
Livi
ng S
pace
s(R
SP
B, 2
002)
.
New
pla
nnin
gle
gisl
atio
n an
dgu
idan
ceun
derp
inne
d by
SD
obj
ectiv
es.
Pla
nnin
gob
ligat
ions
prov
idin
g fo
rpo
sitiv
e pl
anni
nglin
ked
tobi
odiv
ersi
tyob
ject
ives
.
New
dev
elop
men
tsth
at b
uild
inbi
odiv
ersi
tyth
roug
h pl
anni
ngre
gula
tions
and
/or
diss
emin
atio
n of
good
pra
ctic
e.
Pla
nnin
g
Ens
urin
g th
atbi
odiv
ersi
ty is
inte
grat
ed in
to th
epl
anni
ng s
yste
m.
125
Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Pro
mul
gate
and
exch
ange
goo
dpr
actic
e.
Pro
vide
spe
cific
guid
ance
to E
nglis
hP
artn
ersh
ips
and
CLA
IRE
for
sym
path
etic
brow
nfie
ld d
evel
opm
ent
(EN
).
Und
erta
ke m
itiga
tion
proj
ects
to e
valu
ate
best
prac
tice
(EP,
Gw
k, E
N,
ALG
E).
Ass
ess
and
publ
ish
advi
ce fo
r co
nser
ving
brow
nfie
ld b
iodi
vers
ity(E
N, E
P).
Pro
mot
e bi
odiv
ersi
tyan
d op
en s
pace
bene
fits
of u
rban
brow
nfie
lds
thro
ugh
publ
icat
ions
, adv
ice
and
advo
cacy
(E
N, E
P, W
Ts,
Gw
k).
Co-
ordi
nate
d ad
voca
cyap
proa
ches
to E
nglis
hP
artn
ersh
ips,
CA
BE
,B
UR
A a
nd o
ther
s (E
N).
Cre
ativ
e co
nser
vatio
n(U
rban
Wild
life
Par
tner
ship
/Lan
dlife
,19
99).
Bro
wnf
ield
,Red
Dat
a(E
N, 1
999)
.
Bro
wnf
ield
? G
reen
field
?(L
ondo
n W
ildlif
e Tr
ust,
2002
).
Gre
enin
g fo
r G
row
th(N
orth
umbe
rland
).
NE
RC
UR
GE
NT
rese
arch
pro
gram
me.
Urb
an W
ildlif
eP
artn
ersh
ip.
Land
life’
s C
reat
ive
Con
serv
atio
n.
UK
Tru
st fo
r D
erel
ict
Land
(C
UR
E, 2
000)
.
NA
TO/C
CM
S P
ilot S
tudy
(EA
).
Ent
rust
.
BO
C F
ound
atio
n fo
r th
eE
nviro
nmen
t.
Bar
clay
s S
iteS
aver
s.
L T&C
P A
ct 1
990.
W&
C A
ct 1
981.
P PP
G3
defin
ition
in r
espe
ct o
f‘n
atur
alis
ed’ b
row
nfie
lds.
PP
G9
in r
espe
ct o
f urb
ansi
tes.
PP
G17
in r
espe
ct o
fbr
ownf
ield
s pr
ovid
ing
open
spac
e re
sour
ce.
I Ent
rust
.
BO
C F
ound
atio
n fo
r th
eE
nviro
nmen
t.
A Cha
ngin
g P
lace
s( G
roun
dwor
k, 1
996-
2001
).
Pla
nnin
g an
d B
iodi
vers
ity(R
TPI,
1999
).
Eco
Reg
en to
olki
t(G
roun
dwor
k/C
UR
E, L
IFE
).
Reg
ener
atio
n-U
K.
Bro
wnf
ield
sSite
s.co
m
Sap
ling.
org
Bio
dive
rsity
cons
erva
tion
and
enha
ncem
ent a
san
ele
men
t of
brow
nfie
ldde
velo
pmen
t.
Key
bro
wnf
ield
biod
iver
sity
spec
ies
cons
erve
dth
roug
h si
tepr
otec
tion,
miti
gatio
n an
dha
bita
t cre
atio
n.
Und
erst
andi
ng a
ndac
cept
ance
of h
owbr
ownf
ield
s ca
nm
ake
a po
sitiv
eco
ntrib
utio
n to
the
‘gre
en’ e
lem
ents
of
urba
nre
gene
ratio
n.
Bro
wnf
ield
s
Rec
ogni
sing
the
biod
iver
sity
val
ueof
bro
wnf
ield
land
and
pote
ntia
l to
cont
ribut
e to
war
dsre
gene
ratio
n.
126
Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Pro
gres
s pi
lot
deve
lopm
ent a
ndbi
odiv
ersi
ty p
roje
cts
with
in e
ach
RD
A r
egio
nlin
ked
to r
egio
nal a
ndLB
AP
targ
ets.
Pro
mul
gate
and
exch
ange
goo
dpr
actic
e.
Con
side
r B
uild
ing
Reg
ulat
ions
and
sust
aina
ble
build
ing
crite
ria (
EN
, BR
E).
Wild
life
trai
ning
and
biod
iver
sity
indi
cato
rsde
velo
ped
for
cons
truc
tion
CIR
IApr
ojec
ts fu
nded
by
DTI
(EN
, DTI
).
To id
entif
y sp
ecie
ses
peci
ally
rel
iant
on
urba
n en
viro
nmen
ts a
ndth
e po
tent
ial f
or p
ositi
vepl
anni
ng, e
stab
lishi
nglin
ks, c
orrid
ors
and
step
ping
sto
nes
thro
ugh
new
dev
elop
men
t (E
N).
Pilo
t dev
elop
men
t and
biod
iver
sity
pro
ject
sw
ithin
eac
h R
DA
reg
ion
linke
d to
reg
iona
l and
LBA
P ta
rget
s.
Bui
ldin
g fo
r N
atur
e(S
EE
DA
).
Cre
eksi
de E
nviro
nmen
tP
roje
ct, D
eptfo
rd.
Gre
at N
otle
y G
arde
nV
illag
e, C
ount
rysi
deH
omes
.
Pire
lli c
ar-p
ark,
Bel
vede
re (
Gro
undw
ork
Ken
t Tha
mes
-sid
e).
Mat
eria
ls In
form
atio
nE
xcha
nge
(BR
E).
CA
BE
, BU
RA
, Civ
icTr
ust R
egen
erat
ion
Uni
t.
DTI
Par
tner
s in
Inno
vatio
n co
nstr
uctio
nre
sear
ch p
rogr
amm
e.
L W&
C A
ct 1
981.
T&C
P A
ct 1
990.
CR
oW A
ct 2
000.
Bui
ldin
g R
egul
atio
ns 2
001
(Par
t H).
P PP
G3,
PP
G9,
PP
G17
, PP
G25
.
BR
App
rove
d D
ocum
ent H
.
A By
Des
ign
(CA
BE
, 200
1).
Des
ign
com
pend
ium
(Hou
sing
Ass
ocia
tion
and
Llew
elly
n D
avie
s, 1
999)
.
Pla
nnin
g fo
r B
iodi
vers
ity(R
TPI,
1999
).
Qua
lity
of L
ife C
apita
l (C
A,
EA
, EH
, EN
).
Dev
elop
ing
Nat
ural
ly(A
LGE
/EN
, 200
0).
Loca
l aut
horit
y gu
idan
ce fo
rpl
anne
rs a
nd d
evel
oper
s(e
.g. B
iodi
vers
ity C
heck
list f
orLa
nd U
se P
lann
ers
inC
ambr
idge
shire
and
Pet
erbo
roug
h , 2
000)
.
Bio
dive
rsity
cons
erva
tion
and
enha
ncem
ent
obje
ctiv
es in
new
deve
lopm
ents
.
Nat
ural
gre
ensp
aces
and
wild
life
feat
ures
pro
vide
das
par
t of n
ewde
velo
pmen
t.
Bio
dive
rsity
targ
ets
in h
ouse
-bui
ldin
gan
d ot
her
deve
lope
rsc
hem
es.
The
use
of S
UD
Sas
sta
ndar
dpr
actic
e fo
r ne
wbu
ild in
all
area
s.
Co
nstr
uctio
n an
dne
w d
evel
op
men
t
Ens
urin
gbi
odiv
ersi
ty is
enha
nced
as
aco
nseq
uenc
e of
deve
lopm
ent a
ndbu
ildin
g de
sign
.
127
Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Sust
aina
ble
Urb
an D
rain
age
Syst
ems
(EA
, 199
9).
Sust
aina
ble
Urb
an D
rain
age
Syst
ems:
des
ign
man
ual f
orEn
glan
d an
d W
ales
(CIR
IA20
00)
best
pra
ctic
e m
anua
l(C
IRIA
200
1).
Pro
tect
ed s
peci
es g
uida
nce
note
s (v
ario
us).
I Gre
en L
eaf A
war
ds.
Civ
ic T
rust
Aw
ards
.
BU
RA
Aw
ards
.
OD
PM
Urb
an R
egen
erat
ion
Aw
ards
.
128
Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Pro
mul
gate
and
exch
ange
goo
dpr
actic
e.
Und
erta
ke a
dditi
onal
gree
n ro
of r
esea
rch
(EN
).
Hol
d gr
een
roof
sco
nfer
ence
(E
N, L
I,C
AB
E).
Pro
mot
ion
of g
reen
roo
fbe
nefit
s th
roug
hpu
blic
atio
ns, a
dvic
e an
dad
voca
cy (
EN
, EA
, BR
E,
CIR
IA, C
AB
E).
Iden
tify
links
of g
reen
roof
s to
SU
DS
(E
N, E
A).
Spe
cific
bio
dive
rsity
feat
ures
in n
ew g
reen
build
ings
(B
ioR
egio
nal,
Pea
body
Tru
st, H
BF)
.
Mak
e lin
ks to
gre
enbu
ildin
g bu
sine
ss.
Sus
tain
able
Urb
anD
rain
age
Sys
tem
s (E
A).
Gre
en r
oofs
rep
ort (
EN
,20
02).
Bed
Zed,
Lon
don
(Pea
body
Trus
t/Bio
Reg
iona
l).
Hoc
kert
on H
ousi
ngP
roje
ct, N
ottin
gham
.
Cre
eksi
de E
nviro
nmen
tP
roje
ct (
Laba
n D
ance
Cen
tre,
Sea
ger
Bui
ldin
g).
Eco
logi
cal D
esig
nA
ssoc
iatio
n.
Ass
ocia
tion
for
Env
ironm
ent C
onsc
ious
Bui
ldin
g.
Brit
ish
Ear
th S
helte
ring
Ass
ocia
tion.
P By
Des
ign
(CA
BE
/DTL
R, 2
001)
.
A Des
ign
com
pend
ium
(Hou
sing
Ass
ocia
tion
and
Llew
elly
n D
avie
s, 2
000)
.
CIR
IA, M
4I, S
usta
inab
leH
ousi
ng, B
ioR
egio
nal,
Eco
Ren
ewal
dat
abas
e.
I BC
I Aw
ards
.
Biff
awar
d.
Gre
en L
eaf A
war
ds.
Gre
en b
uild
ings
desi
gned
and
cons
truc
ted
asst
anda
rd p
ract
ice
for
all n
ew b
uild
,w
ith lo
w im
pact
,us
e of
ren
ewab
les,
gree
n ro
ofs,
SU
DS
,ea
rth
shel
tere
dbu
ildin
gs a
nd o
ther
syst
ems.
Gre
en b
uild
ing
san
d a
rch
itect
ure
Max
imis
eop
port
uniti
es to
impr
ove
the
biod
iver
sity
perfo
rman
ce o
fne
w b
uild
ings
.
129
Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
All
LA g
reen
spa
ceau
dits
and
str
ateg
ies
linke
d to
BA
P ta
rget
s.
Urb
an G
reen
Spa
ces
polic
y de
velo
pmen
tem
phas
ises
bio
dive
rsity
cons
erva
tion
as a
cor
em
anag
emen
t prin
cipl
e.
Incr
ease
of G
reen
Fla
gA
war
d ap
plic
atio
ns to
750
with
in 1
0 ye
ars,
and
win
ners
to 7
00 (
GFA
,C
ivic
Tru
st).
Pro
mul
gate
and
sha
rego
od p
ract
ice.
Loca
l aut
horit
y gr
een
spac
e au
dits
and
stra
tegi
es w
ith li
nks
toB
AP
targ
ets
(OD
PM
, EN
,D
efra
).In
corp
orat
ion
ofbi
odiv
ersi
ty in
to w
ork
ofth
e U
rban
Gre
enS
pace
s S
teer
ing
Gro
upan
d fo
llow
up
(OD
PM
,D
efra
).Lo
cal a
utho
rity
gree
nspa
ce s
tand
ards
take
acc
ount
of E
N’s
AN
GS
t (E
N, O
DP
M).
AN
GS
t pilo
ted
with
in 1
0ur
ban
LAs
(EN
).B
iodi
vers
ity in
par
ksgu
idan
ce p
rodu
ced
(EN
,U
rban
Par
ks F
orum
).In
crea
se o
f Gre
en F
lag
Aw
ard
appl
icat
ions
to50
0 w
ithin
5 y
ears
and
win
ners
to 3
50 (
GFA
,C
ivic
Tru
st).
Incr
easi
ng le
vel o
fco
mm
unity
man
aged
spac
es (
‘Frie
nds
of’)
wor
king
with
LA
s an
dot
hers
to r
aise
loca
l‘o
wne
rshi
p’ (
UP
F, G
FA,
Civ
ic T
rust
).
Urb
an G
reen
Spa
ces
Task
For
ce:
Gre
en S
pace
s, B
ette
rP
lace
s(2
002)
.5
Wor
king
Gro
upR
epor
ts.
Uni
vers
ity o
f She
ffiel
dre
sear
ch.
PP
G17
rev
iew
.
Urb
an P
arks
For
um.
Gre
en F
lag
Aw
ards
.U
rban
Wild
life
Par
tner
ship
.U
K M
AB
Urb
an F
orum
Aw
ard
for
Exc
elle
nce.
Loca
l Nat
ure
Res
erve
s.E
N’s
Acc
essi
ble
Nat
ural
Gre
ensp
ace
Sta
ndar
ds.
Land
life’
s C
reat
ive
Con
serv
atio
n.
Bes
t Val
ue.
Loca
l BA
Ps.
Par
ks e
tc H
AP
s in
LBA
Ps.
UR
GE
(D
evel
opm
ent o
fU
rban
Gre
ensp
aces
to
Impr
ove
the
Qua
lity
ofLi
fe in
Citi
es a
nd U
rban
Reg
ions
, EU
(20
01-4
)).
L NP
&A
C A
ct 1
949
(NN
R,
LNR
s).
T&C
P A
ct 1
990.
P PP
G17
.
A Bes
t Val
ue fo
r B
iodi
vers
ity(A
LGE
, 200
1).
Nat
ure
Are
as fo
r City
Peo
ple
(Lon
don
Eco
logy
Uni
t, 19
90).
I Gre
en F
lag
Aw
ards
.
HLF
Urb
an P
arks
Fun
d.
NO
F -E
N W
ildsp
ace!
for
LNR
s.
BTC
V P
eopl
e’s
Pla
ces.
CA
Doo
rste
p G
reen
s.
UK
MA
B U
rban
For
um A
war
d.
Par
ks to
be
man
aged
with
biod
iver
sity
cons
erva
tion
as a
core
prin
cipl
e, b
utno
t nec
essa
rily
apr
imar
y ai
m.
Prin
cipa
l urb
anpa
rks
linke
d to
LBA
P o
bjec
tives
.R
elev
ant p
arks
and
urba
n gr
een
spac
es p
rote
cted
and
man
aged
as
loca
l wild
life
site
s.P
eat u
se p
hase
dou
t, pe
stic
ide
use
sign
ifica
ntly
min
imis
ed, w
ater
cons
erva
tion
mea
sure
s in
pla
ce.
Eco
logi
cal s
kills
resi
dent
in a
ll LP
Apa
rks
depa
rtm
ents
.B
VP
I for
par
kslin
ked
tobi
odiv
ersi
tyta
rget
s.R
esid
ents
with
in30
0m o
f nea
rest
natu
ral
gree
nspa
ce,
whe
reve
r po
ssib
le.
Par
ks a
nd u
rban
gre
en s
pac
es
Ens
urin
gbi
odiv
ersi
ty a
s an
inte
gral
par
t of
park
s, p
layi
ngfie
lds
and
othe
rur
ban
gree
nspa
ces.
Mul
ti-fu
nctio
nal
role
of g
reen
spac
es li
nked
tour
ban
rena
issa
nce.
130
Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Pro
mul
gatio
n an
dex
chan
ge o
f goo
dpr
actic
e.
HA
BA
P im
plem
enta
tion
(HA
).
Eng
agem
ent o
f Net
wor
kR
ail i
nto
BA
P o
bjec
tives
(EN
, Def
ra, D
fT, N
etw
ork
Rai
l).
Rai
ltrac
k E
ast A
nglia
BA
P.
Wild
Lin
esid
es(R
ailtr
ack,
Lon
don
Wild
life
Trus
t).
Hig
hway
s A
genc
y B
AP
(HA
BA
P).
Lond
on W
ater
way
sP
artn
ersh
ip.
L W&
C A
ct 1
981.
P PP
G9,
PP
G17
.
A Hig
hway
s A
genc
y B
AP
(HA
BA
P).
Tran
spor
t cor
ridor
man
agem
ent
linke
d to
BA
Pob
ject
ives
.
Dev
elop
men
tal
ong
tran
spor
tco
rrid
ors
not
lead
ing
to lo
ss o
for
dam
age
tost
atut
ory
and
othe
rim
port
ant w
ildlif
esi
tes.
Tran
spo
rtco
rrid
ors
Rea
lisat
ion
of th
ebi
odiv
ersi
typo
tent
ial o
f rai
lway
lines
ides
, can
alto
wpa
ths
and
road
way
ver
ges.
10 L
NR
cem
eter
ies
and
6 G
reen
Fla
g A
war
d-w
inni
ng c
hurc
hyar
dsan
d/or
cem
eter
ies
with
in5
year
s.
LC&
CP
furt
her
deve
lope
d.
Pro
mul
gatio
n an
dex
chan
ge o
f goo
dpr
actic
e.
6 LN
R c
emet
erie
s, a
nd 3
Gre
en F
lag
Aw
ard-
win
ning
chu
rchy
ards
and/
or c
emet
erie
s w
ithin
3 ye
ars
(EN
, LG
A, G
FA,
Civ
ic T
rust
).
Gui
danc
e pr
ovid
ed o
nw
oodl
and
buria
lpr
actic
es (
NU
FU,
EN
, HO
).
LC&
CP
rev
italis
ed a
ndde
velo
ped
(HO
–B&
CA
G).
Furt
her
deta
iled
man
agem
ent g
uida
nce
prod
uced
and
diss
emin
ated
(E
H, E
N).
Bur
ials
& C
emet
erie
sA
dvis
ory
Gro
up (
HO
).
Livi
ng C
hurc
hyar
ds &
Cem
eter
ies
Pro
ject
.
Nat
iona
l Fed
erat
ion
ofC
emet
ery
Frie
nds.
Woo
dlan
d bu
rials
.
Loca
l Nat
ure
Res
erve
s.
L Vario
us b
uria
l leg
isla
tion.
P PP
G17
.
A Livi
ng C
hurc
hyar
ds &
Cem
eter
ies
Pro
ject
.
Par
adis
e P
rese
rved
(E
H, E
N,
2002
).
I Wild
spac
e! fo
r LN
Rs
(EN
).
Gre
en F
lag
Aw
ard.
Cem
eter
y an
dch
urch
yard
man
agem
ent
linke
d to
BA
Pob
ject
ives
.
Gro
wth
inw
oodl
and
and
othe
ren
viro
nmen
tal
buria
l pra
ctic
es.
New
cem
eter
ies
not l
eadi
ng to
loss
of o
r da
mag
e to
stat
utor
y an
d ot
her
impo
rtan
t wild
life
site
s.
Cem
eter
ies
and
chur
chya
rds
Rea
lisat
ion
of th
ebi
odiv
ersi
typo
tent
ial o
fce
met
erie
s an
dch
urch
yard
s.
131
Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Con
tinue
, dev
elop
and
diss
emin
ate
gard
enbi
odiv
ersi
ty r
esea
rch
(EN
, Def
ra, W
Ts).
Pro
mul
gate
and
exch
ange
goo
dpr
actic
e.
Em
erge
nce
of th
e us
e of
suita
ble
alte
rnat
ive
grow
ing
med
ia b
yre
taile
rs, c
onsu
mer
san
d ga
rden
ers.
Con
tinue
, dev
elop
and
diss
emin
ate
BU
GS
and
othe
r ga
rden
biod
iver
sity
res
earc
h(N
ER
C/U
RG
EN
T, E
N,
WTs
, Def
ra).
Str
engt
hen
‘citi
zen
scie
nce’
sur
veys
to N
BN
and
LRC
s (W
Ts, E
N,
BTO
, etc
).
Res
earc
h of
impa
cts
offro
nt g
arde
n an
dba
ckla
nd g
arde
nm
osai
c de
velo
pmen
t(N
ER
C, E
N).
Dev
elop
men
t of
alte
rnat
ive
grow
ing
med
ia th
roug
h G
row
ing
Med
ia W
orki
ng G
roup
(Def
ra, W
RA
P, G
MA
).
BTO
Gar
den
Bird
Sur
vey
Big
Gar
den
Bird
wat
ch, H
omes
for
Bird
s, A
von
Wild
life
Trus
t Bris
tol B
irdw
atch
.
BC
Gar
den
But
terfl
ies
Cou
nt.
PTE
S G
reat
Sta
g H
unt.
Wild
life
Trus
ts’ w
ildlif
ega
rden
ing
wor
k.
Frog
life
Lond
on P
ond
Doc
tor.
Urb
an W
ildlif
eP
artn
ersh
ip.
Fede
ratio
n of
City
Far
ms
& C
omm
unity
Gar
dens
.
NE
RC
UR
GE
NT
rese
arch
pro
gram
me
(e.g
. BU
GS
).
New
hou
sing
gar
dens
proj
ect (
CO
NE
, HB
F).
LBA
P g
arde
n H
AP
s.
Pea
t Wor
king
Gro
up.
Pes
ticid
e D
ispo
sal
Str
ateg
y (P
AN
-UK
).
Rev
iew
of n
on-n
ativ
esp
ecie
s.
L T&C
P A
ct 1
990,
e.g
. Tre
eP
rese
rvat
ion
Ord
ers,
Con
serv
atio
n A
reas
,‘b
ackl
and’
pol
icie
s.
W&
C A
ct 1
981,
e.g
. S
ched
ule
9.
P PP
G3,
PP
G9,
PP
G17
.
A Num
erou
s pu
blic
atio
ns.
Con
tinue
d gr
owth
of w
ildlif
ega
rden
ing
and
cons
eque
nten
hanc
emen
t of
biod
iver
sity
inur
ban
and
subu
rban
are
as.
Sus
tain
able
gard
enin
gap
proa
ches
adop
ted.
Incr
ease
dpa
rtic
ipat
ion
in‘c
itize
n sc
ienc
e’fe
edin
g in
to L
RC
san
d LB
AP
mon
itorin
g.
Key
‘bac
klan
d’ga
rden
mos
aics
and
allo
tmen
tspr
otec
ted
thro
ugh
plan
ning
pol
icy
(LP
Fs).
Sal
e of
pro
blem
exot
ic g
arde
npl
ants
tigh
tlyco
ntro
lled
with
guid
ance
from
gard
en c
entr
es.
Gre
ater
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
the
role
of g
arde
nsfo
r bi
odiv
ersi
ty a
tla
ndsc
ape
leve
l.
Gar
den
s,al
lotm
ents
and
gar
den
ing
Dev
elop
men
t of
pote
ntia
l for
wild
life
sens
itive
gard
enin
g.
132
Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Lear
ning
thro
ugh
Land
scap
es.
CE
E.
Eco
Sch
ools
.
WA
TCH
.
Citi
zens
hip
part
of C
ore
Cur
ricul
um fr
omS
epte
mbe
r 20
02
(KS
3 &
4).
Goo
d pr
actic
e w
ork
inke
y si
tes,
e.g
. Gill
espi
eP
ark
LNR
, The
Haw
thor
ns, C
astle
Ede
nD
ene
NN
R.
The
21 s
choo
ls w
hoco
ntrib
uted
to th
e pr
ize
win
ning
sch
ool g
arde
nex
hibi
ted
at th
is y
ear’s
Ham
pton
Cou
rt F
low
ersh
ow.
A Lear
ning
thro
ugh
Land
scap
es.
WA
TCH
.
Eco
Sch
ools
.
I Nat
iona
l Cur
ricul
um.
Gro
win
g S
choo
ls.
Gro
win
g S
choo
lsde
mon
stra
tion
gard
enG
reen
wic
h, la
unch
spr
ing
2003
.
Sch
ools
to b
een
cour
aged
tode
velo
p th
eir
grou
nds
to in
clud
ew
ildlif
ear
eas/
gard
ens,
and/
or n
atur
alfe
atur
es w
here
appr
opria
te.
Sch
ools
are
als
oen
cour
aged
tom
ake
use
of th
eir
scho
ol g
roun
ds a
san
‘out
door
clas
sroo
m’ f
or a
llsu
bjec
ts a
nd fo
rch
ildre
n of
all
ages
.S
choo
ls a
reen
cour
aged
toin
volv
e pu
puls
in a
llas
pect
s of
sch
ool
life,
incl
udin
gm
anag
emen
t of
scho
ol w
ildlif
e ar
eas
whe
re th
ey e
xist
.
Sch
oo
l gro
und
sR
ealis
atio
n of
the
pote
ntia
l for
biod
iver
sity
impr
ovem
ents
insc
hool
gro
unds
.
133
Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
CP
and
EfA
prog
ram
mes
dev
elop
edin
new
are
as li
nked
toB
AP
obj
ectiv
es (
OD
PM
,G
wK
).
SE
U a
nd N
RU
to p
ilot
‘gre
en li
ve-a
bilit
y’sc
hem
es (
OD
PM
, Gw
K).
Pro
mul
gate
and
exch
ange
goo
dpr
actic
e.
CP
and
EfA
prog
ram
mes
dev
elop
edin
new
are
as li
nked
toB
AP
obj
ectiv
es (
OD
PM
,G
wK
).
EN
’s A
NG
St p
ilote
d in
5ar
eas
of h
igh
depr
ivat
ion
(EN
).
SE
U a
nd N
RU
to p
ilot
‘gre
en li
ve-a
bilit
y’sc
hem
es (
OD
PM
, Gw
K).
Env
ironm
enta
l jus
tice
prog
ram
me
in S
EU
.
Cha
ngin
g P
lace
s(G
roun
dwor
k).
Envi
ronm
ents
for
All
(BTC
V).
Bla
ck E
nviro
nmen
tN
etw
ork.
Gre
en G
ym (
BTC
V).
She
ffiel
d W
ildlif
e Tr
ust’s
Man
or &
Cas
tle E
stat
ere
gene
ratio
n w
ork.
Bol
ton
Wild
life
Pro
ject
(Lan
cash
ire W
T).
Urb
an W
ildlif
eP
artn
ersh
ip.
Tree
s fo
r Lo
ndon
.
Gre
en S
treet
s(M
anch
este
r).
EN
’s A
cces
sibl
e N
atur
alG
reen
spac
e S
tand
ards
.
A Soc
ial E
xclu
sion
Uni
t.
Nei
ghbo
urho
od R
enew
al U
nit.
Gro
undw
ork.
Rec
onci
ling
Env
ironm
enta
lan
d S
ocia
l Con
cern
s (J
osep
hR
ownt
ree
Foun
datio
nre
sear
ch p
rogr
amm
e).
I Env
ironm
enta
l Tas
k Fo
rce.
Bet
ter
loca
len
viro
nmen
ts fo
rpe
ople
in L
As
inIn
dice
s of
Dep
rivat
ion.
Loca
l ren
ewal
sche
mes
for
resi
dent
ial a
reas
,es
tate
s, e
tc. t
oha
ve b
iodi
vers
ityco
mpo
nent
s.
Incr
ease
dpr
ovis
ion
of tr
ees
and
gree
nspa
ce in
hard
bui
lten
viro
nmen
ts.
Env
ironm
enta
l and
biod
iver
sity
proo
fing
with
inS
EU
and
NR
Ure
mit.
So
cial
incl
usio
nan
d li
ve-a
bili
ty
Bio
dive
rsity
as
part
of th
e qu
ality
of l
ife.
134
Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Pro
mul
ge a
nd e
xcha
nge
good
pra
ctic
e.Im
plem
ent r
evie
wre
com
men
datio
ns in
rela
tion
to u
rban
are
as,
as a
ppro
pira
te.
Pro
mot
e gr
eate
run
ders
tand
ing
of th
epo
sitiv
e be
nefit
s th
atm
any
exot
ic s
peci
espr
ovid
e (D
efra
, E
N, E
A).
Inva
sive
Spe
cies
data
base
(E
N,
Uni
vers
ity o
f Liv
erpo
ol).
Def
ra r
evie
w o
f non
-na
tive
spec
ies.
L W&
C A
ct 1
981.
A
Japa
nese
Kno
twee
d M
anua
l(2
000)
.
Inva
sive
spe
cies
leaf
lets
(E
A)
Gui
delin
es fo
r th
e co
ntro
l of
Japa
nese
kno
twee
d(W
DA
,19
91).
A b
ette
r w
ay o
fm
anag
ing
and
livin
g w
ith n
on-
nativ
e sp
ecie
s.G
reat
erun
ders
tand
ing
and
prom
otio
n of
the
posi
tive
bene
fits
that
man
y ex
otic
spec
ies
prov
ide.
Inva
sive
exo
ticsp
ecie
s
Con
trol
ling
the
nega
tive
and
rein
forc
ing
the
posi
tive
aspe
cts
ofno
n-na
tive
spec
ies.
Furt
her
deve
lop
Gre
enG
ym in
itiat
ives
(B
TCV
).E
stab
lish
serie
s of
Gre
en G
ympr
ogra
mm
es o
n 50
LNR
s an
d ot
her
natu
rere
serv
es (
BTC
V, E
N,
WTS
).
Est
ablis
h se
ries
ofG
reen
Gym
s lin
ked
toke
y H
AP
obj
ectiv
es(B
TCV,
EN
, Def
ra, W
Ts).
BTC
V G
reen
Gym
.
CA
Wal
king
the
Way
toH
ealth
.
Nat
iona
l Urb
an F
ores
try
Uni
t hea
lth c
onfe
renc
esan
d pu
blic
atio
ns.
Hea
lthy
Sch
ools
.
NE
RC
UR
GE
NT/
DoH
heal
th c
onfe
renc
eS
epte
mbe
r 20
01.
Hea
lth a
nd E
nviro
nmen
tin
Sus
tain
able
Dev
elop
men
t (W
HO
, 200
1).
A Gre
en G
ym (
BTC
V).
Wal
king
the
Way
to H
ealth
(CA
).
Loca
l GP
spr
escr
ibin
g w
alks
and
cons
erva
tion
activ
ities
in lo
cal
gree
nspa
ces,
LNR
s, e
tc.
LNR
s an
d ot
her
site
s lin
ked
to lo
cal
Hea
lth T
rust
and
Hea
lth A
ctio
n Zo
nepr
ogra
mm
es, a
ndac
tivel
y ho
stin
g‘h
ealth
’ act
iviti
es.
Hea
lth
Rec
ogni
sing
and
rein
forc
ing
the
links
bet
wee
nbi
odiv
ersi
ty a
ndhe
alth
.
135
Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
y Is
sue
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
f(in
clud
ing
desi
red
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
outc
omes
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Man
agem
ent
of
the
wid
er m
ariti
me
envi
ronm
ent
As
1-3
year
s.Im
plem
ent c
hang
es a
risin
gfro
m th
e re
view
ens
urin
gth
at o
ppor
tuni
ties
for
purs
uing
bio
dive
rsity
obje
ctiv
es a
re in
clud
ed(G
over
nmen
t Dep
artm
ents
).
DF
T re
view
of d
evel
opm
ent
in c
oast
al a
nd m
arin
ew
ater
s.
Pol
icy
revi
ew.
Dev
elop
men
t of a
sim
plifi
edpl
anni
ng a
nd r
egul
ator
ysy
stem
for
man
agin
g an
dpr
otec
ting
the
mar
itim
een
viro
nmen
t.
App
ly e
cosy
stem
-bas
edap
proa
ch (
Def
ra a
nd a
llP
artn
ers)
.
Con
tinue
dev
elop
men
t in
co-o
pera
tion
with
OS
PAR
(Def
ra a
nd a
ll P
artn
ers)
.
Pub
lishe
d Ju
ne 2
002.
OS
PAR
dev
elop
ing
tool
s fo
rap
plic
atio
n of
eco
syst
emap
proa
ch.
Mar
ine
Ste
war
dshi
p R
epor
t(M
SR
) –
Safe
guar
ding
Our
Seas
(Def
ra).
OS
PAR
.
5th
Nor
th S
ea c
onfe
renc
e.
Dev
elop
men
t of a
nec
osys
tem
-bas
ed a
ppro
ach
to e
nviro
nmen
tal
man
agem
ent.
Con
side
r th
e ou
tcom
es o
fth
e R
evie
w o
f Mar
ine
Nat
ure
Con
serv
atio
n an
dap
plic
atio
ns to
futu
re p
olic
y(D
efra
).
Com
plet
e th
e R
MN
CR
egio
nal S
eas
Pilo
t Sch
eme
and
publ
ish
the
final
repo
rt(s
) (J
NC
C).
Dev
elop
men
t of s
trat
egic
goal
s an
d ob
ject
ives
for
mar
ine
natu
re c
onse
rvat
ion.
Com
men
cem
ent o
f Reg
iona
lS
eas
Pilo
t Sch
eme
in th
eIri
sh S
ea.
Def
ra R
evie
w o
f Mar
ine
Nat
ure
Con
serv
atio
n(R
MN
C).
Inte
grat
ion
of p
olic
ies
acro
ssth
e fu
ll ra
nge
of m
arin
ese
ctor
s to
del
iver
sust
aina
ble
man
agem
ent.
136
Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
y Is
sue
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
f(in
clud
ing
desi
red
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
outc
omes
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Man
agem
ent
of
the
wid
er m
ariti
me
envi
ronm
ent
(co
ntin
ued
)
Con
tinue
to d
evel
opC
haM
Ps
and
shar
ein
form
atio
n w
ith E
C a
ndot
her
Mem
ber
Sta
tes
(Def
ra,
EN
, EA
, EC
).
CH
aMP
pro
cess
evo
lvin
g to
prov
ide
clea
r bi
odiv
ersi
tyob
ject
ives
(D
efra
, EN
, EA
,E
C).
Pilo
t CH
aMP
s in
pre
para
tion
with
iden
tific
atio
n of
envi
ronm
enta
l obj
ectiv
es.
Coa
stal
Hab
itat
Man
agem
ent P
lans
.(C
HaM
Ps)
.
Dev
elop
land
use
pla
ns to
indi
cate
coa
stal
are
as li
able
to fl
oodi
ng o
r er
osio
n w
ithin
50 y
ears
and
whi
ch r
estr
ict
coas
tal d
evel
opm
ent t
osu
stai
nabl
e, s
tabl
e ar
eas.
Cle
ar e
nviro
nmen
tal t
arge
tsde
fined
for
incl
usio
n in
SM
Ps.
Incr
ease
the
inco
rpor
atio
n of
long
er-te
rm g
oals
and
biod
iver
sity
obj
ectiv
es in
tosu
stai
nabl
e m
anag
emen
t.
Incr
ease
the
appl
icat
ion
ofkn
owle
dge
on c
oast
alpr
oces
ses
to fl
ood
and
coas
tal d
efen
ce p
lann
ing.
Rev
iew
all
plan
s to
see
ifen
viro
nmen
tal o
bjec
tives
are
set a
nd w
heth
er th
ey a
rebe
ing
met
(D
efra
, EN
, loc
alau
thor
ities
, EA
).
Est
ablis
hmen
t of h
igh
leve
lta
rget
s fo
r flo
od d
efen
ceop
erat
ing
auth
oriti
es.
Wid
er c
onsu
ltatio
n an
d m
ore
stra
tegi
c pl
anni
ng.
Incr
easi
ng fi
nanc
ial s
uppo
rtfo
r sa
fegu
ardi
ng E
U H
abita
tsD
irect
ive
site
s.
Firs
t rou
nd o
f pla
ns p
repa
red.
Incr
easi
ng u
se o
fge
omor
phol
ogy
and
links
with
soc
io-e
cono
mic
driv
ers
to g
uide
str
ateg
yde
velo
pmen
t.
Floo
d an
d co
asta
l def
ence
polic
ies,
gui
danc
e no
tes
and
proc
edur
es e
g. P
PG
20
–C
oast
al P
lann
ing
and
PP
G 2
5 –
Dev
elop
men
t and
Floo
d ris
k.
Sho
relin
e M
anag
emen
tP
lans
(S
MP
s).
EU
Hab
itats
and
Bird
sD
irect
ives
.
Inco
rpor
atio
n of
bio
dive
rsity
obje
ctiv
es in
floo
d an
dco
asta
l def
ence
pol
icy.
Incr
ease
d m
onito
ring
and
audi
ting
of b
iodi
vers
ityta
rget
s in
impl
emen
tatio
n of
plan
s.
Initi
ate
audi
t of b
iodi
vers
ityob
ject
ives
in c
oast
al p
lans
.
Rev
isio
n of
PP
G 2
0 an
d P
PG
9 to
incl
ude
biod
iver
sity
obje
ctiv
es (
OD
PM
, Def
ra).
DF
T re
view
of d
evel
opm
ent
in c
oast
al a
nd m
arin
ew
ater
s.
Rev
isio
n of
PP
G20
.
EU
ICZM
rec
omm
enda
tion.
Pla
nnin
g P
olic
y G
uida
nce
Not
e 7
(PP
G 7
) –
Cou
ntry
side
and
Soc
ial
Dev
elop
men
t.
PP
G 9
– C
onse
rvat
ion.
PP
G 1
7 –
Rec
reat
ion
and
Tour
ism
.
PP
G 2
0 –
Coa
stal
Pla
nnin
g.
PP
G 2
5 –
Dev
elop
men
t and
Floo
d R
isk.
LGA
“Li
ving
at t
he E
dge”
.
Inte
grat
ion
of b
iodi
vers
ityob
ject
ives
into
pla
nnin
gpo
licie
s.
137
Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
y Is
sue
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
f(in
clud
ing
desi
red
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
outc
omes
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Man
agem
ent
of
the
wid
er m
ariti
me
envi
ronm
ent
(co
ntin
ued
)
Impl
emen
t the
rev
ised
Com
mon
Fis
herie
s P
olic
y.
Red
uce
fishi
ng e
ffort
and
the
capa
city
of t
he fi
shin
g fle
etin
Eng
lish
wat
ers
and
impl
emen
t oth
er m
easu
res
to p
rom
ote
long
-term
sust
aina
bilit
y.
Take
forw
ard
prop
osal
s fo
r a
plan
ned
impl
emen
tatio
n of
no-ta
ke z
ones
to a
id fi
shst
ock
and
mar
ine
habi
tat
reco
very
as
nece
ssar
y.
Impl
emen
t the
rev
ised
EU
Com
mon
Fis
herie
s P
olic
y.
Con
tinue
to in
fluen
ce th
epr
opos
als
outli
ned
in th
eE
urop
ean
Com
mis
sion
’sC
FP r
oadm
ap.
Dev
elop
furt
her
no-ta
kezo
nes
(Def
ra, E
C, E
N,
Mem
ber
Sta
tes)
.
Enc
oura
ge fu
ndam
enta
lre
form
, inc
ludi
ng M
embe
rS
tate
con
trol o
ut to
12
naut
ical
mile
s an
d a
redu
ctio
n in
fishi
ng e
ffort
(D
efra
)
Rev
iew
of S
ea F
ishe
ries
Com
mitt
ees
activ
ities
(Def
ra).
‘Pin
gers
’ to
dete
r ce
tace
ans
at fi
sh n
ets
curr
ently
bei
ngtr
ialle
d (D
efra
).
Dev
elop
men
t of P
inge
r A
lert
devi
ce fo
r fu
ture
use
(TW
T).
Com
mon
Fis
herie
s P
olic
y(C
FP)
Rev
iew
200
2.
EC
Bio
dive
rsity
Act
ion
Pla
nfo
r Fi
sher
ies.
Con
serv
atio
n of
com
mer
cial
fish
stoc
ks a
nd r
educ
tion
offis
herie
s im
pact
s on
non
-ta
rget
spe
cies
incl
udin
gm
arin
e m
amm
als
and
bird
sth
roug
h th
e in
tegr
atio
n of
envi
ronm
ent a
nd fi
sher
ies
polic
ies.
As
1-3
year
s.In
crea
sed
mov
e to
war
dsac
tions
that
inco
rpor
ate
biod
iver
sity
obj
ectiv
es.
Incr
ease
d us
e of
par
tner
ship
to id
entif
y an
d de
liver
oppo
rtun
ities
.
Maj
ority
of p
lans
est
ablis
hed
with
obj
ectiv
es a
ndin
dica
tors
.
Sus
tain
able
dev
elop
men
t as
over
all o
bjec
tive.
MS
R n
ext s
teps
con
sulta
tion.
Adv
isor
y no
tes
on c
oast
alan
d es
tuar
y pl
anni
ng.
Exp
erie
nce
from
exi
stin
gIC
ZM p
lans
.
Mar
ine
Ste
war
dshi
p R
epor
t.
Dev
elop
men
t and
use
of
wid
er p
artn
ersh
ipap
proa
ches
to d
eliv
erin
gpo
licy
obje
ctiv
es.
Ass
ess
prog
ress
aga
inst
targ
ets
and
revi
ew w
ork
prog
ram
me.
Impl
emen
t pla
n.
Pro
duce
pol
icy
guid
ance
on
the
impl
emen
tatio
n of
BA
P(in
clud
ing
HA
Ps
& S
AP
s)ou
tlini
ng th
e re
spon
sibi
litie
sof
age
ncie
s.
Dev
elop
mec
hani
sms
tota
ckle
the
cros
s-cu
tting
issu
es b
etw
een
mar
itim
epl
ans
and
betw
een
mar
itim
ean
d te
rres
tria
l HA
Ps
and
SA
Ps.
Dev
elop
gui
danc
e an
d a
post
-rev
iew
impl
emen
tatio
npl
an.
Ong
oing
wor
k to
war
ds th
ede
liver
y of
the
targ
ets
in th
ein
divi
dual
HA
Ps
and
SA
Ps
thro
ugh
mem
bers
of t
he U
KM
arin
e B
AP
Co-
ordi
natin
gG
roup
.
17 H
AP
s.
79 S
AP
s.
Del
iver
y of
mar
itim
e ha
bita
tan
d sp
ecie
s ac
tion
plan
s.
138
Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
y Is
sue
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
f(in
clud
ing
desi
red
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
outc
omes
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Man
agem
ent
of
the
wid
er m
ariti
me
envi
ronm
ent
(co
ntin
ued
)
Ado
ptio
n of
mea
sure
s to
prot
ect p
riorit
y sp
ecie
s an
dha
bita
ts.
OS
PAR
agr
eem
ent o
f firs
tse
t of E
coQ
Os
and
list o
fpr
iorit
y ha
bita
ts a
nd s
peci
es.
OS
PAR
ado
ptio
n of
hab
itat
clas
sific
atio
n an
d m
appi
ngpr
opos
als.
OS
PAR
wor
k on
prio
rity
spec
ies
and
habi
tats
,E
coQ
Os,
hab
itat
clas
sific
atio
n an
d m
appi
ng,
and
Mar
ine
Pro
tect
ed A
reas
.
UK
hos
ting
wor
ksho
p on
map
ping
met
hods
and
clas
sific
atio
n ca
tego
ries.
OS
PAR
Con
vent
ion
for
the
Pro
tect
ion
of th
e M
arin
eE
nviro
nmen
t of t
heN
orth
east
Atla
ntic
, 199
2.A
nnex
V o
n th
e P
rote
ctio
n &
Con
serv
atio
n of
the
Eco
syst
ems
& B
iolo
gica
lD
iver
sity
of t
he M
ariti
me
Are
a, &
rel
ated
App
endi
x 3,
1998
.
Con
trib
ute
toim
plem
enta
tion
of E
Uth
emat
ic s
trat
egy.
Con
trib
ute
to th
ede
velo
pmen
t of t
he th
emat
icst
rate
gy fo
r m
arin
epr
otec
tion
and
cons
erva
tion
and
deve
lop
a sh
adow
pla
nfo
r im
plem
enta
tion.
EC
pro
posa
l for
a th
emat
icst
rate
gy fo
r m
arin
epr
otec
tion
and
cons
erva
tion.
EU
’s 6
th E
nviro
nmen
t Act
ion
Pro
gram
me
prop
osal
for
anE
U S
trat
egy
for
Sus
tain
able
Dev
elop
men
t – M
arin
eel
emen
t.
Ens
ure
agre
emen
t rea
ched
on M
CPA
s at
SB
STT
A.
Dev
elop
men
t of s
cien
tific
advi
ce o
n m
arin
e an
dco
asta
l pro
tect
ed a
reas
(MC
PAs)
for
the
Sub
sidi
ary
Bod
y on
Sci
entif
ic, T
echn
ical
and
Tech
nolo
gica
l Adv
ice
(SB
STT
A)
to c
onsi
der
inM
arch
200
3.
Con
vent
ion
on B
iolo
gica
lD
iver
sity
Jak
arta
Man
date
.Im
plem
enta
tion
ofin
tern
atio
nal a
gree
men
tsth
at fu
rthe
r th
e co
nser
vatio
nof
bio
dive
rsity
.
Nat
iona
l Byc
atch
Res
pons
eS
trat
egy
and
actio
n pl
ande
sign
ed to
red
uce
byca
tch
of p
rote
cted
spe
cies
to le
vels
that
do
not t
hrea
ten
thei
rco
nser
vatio
n st
atus
(D
efra
).
Pre
para
tion
and
impl
emen
tatio
n of
a n
atio
nal
byca
tch
resp
onse
str
ateg
y(D
efra
).
Res
olut
ion
no.3
Inci
dent
alTa
ke o
f Sm
all C
etac
eans
(200
0).
ASC
OB
AN
S.
EU
Hab
itats
Dire
ctiv
e.
EU
Wild
Bird
s D
irect
ive.
139
Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
y Is
sue
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
f(in
clud
ing
desi
red
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
outc
omes
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Site
and
sp
ecie
s p
rote
ctio
n
Con
side
r re
view
s an
d pi
lot
proj
ect f
indi
ngs,
taki
ngfo
rwar
d re
com
men
datio
ns(in
clud
ing
prop
osal
s fo
rle
gisl
atio
n) a
s ap
prop
riate
(Def
ra, J
NC
C).
Con
tinue
Iris
h S
ea p
ilot a
ndot
her
revi
ews
and
asse
ssem
ergi
ng fi
ndin
gs (
Def
ra,
JNC
C).
Def
ra R
evie
w o
f Mar
ine
Nat
ure
Con
serv
atio
n –
Reg
iona
l Sea
s P
ilot S
chem
ein
the
Irish
Sea
.
DF
T R
evie
w o
f dev
elop
men
tin
coa
stal
and
mar
ine
wat
ers.
ICZM
sto
ck-ta
king
of
legi
slat
ion
acto
rs e
tc in
the
coas
tal z
one.
Pol
icy
revi
ews.
ICZM
.
Con
tinue
impl
emen
tatio
n of
man
agem
ent s
chem
es a
ndw
orki
ng to
war
ds fa
vour
able
cond
ition
. Rev
iew
achi
evem
ent o
f con
serv
atio
nob
ject
ives
.
Man
age
and
mon
itor
Eur
opea
n M
arin
e S
ites
(com
pete
nt a
utho
ritie
s).
Man
age
and
mon
itor
Eur
opea
n M
arin
e S
ites
(com
pete
nt a
utho
ritie
s).
Con
sult
on a
nd in
trod
uce
regu
latio
ns to
impl
emen
t the
Bird
s an
d H
abita
ts D
irect
ives
in th
e 12
-200
nm
zon
e(D
efra
).
Iden
tify
and
prop
ose
site
s in
the
12-2
00-n
m z
one.
Impl
emen
tatio
n of
man
agem
ent s
chem
es fo
rE
urop
ean
Mar
ine
Site
s,w
orki
ng to
war
ds fa
vour
able
cond
ition
of t
hese
and
SS
SIs
(D
efra
, EN
, JN
CC
).
Dev
elop
ing
insh
ore
Nat
ura
2000
net
wor
k.
Dev
elop
ing
crite
ria fo
rof
fsho
re N
atur
a 20
00ne
twor
k.
Dev
elop
men
t of R
egul
atio
n33
adv
ice
unde
r th
e H
abita
tsR
egul
atio
ns a
nd in
crea
sing
guid
ance
from
Rel
evan
tA
utho
rity
Gro
ups
on th
eap
prop
riate
man
agem
ent o
fsi
tes
for
“fav
oura
ble
cond
ition
”.
Est
ablis
hmen
t of
man
agem
ent s
chem
es a
ndsh
adow
man
agem
ent
sche
mes
for
Eur
opea
nM
arin
e S
ites.
EU W
ild B
irds
Dire
ctiv
e.
EU
Hab
itats
Dire
ctiv
e.
A c
oher
ent l
egal
and
adm
inis
trat
ive
fram
ewor
k fo
rna
ture
con
serv
atio
n in
the
mar
ine
and
coas
tal
envi
ronm
ent.
140
Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
y Is
sue
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
f(in
clud
ing
desi
red
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
outc
omes
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Site
and
sp
ecie
s p
rote
ctio
n (c
ont
inue
d)
Ad
dre
ssin
g t
he
kno
wle
dg
e g
ap
Res
earc
h in
form
sec
osys
tem
app
roac
h.Fi
sher
ies
rese
arch
,m
anag
emen
t and
ado
ptio
nof
eco
syst
em a
ppro
ach.
Inte
rnat
iona
l Cou
ncil
for
the
Exp
lora
tion
of th
e S
ea(IC
ES
).
Impl
emen
t app
ropr
iate
rese
arch
pro
ject
s an
dpr
ogra
mm
es.
Ens
ure
that
effe
ctiv
em
onito
ring
is in
pla
ce to
ensu
re th
at w
e ca
n le
arn
whe
ther
our
pre
dict
ions
of
caus
e an
d ef
fect
are
accu
rate
and
can
info
rmfu
ture
wor
k (a
ll m
ariti
me
man
ager
s).
Dev
elop
effe
ctiv
e lin
ksbe
twee
n m
ariti
me
man
ager
san
d ke
y re
sear
ches
tabl
ishm
ents
(D
efra
,E
nglis
h N
atur
e, N
ER
C).
Dev
elop
link
s be
twee
npl
ans,
res
earc
h an
dbi
odiv
ersi
ty n
eeds
.
Dev
elop
sci
entif
icap
proa
ches
that
ens
ure
exis
ting
and
new
info
rmat
ion
is b
eing
use
d ef
fect
ivel
y by
plan
ners
and
man
ager
s.
Incr
easi
ng r
esea
rch
outp
uts
into
form
and
func
tion
ofco
asts
and
coa
stal
hab
itats
ER
P P
hase
I co
mpl
ete,
Pha
se II
in p
rogr
ess.
Res
earc
h in
to e
ndoc
rine
disr
upto
rs.
OS
PAR
res
earc
h.
Res
earc
h on
coa
stal
proc
esse
s eg
. Est
uarie
sR
esea
rch
Pro
gram
me
(ER
P).
Res
earc
h on
mar
itim
est
ruct
ure
and
func
tion
byun
iver
sitie
s an
d re
sear
chin
stitu
tions
.
Targ
eted
res
earc
h, s
urve
yan
d m
onito
ring
to p
rovi
deth
e kn
owle
dge
requ
ired
toin
form
dec
isio
ns a
ndsu
ppor
t the
eco
syst
em-
base
d ap
proa
ch to
man
agem
ent o
f the
mar
ine
envi
ronm
ent.
10 y
ear
revi
ew d
ue 2
002.
ICE
S C
ode
of P
ract
ice
onIn
trod
uctio
ns a
nd T
rans
fers
of M
arin
e O
rgan
ism
s.
Con
tinue
dev
elop
men
t of
ship
s be
tter
desi
gned
toha
ndle
bal
last
wat
ers.
Con
trol
& M
anag
emen
t of
Shi
ps’ B
alla
st W
ater
&S
edim
ents
Con
vent
ion
(dra
ft du
e 20
03)
(DfT
, Def
ra).
IMO
Gui
delin
es fo
r th
eco
ntro
l and
man
agem
ent o
fsh
ips’
bal
last
wat
er
Inte
rnat
iona
l Mar
itim
eO
rgan
isat
ion
(IMO
).
Impl
emen
tatio
n as
appr
opria
te o
f rev
iew
reco
mm
enda
tions
rel
evan
tto
mar
ine
envi
ronm
ent
(Def
ra).
Con
side
ratio
n of
rev
iew
reco
mm
enda
tions
appr
opria
te to
mar
ine
envi
ronm
ent (
Def
ra).
EU
wor
k on
non
-indi
geno
ussp
ecie
s at
glo
bal l
evel
.
Def
ra p
olic
y re
view
of n
on-
nativ
e sp
ecie
s –
repo
rt b
eing
final
ised
.
Wild
life
and
Cou
ntry
side
Act
1981
.
EU
Hab
itats
Dire
ctiv
e.
Pol
icy
revi
ew.
Man
agem
ent o
fal
ien/
inva
sive
spe
cies
.
141
Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
y Is
sue
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
f(in
clud
ing
desi
red
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
outc
omes
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Clim
ate
chan
ge
Red
uctio
n o
f P
ollu
tion
fro
m a
nth
rop
og
enic
so
urce
s
Con
tinua
tion
of E
A c
onse
nts
revi
ew p
rogr
amm
e.Id
entif
y w
ater
qua
lity
requ
irem
ents
for
SA
Cs
and
SPA
s th
roug
h th
ede
velo
pmen
t of
cons
erva
tion
obje
ctiv
es a
ndfe
ed th
roug
h in
to th
e E
Are
view
of c
onse
nts
proc
ess
(Def
ra, E
N, E
A).
Rev
iew
of c
onse
nts.
Hab
itats
and
Bird
sD
irect
ives
.
Impl
emen
tatio
n of
the
Dire
ctiv
e th
roug
h th
ees
tabl
ishm
ent o
f riv
er b
asin
plan
s an
d su
b-ba
sin
plan
s at
a ca
tchm
ent s
cale
(E
A,
Con
serv
atio
n A
genc
ies,
Def
ra).
Dev
elop
men
t of o
bjec
tives
and
iden
tific
atio
n of
riv
erba
sins
for
esta
blis
hmen
t of
river
bas
in p
lans
(D
efra
, EA
,E
N).
Wor
king
to tr
ansp
ose
the
Dire
ctiv
e in
to U
K la
wth
roug
h th
e pr
epar
atio
n of
draf
t Reg
ulat
ions
.
Wat
er F
ram
ewor
k D
irect
ive.
Impr
oved
mon
itorin
g of
the
wat
er q
ualit
y of
mar
itim
ear
eas.
Ens
ure
that
the
impl
icat
ions
of c
limat
e ch
ange
are
incl
uded
in m
ariti
me
plan
ning
dec
isio
ns.
Ens
ure
that
exi
stin
g lo
ng-
term
bio
logi
cal d
ata
isin
tegr
ated
with
clim
ate
chan
ge m
odel
s to
mak
epr
edic
tions
of t
he c
hang
esin
mar
itim
e di
vers
ity a
s a
resu
lt of
glo
bal w
arm
ing
(Def
ra, E
N).
Ens
ure
that
kno
wle
dge
ofth
e im
pact
s of
clim
ate
chan
ge o
n co
asta
lpr
oces
ses
and
biod
iver
sity
incr
easi
ngly
driv
ing
obje
ctiv
es o
f coa
stal
pla
ns.
MO
NA
RC
H, R
EG
IS a
nd
Mar
Clim
(M
arin
e B
iodi
vers
ityan
d C
limat
e C
hang
e)pr
ojec
ts.
Res
earc
h in
to im
pact
s of
clim
ate
chan
ge o
n co
asta
lpr
oces
ses.
UK
Clim
ate
Impa
cts
Pro
gram
me.
Res
earc
h an
d m
onito
ring
Incr
ease
d un
ders
tand
ing
ofth
e im
pact
s of
clim
ate
chan
ge o
n m
ariti
me
habi
tats
and
spec
ies.
142
Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
y Is
sue
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
f(in
clud
ing
desi
red
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
outc
omes
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Red
uctio
n o
f P
ollu
tion
fro
m a
nth
rop
og
enic
so
urce
s (c
ont
inue
d)
Rev
iew
and
con
side
rch
ange
s as
nec
essa
ry (
DfT
).M
onito
r an
d an
alys
e th
esu
cces
s of
ME
HR
As
(DfT
).M
etho
dolo
gy &
site
sele
ctio
n un
der
cons
ulta
tion.
Mar
ine
Env
ironm
enta
l Hig
hR
isk
Are
as (
ME
HR
As)
– D
FT.
App
ly s
econ
dary
legi
slat
ion
(DfT
).A
pply
the
UK
seco
ndar
yle
gisl
atio
n go
vern
ing
port
was
te r
ecep
tion
faci
litie
s(D
fT).
Impl
emen
t the
Dire
ctiv
e,su
pple
men
ting
the
UK
’sex
istin
g po
rt w
aste
man
agem
ent p
lann
ing
regi
me.
EU
Dire
ctiv
e (2
000/
59/E
C)
on p
ort r
ecep
tion
faci
litie
sfo
r sh
ip g
ener
ated
was
tean
d ca
rgo
resi
dues
.
Shi
ppin
g.
FIna
lise
SE
Apr
ogra
mm
e
Con
side
r ne
ed fo
r fu
rthe
rco
ntro
ls o
n at
mos
pher
icem
issi
ons.
Rev
isio
n of
Pre
vent
ion
of O
ilP
ollu
tion
Act
197
1 (D
TI).
Con
tinue
to d
evel
opS
trat
egic
Env
ironm
enta
lA
sses
smen
ts o
f UK
Con
tinen
tal S
helf
(DTI
).
Dev
elop
sys
tem
s fo
rm
onito
ring
wid
e ar
eaim
pact
s (D
TI).
Con
tinue
d de
velo
pmen
t of
evid
ence
-bas
ed p
olic
yre
spon
ses
(DTI
).
Dra
ft S
tatu
tory
Inst
rum
ent –
The
Offs
hore
Che
mic
als
Reg
ulat
ions
200
2 (D
TI)
Est
ablis
h R
&D
pro
gram
me
to in
form
evi
denc
e-ba
sed
polic
y
Est
ablis
h M
onito
ring
Com
mitt
ee
Pol
lutio
n P
reve
ntio
n an
dC
ontr
ol A
ct 1
999.
Pet
role
um A
ct 1
998.
Pre
vent
ion
of O
il P
ollu
tion
Act
197
1.
EU
Hab
itats
Dire
ctiv
e.
EU
Wild
Bird
s D
irect
ive.
Oil
and
gas
expl
orat
ion
and
deve
lopm
ent.
Impl
emen
t mea
sure
s in
antif
oulin
g co
nven
tions
.R
atify
Ant
ifoul
ing
conv
entio
ns (
DfT
).IM
O C
onve
ntio
n on
the
Con
trol
of H
arm
ful
Ant
ifoul
ing
Sys
tem
s on
Shi
ps (
adop
ted
Oct
200
1)(H
orm
one
Dis
rupt
ing
Che
mic
als)
.
143
Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
y Is
sue
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
f(in
clud
ing
desi
red
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
outc
omes
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Red
uctio
n o
f P
ollu
tion
fro
m a
nth
rop
og
enic
so
urce
s (c
ont
inue
d)
Con
tinue
with
co-
oper
ativ
ear
rang
emen
ts (
DfT
).C
ontin
ue w
ith c
o-op
erat
ive
arra
ngem
ents
. UK
to r
atify
the
2000
(H
NS
) P
roto
col t
oO
PR
C (
DfT
).
Co-
oper
atio
n w
ithne
ighb
ourin
g st
ates
e.g
.th
roug
h th
e B
onn
Agr
eem
ent.
Inte
rnat
iona
l Con
vent
ion
onO
il P
ollu
tion
Pre
pare
dnes
s,R
espo
nse
and
Co-
oper
atio
n19
90 (
OP
RC
).
Ens
urin
g co
-ope
ratio
nbe
twee
n ne
ighb
ourin
gst
ates
in p
lann
ing
for
and
resp
ondi
ng to
maj
orpo
llutio
n in
cide
nts.
App
ly th
e re
leva
ntin
tern
atio
nal r
egim
es (
DfT
).U
K to
rat
ify th
e H
NS
Con
vent
ion
and
Bun
kers
Con
vent
ion
(DfT
).
Dev
elop
an
inte
rnat
iona
lsu
pple
men
tary
(“t
hird
tier
”)oi
l pol
lutio
n co
mpe
nsat
ion
regi
me
thro
ugh
the
IOP
CFu
nd.
Pro
toco
ls to
the
Civ
ilLi
abili
ties
Con
vent
ion
(CLC
)an
d In
tern
atio
nal O
ilP
ollu
tion
Com
pens
atio
nFu
nd C
onve
ntio
n;H
azar
dous
and
Nox
ious
Sub
stan
ces
(HN
S)
Con
vent
ion
1996
; Bun
kers
Con
vent
ion
2001
.
Pro
vidi
ng a
com
preh
ensi
vem
echa
nism
for
liabi
lity
and
com
pens
atio
n fo
r po
llutio
nfro
m s
hips
.
App
ly M
AR
PO
L pr
ovis
ions
whi
ch a
re in
forc
e (D
fT).
App
ly M
AR
PO
L pr
ovis
ions
whi
ch a
re in
forc
e (D
fT).
App
ly M
AR
PO
L pr
ovis
ions
whi
ch a
re in
forc
e.In
tern
atio
nal C
onve
ntio
n fo
rth
e P
reve
ntio
n of
Pol
lutio
nfro
m S
hips
197
3/78
(MA
RP
OL)
.
144
Appendix 6Local and regional action
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
Man
agin
g t
he
pro
cess
: Ta
king
Sto
ck–
Impl
emen
t act
ions
iden
tifie
d to
del
iver
this
Str
ateg
y at
the
loca
l and
regi
onal
leve
l (re
gion
alan
d lo
cal p
artn
ersh
ips)
.
– M
onito
r an
d re
view
deliv
ery
of th
eob
ject
ives
of t
his
Str
ateg
y at
the
loca
l and
regi
onal
leve
l. (r
egio
nal
and
loca
l par
tner
ship
s).
Ass
ess
the
cont
ribut
ion
of c
urre
nt lo
cal a
ndre
gion
al a
ctiv
ities
toS
trat
egy’
s ob
ject
ives
and
iden
tify
area
s fo
r fu
rthe
rac
tion.
Pro
mul
gate
this
asse
ssm
ent a
s a
guid
eto
cur
rent
and
pro
ject
edlo
cal a
nd r
egio
nal
actio
n. (
EB
G, l
ocal
and
regi
onal
par
tner
ship
s,G
Os)
.–
Mai
ntai
n an
d en
hanc
ew
here
nec
essa
rydi
rect
ion
and
outp
uts
oflo
cal a
nd r
egio
nal
biod
iver
sity
pro
cess
es.
– Is
sue
natio
nal
guid
ance
on
mod
els
for
effe
ctiv
e pa
rtne
rshi
ps.
(EB
G).
– LB
AP
Pra
ctiti
oner
sm
eet r
egul
arly
in a
llre
gion
s an
d Lo
ndon
.
– R
egio
nal P
roce
sses
oper
ate
in a
ll re
gion
san
d Lo
ndon
.
– N
atio
nal O
ffice
rs a
ndE
LIG
wor
k to
iden
tify
good
pra
ctic
e an
d w
ays
of a
ttain
ing
stro
ng,
activ
e pa
rtne
rshi
ps a
ndsu
stai
nabl
e pr
oces
ses
acro
ss E
ngla
nd.
– U
KB
AP
Web
site
map
sup
-to-d
ate
cove
rage
of
LBA
Ps
and
regi
onal
proc
esse
s.
– LB
AP
Par
tner
ship
s.
– R
egio
nal P
artn
ersh
ips.
– U
K B
AP
Web
site
.
– N
atio
nal O
ffice
rs.
– E
ngla
nd L
ocal
Issu
esG
roup
(E
LIG
).
1. D
eliv
ery
of lo
cal
and
regi
onal
biod
iver
sity
obje
ctiv
es b
yst
rong
, inc
lusi
vepa
rtne
rshi
ps w
ith a
long
-term
vis
ion
and
stab
ility
for
the
futu
re,
The
effic
ient
oper
atio
n of
loca
lan
d re
gion
albi
odiv
ersi
typr
oces
ses
and
stru
ctur
es to
cont
ribut
e to
natio
nal o
bjec
tives
and
loca
l prio
ritie
s.
145
Appendix 6Local and regional action
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
– R
evie
w s
cale
and
rol
eof
loca
l and
reg
iona
lpr
oces
ses
(L a
nd R
SIG
with
loca
l and
reg
iona
lpa
rtne
rshi
ps).
– P
rodu
ce g
uida
nce
and
best
pra
ctic
e on
sca
lean
d ro
les
of L
ocal
and
Reg
iona
l pro
cess
es(E
BG
loca
l and
regi
onal
netw
orks
).–
Pro
mot
e an
d de
velo
pde
liver
y of
reco
mm
enda
tions
from
‘Bio
dive
rsity
Wor
king
inth
e E
nglis
h R
egio
ns’
(EB
G, L
and
RS
IGR
egio
nal F
ora,
GO
s).
– E
ncou
rage
the
deve
lopm
ent o
fbi
odiv
ersi
ty p
ositi
onst
atem
ents
of k
ey p
artn
eror
gani
satio
ns o
pera
ting
at th
e lo
cal a
nd re
gion
alle
vels
(EB
G, R
egio
nal
Fora
).
– P
relim
inar
ydi
scus
sion
s of
rol
es fo
rdi
ffere
nt a
dmin
istr
ativ
ele
vels
of b
iodi
vers
itypr
oces
s in
ELI
G, l
ocal
prac
titio
ners
gro
ups,
regi
onal
par
tner
ship
s .
– C
lose
liai
son
betw
een
regi
onal
and
loca
lne
twor
ks a
nd a
naly
sis
of th
eir
role
s ha
s be
enun
dert
aken
in s
ome
regi
ons
(e.g
. SW
, NW
,W
M, S
E, E
M).
– ‘B
iodi
vers
ity W
orki
ngin
the
Eng
lish
Reg
ions
’m
akes
reco
mm
enda
tions
for
the
role
of r
egio
nal
part
ners
in b
iodi
vers
ityan
d w
ays
of li
nkin
g w
ithLB
AP
s.
– 20
02 B
AP
rep
ortin
gro
und
desi
gned
toin
clud
e LB
AP
pro
gres
san
d su
ppor
t ana
lysi
s of
resp
ectiv
e ro
les.
– B
iodi
vers
ity A
ctio
nR
epor
ting
Sys
tem
(B
AR
S)
– E
xper
ienc
e of
loca
l and
regi
onal
bio
dive
rsity
part
ners
hips
– Le
ad P
artn
er N
etw
ork
– E
LIG
– N
atio
nal C
o-or
dina
tors
(E
N,
Def
ra, W
TS).
2. L
ocal
and
regi
onal
act
ivity
taki
ng p
lace
at
appr
opria
tege
ogra
phic
alsc
ales
and
com
plem
enta
ry to
natio
nal p
lans
and
prog
ram
mes
.
146
Appendix 6Local and regional action
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
– R
evie
w th
e su
cces
s of
Str
ateg
y im
plem
enta
tion
grou
ps in
term
s of
deliv
ery
at th
e lo
cal a
ndre
gion
al le
vels
. Mak
ean
y ad
just
men
tsne
cess
ary
(EB
G).
– E
nsur
e ro
les,
stru
ctur
es a
nd w
orki
ngm
etho
ds. S
trat
egy
impl
emen
tatio
n gr
oups
prom
ote,
sup
port
and
co-o
rdin
ate
loca
l and
regi
onal
con
trib
utio
ns(E
BG
).
– E
nsur
e a
com
mon
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
the
futu
re o
f loc
al a
ndre
gion
al b
iodi
vers
itypr
oces
ses,
is s
hare
d by
key
part
ners
(E
BG
).
– W
ork
of E
LIG
– N
atio
nal c
o-or
dina
tion
and
faci
litat
ion
in p
lace
,pr
ovid
ing:
Sup
port
and
adv
ice
toLB
AP
pra
ctiti
oner
s an
dpa
rtne
rshi
ps.
Dis
sem
inat
ion
of c
ase
stud
ies.
Inte
rpre
tatio
n of
new
natio
nal p
olic
ies
and
guid
ance
.
– E
BG
and
its
sub-
grou
ps(E
LIG
)
– N
atio
nal O
ffice
rs
– Le
ad A
genc
ies.
3. T
he w
ides
prea
dex
chan
ge o
f eas
ily-
acce
ssib
lein
form
atio
n, g
ood
prac
tice
and
guid
ance
abo
utlo
cal a
nd r
egio
nal
biod
iver
sity
activ
ities
.
– D
evel
op w
ays
ofef
fect
ive
join
t wor
king
betw
een
lead
par
tner
san
d LB
AP
s (e
.g. s
harin
gof
wor
k pr
ogra
mm
es).
Ens
ure
good
pra
ctic
e is
shar
ed a
nd g
uida
nce
issu
ed to
bio
dive
rsity
prac
titio
ners
at a
ll le
vels
as a
ppro
pria
te (
EB
G,
Lead
Par
tner
s, L
ocal
Par
tner
ship
s).
– In
itiat
ives
for
impr
ovin
g lin
ks b
etw
een
LBA
Ps
and
Lead
Par
tner
s st
arte
d, e
.g.
LBA
P W
orks
hop,
and
2002
Lea
d P
artn
erW
orks
hops
. Pre
limin
ary
cont
act m
ade
with
Lea
dP
artn
ers
to p
ilot
appr
oach
es o
n lin
king
with
LB
AP
s.
– P
ositi
on s
tate
men
tsdr
afte
d by
key
orga
nisa
tion
(e.g
. LG
A,
EN
).
147
Appendix 6Local and regional action
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
Targ
et S
ettin
g, R
epo
rtin
g a
nd M
oni
tori
ng–
Ens
ure
loca
l and
regi
onal
targ
ets
are
fully
refle
cted
in th
e 20
05ta
rget
s re
view
(E
BG
).
– R
evie
w h
ow fa
r lo
cal
and
regi
onal
prio
ritie
san
d ta
rget
s ar
e in
form
edby
nat
iona
l BA
P ta
rget
san
d pr
iorit
ies
and
vice
vers
a (E
BG
).
– S
et u
p ite
rativ
epr
oces
s of
targ
et r
evie
wsu
ch th
at lo
cal,
regi
onal
and
natio
nal t
arge
ts a
ndpr
iorit
ies
are
mut
ually
info
rmed
and
alig
n m
ore
clos
ely
whe
re th
is is
not
curr
ently
the
case
(beg
in th
is p
roce
ss in
year
1 o
f the
Str
ateg
y)(E
BG
, loc
al a
nd r
egio
nal
part
ners
hips
).
– S
ome
regi
onal
and
loca
l par
tner
ship
s ar
eex
amin
ing
how
far
loca
l,re
gion
al a
nd n
atio
nal
targ
ets
alig
n.
– B
iodi
vers
ity A
ctio
nR
epor
ting
Sys
tem
s (B
AR
S).
– Lo
cal R
ecor
d C
entr
es.
– N
BN
.
– Ta
rget
s re
view
pro
cess
es(t
arge
ts g
roup
, BIG
).
– N
atio
nal r
ecor
ding
sche
mes
.
1. L
ocal
and
regi
onal
prio
ritie
san
d ta
rget
s th
atar
e in
form
ed b
yna
tiona
l BA
Pta
rget
s an
dpr
iorit
ies
and
vice
vers
a.
Mea
sure
men
t of
the
achi
evem
ents
of lo
cal a
ndre
gion
albi
odiv
ersi
ty a
ctio
n.
148
Appendix 6Local and regional action
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
– C
lear
and
cos
tef
fect
ive
repo
rtin
gre
quire
men
ts fo
rna
tiona
l, re
gion
al a
ndlo
cal p
roce
sses
in ti
me
for
2005
rep
ortin
g ro
und
(EB
G, J
NC
C).
– C
olla
te a
nd fu
llyan
alys
e LB
AP
act
ivity
inth
e 20
02 r
epor
ting
roun
d. U
se th
isin
form
atio
n an
d tr
ends
iden
tifie
d to
furt
her
shap
e th
e de
velo
pmen
tof
this
Str
ateg
y (J
NC
C).
– E
stab
lish
BA
RS
as
anef
fect
ive
web
-bas
edre
port
ing
syst
em fo
rap
prop
riate
loca
l and
regi
onal
bio
dive
rsity
actio
n re
port
ing,
anal
ysis
and
info
rmat
ion
(JN
CC
).
– P
rovi
de s
uppo
rt,
trai
ning
and
gui
danc
e in
usin
g B
AR
S a
t the
loca
lle
vel (
EB
G, J
NC
C).
– C
larif
y an
ddi
ssem
inat
e gu
idan
ceon
rol
e of
LB
RC
s an
dN
BN
in B
AP
rep
ortin
g(L
BR
Cs,
NB
N, E
BG
,JN
CC
).
– D
evel
opm
ent o
f BA
RS
unde
rway
– in
clud
ing
loca
l pilo
ts a
ndw
orks
hops
.
– Q
uest
ions
for
2002
repo
rtin
g ag
reed
and
desi
gned
to in
form
futu
re r
epor
ting
usin
gB
AR
S. L
ocal
bio
dive
rsity
part
ners
hips
will
be
able
to r
epor
t nat
iona
lly fo
rth
e fir
st ti
me.
– B
AR
S
– LB
AP
par
tner
ship
s(in
clud
ing
loca
l rec
ord
cent
res)
.
– C
orpo
rate
rep
ortin
gsy
stem
s (e
.g. E
N, F
C, R
SP
B,
EA
, etc
).
2. A
n ef
fect
ive
mea
ns o
f rep
ortin
gan
d m
onito
ring
loca
l and
reg
iona
lpr
ogre
ss.
149
Appendix 6Local and regional action
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
– R
evie
w p
rogr
ess
oflo
cal a
nd r
egio
nal
indi
cato
rs. W
here
nece
ssar
y re
vise
the
set
to r
efle
ct a
chie
vem
ents
and
new
circ
umst
ance
s(E
BG
).
– E
stab
lish
set o
f loc
alan
d re
gion
al in
dica
tors
to p
rom
ote
obje
ctiv
esan
d tr
ack
prog
ress
of
this
Str
ateg
y (E
BG
).
– D
isse
min
ate
exam
ples
and
prom
ote
use
of g
ood
prac
tice
re
latin
g to
exi
stin
g an
dev
olvi
ng in
dica
tors
an
d bi
odiv
ersi
tym
easu
res
(EB
G, A
udit
Com
mis
sion
).
– U
K B
iodi
vers
ityIn
dica
tors
foru
m h
asre
cent
ly m
et to
sha
reex
perie
nces
on
use
ofbi
odiv
ersi
ty in
dica
tors
at
all l
evel
s.
– A
udit
Com
mis
sion
has
prod
uced
vol
unta
ry s
etof
Qua
lity
of L
ifeIn
dica
tors
on
Bio
dive
rsity
.
– P
SA
agr
eed
with
Ess
ex C
ount
y C
ounc
ilon
bio
dive
rsity
perfo
rman
ce.
– A
LGE
hav
e pr
oduc
edB
est V
alue
and
Bio
dive
rsity
Gui
de.
– R
PG
mon
itorin
g gu
ide
on b
iodi
vers
ity is
und
erpr
epar
atio
n.
– B
iodi
vers
ity ta
rget
sha
ve b
een
wid
ely
used
in R
PG
.
– Q
ualit
y of
Life
indi
cato
rs(a
nd o
ther
set
s).
– P
SA
s.
– H
AP
/SA
P ta
rget
s.
3. A
Set
of r
egio
nal
and
loca
lbi
odiv
ersi
tyin
dica
tors
to tr
ack
prog
ress
on
deliv
ery
of th
e lo
cal
and
regi
onal
wor
kpr
ogra
mm
e.
150
Appendix 6Local and regional action
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
Inte
gra
tion
– R
evie
w lo
cal a
ndre
gion
al d
eliv
ery
ofob
ject
ives
in a
gric
ultu
re,
woo
dlan
d an
d fo
rest
ry,
wat
er a
nd w
etla
nds,
mar
ine
and
coas
tal a
ndur
ban
and
deve
lopm
ent.
Whe
re n
eces
sary
set
inpl
ace
mec
hani
sms
tosu
ppor
t del
iver
yre
quire
d by
any
new
circ
umst
ance
s (E
BG
,S
IGs,
L a
nd R
SIG
, loc
alan
d re
gion
alpa
rtne
rshi
ps).
– P
rom
ote
the
deve
lopm
ent a
nd u
se o
fcr
oss-
cutti
ng th
emes
(L
and
RS
IG, S
IGs,
loca
lan
d re
gion
alpa
rtne
rshi
ps).
– Lo
cal a
nd r
egio
nal
part
ners
hips
hav
epr
oduc
ed fu
nctio
nal a
ndcr
oss-
cutti
ngap
proa
ches
dem
onst
ratin
gbi
odiv
ersi
ty a
s pa
rt o
fsu
stai
nabl
ede
velo
pmen
t.
Exa
mpl
es:
– Lo
cal a
nd r
egio
nal
biod
iver
sity
obj
ectiv
essu
cces
sful
ly u
sed
asto
ols
for
inte
grat
ion
ofbi
odiv
ersi
ty w
ith s
ecto
ral
activ
ities
at t
he lo
cal
leve
l.
– E
xper
ienc
e of
loca
l and
regi
onal
bio
dive
rsity
part
ners
hips
.
– B
iodi
vers
ity D
uty
onM
inis
ters
and
Gov
ernm
ent
depa
rtm
ents
und
er s
74 o
fC
ount
rysi
de a
nd R
ight
s of
Way
Act
200
0.
The
effe
ctiv
eco
ntrib
utio
n of
loca
l and
reg
iona
lac
tion
to th
e ai
ms
and
obje
ctiv
esco
ntai
ned
in th
eag
ricul
ture
,w
oodl
and
and
fore
stry
, wat
er a
ndw
etla
nds,
mar
ine
and
coas
tal a
ndur
ban
and
deve
lopm
ent
chap
ters
of t
his
Str
ateg
y.
The
cont
ribut
ion
oflo
cal a
nd r
egio
nal
actio
n to
nat
iona
lbi
odiv
ersi
tyob
ject
ives
.
151
Appendix 6Local and regional action
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
– R
evie
w h
ow fa
r lo
cal
biod
iver
sity
obj
ectiv
esha
ve b
een
inte
grat
edw
ith C
omm
unity
Str
ateg
ies
and
activ
ities
of th
e Lo
cal S
trat
egic
Par
tner
ship
s. (
Def
ra,
OD
PM
, GO
s, L
BA
Ps,
LGA
, ALG
E).
– E
nsur
e th
at th
eou
tcom
es o
f the
Gov
ernm
ent r
evie
w o
fth
e bu
rden
of p
lann
ing
requ
irem
ents
on
loca
lgo
vern
men
t inf
orm
the
deve
lopm
ent o
f thi
s pa
rtof
the
stra
tegy
(D
efra
,O
DP
M).
– In
acc
orda
nce
with
gove
rnm
ent g
uida
nce,
prom
ote
the
inte
grat
ion
of lo
cal b
iodi
vers
ityob
ject
ives
into
Com
mun
ity S
trat
egie
s.Fo
ster
link
s be
twee
nlo
cal b
iodi
vers
itypa
rtne
rshi
ps a
nd th
eLo
cal S
trat
egic
Par
tner
ship
s (D
efra
,O
DP
M, G
Os,
loca
lpa
rtne
rshi
ps, L
GA
,A
LGE
).
– P
ilots
on
linki
ng lo
cal
biod
iver
sity
obj
ectiv
esw
ith C
omm
unity
Str
ateg
ies
unde
rway
(fun
ded
by E
N).
– G
uida
nce
onC
omm
unity
Str
ateg
ies
and
Bio
dive
rsity
for
loca
lau
thor
ities
and
sta
ffpr
epar
ed (
EN
, WLT
,R
SP
B).
– P
SA
est
ablis
hed
with
biod
iver
sity
targ
ets
for
Ess
ex C
ount
y C
ounc
il.
– G
uida
nce
on W
ildlif
eS
ites
Sys
tem
inpr
epar
atio
n (D
efra
).
– G
over
nmen
t (O
DP
M)
are
unde
rtak
ing
a re
view
of th
e bu
rden
of
plan
ning
req
uire
men
tson
loca
l gov
ernm
ent
follo
win
g th
e Lo
cal
Gov
ernm
ent W
hite
Pap
er o
f 200
1.
Loca
l Aut
horit
y Fu
nctio
ns:
– C
omm
unity
Str
ateg
ies
– LA
21
– B
est V
alue
– P
lann
ing
& S
ite S
afeg
uard
(loca
l wild
life
site
s)
– La
nd M
anag
emen
t
Goo
d P
ract
ice:
– Lo
cal p
artn
ersh
ips
and
expe
rienc
es o
f bio
dive
rsity
plan
ning
with
in lo
cal
auth
oriti
es
– LG
A P
ositi
on S
tate
men
t
– W
ork
of A
LGE
(e.
g. B
est
Valu
e an
d B
iodi
vers
ity)
– A
udit
Com
mis
sion
Lib
rary
of V
olun
tary
Bio
dive
rsity
Indi
cato
rs
Bio
dive
rsity
inte
grat
ed in
toLo
cal A
utho
rity
activ
ities
and
inpa
rtic
ular
as
part
of
the
prep
arat
ion
and
impl
emen
tatio
n of
Com
mun
ityS
trat
egie
s an
dre
cogn
ition
of l
ocal
biod
iver
sity
obje
ctiv
es in
plan
ning
pol
icie
s.
Inte
grat
ion
ofbi
odiv
ersi
ty in
tolo
cal a
nd r
egio
nal
polic
ies
and
prog
ram
mes
.
152
Appendix 6Local and regional action
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
– Fu
rthe
r de
velo
p lo
cal
auth
ority
net
wor
ks to
exch
ange
and
pro
mot
ego
od p
ract
ice
onde
liver
y of
bio
dive
rsity
obje
ctiv
es w
ithin
loca
lau
thor
ities
, e.g
. LG
Apo
sitio
n st
atem
ent,
Aud
it C
omm
issi
onin
dica
tors
(L
and
RS
IG,
IDE
A, L
GA
, ALG
E).
– D
efin
e cl
early
rela
tions
hip
betw
een
the
Loca
l Wild
life
Site
s an
dB
AP
pro
cess
(D
efra
,TW
T).
– M
onito
r us
e of
loca
lau
thor
ity p
erfo
rman
cem
easu
res
onbi
odiv
ersi
ty (I
DE
A, L
GA
,A
LGE
).
153
Appendix 6Local and regional action
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
– R
evie
w in
tegr
atio
n of
biod
iver
sity
cons
ider
atio
ns w
ithpl
ans
and
polic
ies
with
inth
e E
nglis
h R
egio
ns
(EB
G, D
efra
, OD
PM
,G
Os)
.
– D
efin
e an
d pr
ovid
egu
idan
ce o
n ro
les
ofre
gion
al b
odie
s w
ithre
spec
t to
biod
iver
sity
(r
egio
nal p
artn
ersh
ips,
EB
G, D
efra
, EN
, EA
,O
DP
M, G
Os)
.
– D
isse
min
ate,
pro
mot
ean
d de
liver
reco
mm
enda
tions
from
the
‘Bio
dive
rsity
Wor
king
in th
e E
nglis
hR
egio
ns’ (
EB
G, D
efra
,E
N, E
A, O
DP
M, G
Os)
.
– R
egio
nal S
ub-G
roup
Rec
omm
enda
tions
(com
plet
ed)
– E
xper
ienc
e of
Reg
iona
l For
a
– S
tudi
es h
ave
dem
onst
rate
d de
liver
yof
soc
ial/e
cono
mic
prio
ritie
s th
roug
hbi
odiv
ersi
ty a
ctio
n at
the
regi
onal
leve
l.
– R
egio
nal B
iodi
vers
ityP
artn
ersh
ips/
Fora
– G
Os
– R
DA
s
– R
egio
nal C
ham
bers
– R
egio
nal P
lann
ing
Gui
danc
e
– R
egio
nal S
usta
inab
leD
evel
opm
ent F
ram
ewor
ks
– O
ther
Reg
iona
l Gui
danc
e.
Full
inte
grat
ion
ofbi
odiv
ersi
tyco
nsid
erat
ions
with
in p
lans
and
polic
ies
for
the
Eng
lish
Reg
ions
and
in p
artic
ular
as
part
of t
heup
datin
g an
dim
plem
enta
tion
ofR
egio
nal
Sus
tain
able
Dev
elop
men
tFr
amew
orks
and
the
activ
ities
of
Gov
ernm
ent
Offi
ces,
Reg
iona
lD
evel
opm
ent
Age
ncie
s, R
egio
nal
Cha
mbe
rs a
ndgo
vern
men
tag
enci
es o
pera
ting
at th
e re
gion
alle
vel.
154
Appendix 6Local and regional action
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
Bio
div
ersi
ty m
ade
rele
vant
to
loca
l peo
ple
– R
evie
w w
ork
prom
otin
gun
ders
tand
ing
amon
gst
loca
l peo
ple
and
sect
ors
of th
e re
leva
nce
ofbi
odiv
ersi
ty to
them
(L
and
RS
IG, E
duca
tion
and
publ
icun
ders
tand
ing
SIG
).
– C
olle
ct g
ood
prac
tice
exam
ples
that
dem
onst
rate
act
ivity
and
expe
rienc
e of
part
ners
hips
at t
he lo
cal
leve
l. E
duca
tion
and
publ
ic u
nder
stan
ding
(L
and
RS
IG, E
duca
tion
and
publ
icun
ders
tand
ingS
IG).
– D
efin
e ‘a
udie
nces
’ and
‘par
tner
s’ a
t the
loca
lan
d re
gion
al le
vel t
oim
prov
e ta
rget
ing
ofco
mm
unic
atio
n (L
and
RS
IG, E
duca
tion
and
publ
ic u
nder
stan
ding
SIG
).
– Lo
cal p
roje
cts.
– Lo
cal p
ublic
awar
enes
s pl
ans.
– C
omm
unity
Str
ateg
ies.
– LB
AP
Par
tner
ship
s.
– N
atur
e-on
-line
(E
N).
Dev
elop
men
t of
the
cont
ribut
ion
oflo
cal p
artn
ersh
ips
to th
e im
prov
edco
mm
unic
atio
nan
d un
ders
tand
ing
of b
iodi
vers
ity.
The
prom
otio
n of
biod
iver
sity
unde
rsta
ndin
g at
the
loca
l lev
el.
155
Appendix 6Local and regional action
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
Sh
arin
g I
nfo
rmat
ion
and
Go
od
Pra
ctic
e–
Rev
iew
net
wor
ks a
ndm
echa
nism
s se
t up
toen
able
exc
hang
e of
info
rmat
ion
and
good
prac
tice
abou
t loc
al a
ndre
gion
al a
ctiv
ities
.U
pdat
e ne
twor
ks a
ndm
echa
nism
s to
ref
lect
curr
ent n
eeds
.
– C
ontin
ue a
nd e
nhan
ceus
e of
exi
stin
g LB
AP
netw
orks
(L
and
RS
IG,
Nat
iona
l WR
AP
co
-ord
inat
ors)
.
– S
et u
p ne
twor
king
stru
ctur
e fo
r re
gion
alpa
rtne
rshi
ps (
e.g.
foru
m/u
se o
f web
site
).
– D
evel
op u
se o
f UK
BA
Pw
ebsi
te fo
r ex
chan
ge o
flo
cal a
nd r
egio
nal
info
rmat
ion
(e.g
. top
icar
eas
for
shar
ing
case
stud
ies)
(JN
CC
).
– C
olla
te a
nddi
ssem
inat
e gu
idan
cean
d go
od p
ract
ice
for
impo
rtan
tto
pics
/sec
tors
.
– LB
AP
upd
ates
and
ELI
G m
inut
es p
aste
d on
UK
BA
P w
ebsi
te.
– P
rodu
ctio
n of
Eng
land
LBA
P r
epor
t und
erw
ay –
will
con
tain
cas
est
udie
s, e
xam
ples
of
good
pra
ctic
e an
d LB
AP
achi
evem
ents
.
– M
onth
ly m
ailin
gs o
fin
form
atio
n se
nt to
LBA
P p
ract
ition
ers.
– A
nnua
l nat
iona
l LB
AP
wor
ksho
p co
ordi
nate
dby
Def
ra.
ELI
G/L
and
RS
IG, n
atio
nal
offic
ers,
ann
ual L
BA
Pw
orks
hop,
trai
ning
, gui
danc
e,us
e of
UK
BA
P w
ebsi
te, u
p-to
-da
te L
BA
P c
onta
ct d
atab
ase
and
netw
ork,
reg
iona
l BA
Pne
twor
king
, exp
erie
nce
oflo
cal a
nd r
egio
nal
prac
titio
ners
/co-
ordi
nato
rs.
The
wid
espr
ead
exch
ange
of e
asily
-ac
cess
ible
info
rmat
ion,
goo
dpr
actic
e an
dgu
idan
ce a
bout
loca
l and
reg
iona
lbi
odiv
ersi
tyac
tiviti
es.
To p
rom
ote
com
mun
icat
ion
and
shar
edun
ders
tand
ing
atth
e lo
cal a
ndre
gion
al le
vels
.
NO
TES
:
Age
nts
for
the
prog
ram
mes
of a
ctio
ns a
re n
ot a
lway
s gi
ven
in th
is A
ppen
dix.
The
wor
k pr
ogra
mm
e w
ill b
e co
-ord
inat
ed b
y th
e Lo
cal a
nd R
egio
nal S
trat
egy
Impl
emen
tatio
n G
roup
whi
ch w
ill d
raw
in o
ther
par
tner
s as
app
ropr
iate
.
156
Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
Eco
nom
ic m
easu
res
for
bio
div
ersi
ty
Con
tinue
to r
esea
rch
and
impl
emen
tec
onom
ic in
stru
men
tsto
add
ress
bio
dive
rsity
and
wid
er e
nviro
nmen
tal
prob
lem
s.
Cre
atio
n of
mar
kets
for
biod
iver
sity
whe
repo
ssib
le. A
sses
smen
t of
effe
ctiv
enes
s of
volu
ntar
y pe
stic
ides
pack
age.
Wor
k on
the
poss
ible
deve
lopm
ent o
fec
onom
ic in
stru
men
tsfo
r nu
trie
nts.
Con
side
r ap
plic
abili
ty o
fVA
T sy
stem
toen
cour
age
biod
iver
sity
frien
dly
prod
ucts
as
part
of E
U V
AT r
evie
w 2
003.
Ens
ure
othe
r pr
opos
edan
d ex
istin
g gr
een
taxe
sta
ke a
ccou
nt o
fbi
odiv
ersi
ty im
pact
s.
Pes
ticid
e re
duct
ion
byvo
lunt
ary
actio
n as
an
alte
rnat
ive
to ta
x.
Bud
get a
nnou
ncem
ent
to c
onsi
der
econ
omic
inst
rum
ents
for
fert
ilise
rs/n
utrie
nts,
follo
win
g E
N/E
A s
tudi
es.
Varie
ty o
f oth
er g
reen
taxe
s w
ith in
dire
ctbi
odiv
ersi
ty im
pact
s(t
rans
port
taxe
s, c
limat
ech
ange
levy
, agg
rega
tes
and
land
fill t
ax).
Mar
ket c
reat
ion,
taxe
s,ch
arge
s, s
ubsi
dies
, tra
dabl
epe
rmits
, bon
ds a
nd d
epos
its.
Pol
lute
r pa
ys p
rinci
ple.
Use
rpa
ys p
rinci
ple.
Tax
brea
ks, i
ncen
tives
,su
bsid
ies.
Cor
rect
ion
ofm
arke
t fai
lure
s an
dim
plem
enta
tion
ofpo
llute
r pa
yspr
inci
ple.
Rec
ogni
tion
ofbi
odiv
ersi
ty a
s a
publ
ic g
ood.
Mar
ket f
ailu
reda
mag
esbi
odiv
ersi
ty.
Incl
ude
biod
iver
sity
impa
cts
in in
vest
men
tde
cisi
ons
as p
art o
fS
ocia
lly R
espo
nsib
leIn
vest
men
t.
Dev
elop
mem
oran
dum
sof
und
erst
andi
ng o
rgu
idel
ines
for
sect
ors
with
maj
or b
iodi
vers
ityim
pact
s.
Eng
lish
Nat
ure
econ
omic
ana
lysi
s.
Iden
tific
atio
n of
sign
ifica
nce
ofbi
odiv
ersi
ty d
egra
datio
nfro
m e
cono
mic
activ
ities
.
Eco
nom
ic a
naly
sis
of th
em
acro
econ
omic
,m
icro
econ
omic
and
sec
tora
lec
onom
ic c
onte
xt o
fbi
odiv
ersi
ty u
se a
nd th
reat
s.
Bet
ter
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
econ
omic
driv
ers
of b
iodi
vers
ityde
grad
atio
n.
Eco
nom
ic a
ctiv
ityca
usin
gbi
odiv
ersi
ty lo
ss,
157
Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
Furt
her
deve
lop
and
refin
e va
luat
ion
met
hodo
logi
es a
ndap
plic
atio
n to
dec
isio
nsin
the
light
of r
esea
rch
findi
ngs
and
inte
rnat
iona
l pro
gres
s(e
.g. O
EC
D w
ork)
.
Con
tinue
d de
velo
pmen
tin
the
desi
gn o
f sta
ted
pref
eren
ce te
chni
ques
to e
nsur
e th
ey a
rese
nsiti
ve to
the
prob
lem
s of
bio
dive
rsity
mea
sure
men
t.
Dev
elop
men
t of m
ixed
met
hodo
logy
dec
isio
npr
oces
ses,
usi
ngec
onom
ics
alon
gsid
equ
alita
tive/
biop
hysi
cal
asse
ssm
ents
.A
ppro
pria
te in
tegr
atio
nof
bio
dive
rsity
into
polic
y ap
prai
sal
mec
hani
sms
(RIA
, EIA
,IP
A).
Res
earc
h on
eco
syst
emse
rvic
es in
UK
.
Ref
ine
appr
aisa
lm
etho
ds s
o th
at th
eyta
ke a
ccou
nt o
fin
terg
ener
atio
nal i
ssue
s,co
ncep
t of c
ritic
alna
tura
l cap
ital/s
tron
gde
finiti
ons
ofsu
stai
nabi
lity.
Def
ra s
tudy
into
val
uing
chan
ges
in b
iodi
vers
ity.
App
ropr
iate
val
uatio
n an
dap
prai
sal m
etho
ds.
Iden
tific
atio
n of
the
com
pone
nts
of b
iodi
vers
ityva
lue.
Use
of p
reca
utio
nary
prin
cipl
e.
Dec
isio
ns r
efle
ctth
e fu
ll co
sts
and
bene
fits
ofbi
odiv
ersi
ty.
Valu
e of
biod
iver
sity
take
nin
to a
ccou
nt in
deci
sion
mak
ing.
158
Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
Furt
her
mon
itorin
g of
biod
iver
sity
cos
ts a
ndre
finem
ent o
f cos
tes
timat
es.
Iden
tify
biod
iver
sity
fund
ing
requ
irem
ents
inad
ditio
n to
BA
P c
osts
.
Mon
itor
prov
isio
n of
fund
ing
agai
nst c
osts
.
BS
G r
epor
t and
cost
ings
gro
up w
ork.
BA
P c
ostin
g pr
oces
s an
dre
port
s.Th
e fu
ll co
sts
ofde
liver
ing
the
Eng
land
Bio
dive
rsity
Str
ateg
y ar
eun
ders
tood
.
Und
erst
andi
ng th
efu
ll co
sts
ofde
liver
ing
the
Eng
land
Bio
dive
rsity
Str
ateg
y.
Furt
her
wor
k to
unde
rsta
nd a
ndpr
omot
e th
e ec
onom
icim
pact
s of
bio
dive
rsity
cons
erva
tion,
and
inco
rpor
ate
into
econ
omic
dev
elop
men
tpr
ojec
ts a
nd s
trat
egie
s.
Furt
her
wor
k to
unde
rsta
nd a
ndpr
omot
e th
e ec
onom
icim
pact
s of
bio
dive
rsity
cons
erva
tion,
and
inco
rpor
ate
into
econ
omic
dev
elop
men
tpr
ojec
ts a
nd s
trat
egie
s.
Vario
us s
tudi
es b
yR
SP
B, E
N, C
A, D
efra
.S
tudi
es to
ass
ess
impa
ct o
fco
nser
vatio
n on
loca
lec
onom
ies.
Inco
rpor
ate
biod
iver
sity
cons
erva
tion
into
eco
nom
ic/
tour
ism
str
ateg
ies/
proj
ects
.
Rol
e of
bio
dive
rsity
in lo
cal
deve
lopm
ent i
sw
idel
y un
ders
tood
and
reco
gnis
edan
d co
ntrib
utes
toco
nser
vatio
n an
den
viro
nmen
tal
prot
ectio
n.
Use
of b
iodi
vers
ityas
a d
river
for
sust
aina
ble
loca
lec
onom
icde
velo
pmen
t.
159
Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
Pri
ori
ties
for
Bio
div
ersi
ty F
und
ing
in E
ngla
nd
Con
side
r ho
w fu
ture
spen
ding
rev
iew
s ca
nre
flect
bio
dive
rsity
.
Sus
tain
abili
ty a
ppra
isal
of S
pend
ing
Rev
iew
2002
.
Sus
tain
abili
ty a
ppra
isal
of
gove
rnm
ent f
undi
ngpr
ogra
mm
es.
Mon
itor
biod
iver
sity
impa
cts
and
seek
furt
her
refo
rm a
s re
quire
d.
Mon
itor
biod
iver
sity
impa
cts
and
seek
furt
her
refo
rm a
s re
quire
d.
Mid
-term
rev
iew
sho
uld
cons
ider
env
ironm
enta
lim
pact
s.
Sus
tain
abili
ty a
ppra
isal
of
Str
uctu
ral F
unds
.
Ada
pt fl
ood
defe
nce
prog
ram
mes
and
deliv
ery
to in
corp
orat
ebi
odiv
ersi
ty o
bjec
tives
.
Mon
itor
biod
iver
sity
impa
cts
of fl
ood
defe
nce
prog
ram
mes
. Rai
sepr
iorit
y of
bio
dive
rsity
for
fund
ing
by o
pera
ting
auth
oriti
es a
s ne
cess
ary.
Rev
iew
of f
lood
def
ence
fund
ing
and
high
leve
lta
rget
for
biod
iver
sity
.
Floo
d de
fenc
e an
d In
tern
alD
rain
age
Boa
rd b
udge
ts.
Mon
itor
biod
iver
sity
impa
cts
of fo
rest
rygr
ants
, and
iden
tify
furt
her
refo
rm a
sre
quire
d.
Mon
itor
biod
iver
sity
impa
cts
of fo
rest
rygr
ants
, and
iden
tify
furt
her
refo
rm a
sre
quire
d.
Rev
iew
of g
rant
s fo
r ne
ww
oodl
ands
in E
ngla
nd,
2002
. Ens
ure
biod
iver
sity
impa
cts
ofaf
fore
stat
ion
are
fully
cons
ider
ed.
Woo
dlan
d G
rant
Sch
eme/
Farm
Woo
dlan
dP
rem
ium
Sch
eme.
Impl
emen
tatio
n of
CFP
refo
rm a
nd a
ssoc
iate
dsp
endi
ng p
rogr
amm
es.
Impl
emen
tatio
n of
CFP
refo
rm a
nd a
ssoc
iate
dsp
endi
ng p
rogr
amm
es.
CFP
rev
iew
200
2/3.
EC
Fish
erie
s B
iodi
vers
ityA
ctio
n P
lan.
Com
mon
Fis
herie
s P
olic
y.
CA
P r
efor
m 2
006.
Mid
-term
rev
iew
of C
AP
2002
/3.
Pre
para
tion
ofG
over
nmen
t’sS
usta
inab
le F
ood
and
Farm
ing
Str
ateg
y;pr
epar
atio
n fo
r m
id-te
rmre
view
of C
AP.
Com
mon
Agr
icul
tura
l Pol
icy.
Fund
ing
prog
ram
mes
supp
ort
biod
iver
sity
obje
ctiv
es.
Bio
dive
rsity
degr
adat
ion
asso
ciat
ed w
ithot
her
fund
ing
prog
ram
mes
.
160
Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
Rev
iew
Bio
dive
rsity
hig
hLe
vel T
arge
t ret
urns
for
FD p
roje
cts
and
cons
ider
nee
d fo
r po
licy
chan
ges
for
bette
r B
AP
deliv
ery.
Mon
itor
the
envi
ronm
enta
lpe
rform
ance
of t
he n
ewpr
iorit
y sc
orin
g sy
stem
for
FD p
roje
cts
and
revi
se a
s ne
cess
ary
for
satis
fact
ory
biod
iver
sity
outc
omes
.
Cur
rent
rev
iew
of f
lood
defe
nce
fund
ing.
Rev
iew
of D
efra
’s h
igh
leve
lta
rget
for
biod
iver
sity
.
Floo
d de
fenc
e pr
ogra
mm
e.
Opp
ortu
nitie
s fo
rflo
od d
efen
cesc
hem
es to
cont
ribut
e to
wet
land
cre
atio
n.
Mon
itor
deliv
ery
ofgr
ants
aga
inst
BA
Ppr
iorit
ies.
Dev
elop
Cha
lleng
e Fu
nds
tom
eet b
iodi
vers
itypr
iorit
ies.
Mon
itor
deliv
ery
ofgr
ants
aga
inst
BA
Ppr
iorit
ies.
Dev
elop
Cha
lleng
eFu
nds
to m
eet
biod
iver
sity
prio
ritie
s.
Rev
iew
of W
GS
/FW
PS
in 2
002.
Woo
dlan
d G
rant
Sch
eme/
Farm
Woo
dlan
dP
rem
ium
Sch
eme.
Ens
ure
gran
ts a
ndsu
pple
men
ts a
ndsc
orin
g sy
stem
mee
t bio
dive
rsity
prio
ritie
s.
CA
P r
efor
m 2
006.
Opp
ortu
nitie
s th
roug
hm
odul
atio
n an
d m
id-
term
rev
iew
of C
AP
2003
.
Agr
i-env
ironm
ent r
evie
w20
02.
Agr
i-env
ironm
ent
prog
ram
me.
Ens
ure
agri-
envi
ronm
ent
sche
mes
pro
vide
max
imum
biod
iver
sity
ben
efit.
Iden
tify
gaps
in L
BA
Pfu
ndin
g an
d if
nece
ssar
yta
ke in
to a
ccou
nt in
futu
re s
pend
ing
revi
ews
and
allo
catio
ns.
Rev
iew
LB
AP
fund
ing
and
deve
lop
stra
tegy
.E
nglis
h N
atur
e gr
ants
toLB
AP
par
tner
ship
s.
LA p
rogr
amm
es.
Eco
nom
ics
and
Fund
ing
Str
ateg
y Im
plem
enta
tion
Gro
up.
Inco
rpor
ate
biod
iver
sity
into
con
side
ratio
ns fo
rfu
ture
spe
ndin
g re
view
san
d al
loca
tions
.
Rev
iew
ade
quac
y of
curr
ent f
undi
ng s
ourc
esto
del
iver
bio
dive
rsity
obje
ctiv
es.
Wor
k of
Bio
dive
rsity
Cos
tings
/ Bak
erS
heph
erd
Gill
espi
ere
port
.
Eco
nom
ics
and
Fund
ing
Str
ateg
y Im
plem
enta
tion
Gro
up.
Ade
quat
e fu
ndin
gto
mee
tbi
odiv
ersi
tyob
ject
ives
.
Pub
lic fu
ndin
g fo
rbi
odiv
ersi
tyco
nser
vatio
n.
161
Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
Inco
rpor
ate
biod
iver
sity
fund
ing
cons
ider
atio
nsas
par
t of p
ost-2
yea
rsc
hem
e re
view
.
Mon
itor
prog
ress
infu
ndin
g bi
odiv
ersi
typr
ojec
ts to
con
trib
ute
tosc
hem
e re
view
afte
rin
itial
2 y
ears
.
Impl
emen
tatio
n of
fund
– op
port
uniti
es fo
rfu
ndin
g fo
r ha
bita
t re
-cre
atio
n pr
ojec
ts.
Agg
rega
tes
levy
Sus
tain
abili
ty F
und:
new
sour
ce o
f bio
dive
rsity
fund
ing.
Take
acc
ount
of
biod
iver
sity
in a
nysc
hem
e ch
ange
s.
Rev
iew
of L
TCS
200
2.
Con
sulta
tion
resp
onse
sav
aila
ble.
Land
fill t
ax c
redi
t sch
eme
–im
port
ant s
ourc
e of
biod
iver
sity
fund
ing.
Ens
ure
adeq
uate
fund
ing
for
impl
emen
tatio
n.
Ens
ure
adeq
uate
fund
ing
for
impl
emen
tatio
n.
Impl
emen
tatio
n of
WFD
;re
view
of N
itrat
esD
irect
ive.
Fund
ing
for
impl
emen
tatio
nof
env
ironm
enta
lD
irect
ives
/reg
ulat
ions
affe
ctin
g bi
odiv
ersi
ty (
Wat
erFr
amew
ork
and
Nitr
ates
Dire
ctiv
es e
tc.)
.
As
prev
ious
col
umn.
As
prev
ious
col
umn.
Liai
son
with
rel
evan
tdi
strib
utor
s (H
LF, N
OF,
CF)
to ta
ke a
ccou
nt o
fbi
odiv
ersi
ty.
Enh
ance
bio
dive
rsity
know
ledg
e an
dex
pert
ise
of lo
ttery
boar
ds a
nd c
omm
ittee
s.
Incr
ease
num
ber,
rang
ean
d qu
ality
of l
otte
ryap
plic
atio
ns fo
rbi
odiv
ersi
ty p
roje
cts,
dem
onst
ratin
g qu
ality
of
life,
reg
ener
atio
n an
dso
cial
ben
efits
of
proj
ects
.
Liai
son
with
lotte
rybo
ards
to b
uild
biod
iver
sity
into
stra
tegi
c pl
ans
(200
2-07
plan
s co
mpl
ete)
.
Bio
dive
rsity
repr
esen
tatio
n on
lotte
ryco
mm
ittee
s (o
ngoi
ng).
Sho
w n
eed
and
dem
and
thro
ugh
appl
icat
ions
.
Nat
iona
l Lot
tery
.
Res
pons
ible
bod
ies:
Def
raan
d D
CM
S.
Dis
trib
utin
g bo
dies
: New
Opp
ortu
nitie
s Fu
nd, H
erita
geLo
ttery
Fun
d, T
he C
omm
unity
Fund
.
Boa
rd T
rust
ees
and
deci
sion
-m
akin
g co
mm
ittee
s.
Max
imis
e th
epo
ssib
ilitie
s fo
rLo
ttery
fund
ing
for
biod
iver
sity
proj
ects
.
162
Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
Con
side
r re
view
prop
osal
s.Ta
xatio
n re
view
s by
Cou
ntry
side
Age
ncy,
Env
ironm
ent A
genc
y,R
SP
B.
Bio
dive
rsity
fund
ing
by la
ndm
anag
ers/
cor
pora
tions
.
Incr
ease
effo
rts
tose
cure
cor
pora
tesp
onso
rshi
p of
BA
Ps
and
LBA
Ps.
BA
P c
ham
pion
s sc
hem
esp
onso
rshi
p.E
ncou
rage
cor
pora
tesp
onso
rshi
p of
bio
dive
rsity
prog
ram
mes
.
A fi
nanc
ial a
ndcu
ltura
l clim
ate
inw
hich
fund
ing
for
biod
iver
sity
isen
cour
aged
.
Priv
ate/
NG
Ofu
ndin
g fo
rbi
odiv
ersi
tyco
nser
vatio
n.
Con
side
r po
ssib
ilitie
s fo
rm
axim
isin
g bi
odiv
ersi
tybe
nefit
s of
fund
ing.
Iden
tify
budg
ets
allo
cate
d to
bio
dive
rsity
.B
udge
t rev
iew
and
incr
ease
200
1/2.
Nat
iona
l Par
ks a
nd A
ON
Bs.
Rev
iew
pro
gres
s an
dse
ek fu
rthe
r fu
ndin
gw
here
app
ropr
iate
.
Eng
lish
Nat
ure
proj
ects
.C
apita
l Mod
erni
satio
n Fu
nd.
Pro
mot
e pr
ojec
ts to
secu
re g
reat
er E
Ufu
ndin
g fo
r bi
odiv
ersi
ty.
Iden
tify
how
EU
fund
ing
for
biod
iver
sity
pro
ject
sca
n be
enh
ance
d.
Vario
us p
roje
cts
curr
ently
fund
ed.
EU
fund
ing
prog
ram
mes
(Str
uctu
ral F
unds
, LE
AD
ER
,IN
TER
RE
G, L
IFE
).
Con
tinue
to u
se E
Upr
ogra
mm
es to
co-
fund
man
agem
ent o
f Nat
ura
2000
.
Ass
ess
cost
s of
man
agin
g N
atur
a 20
00si
tes
and
subm
ites
timat
es to
EU
.D
evel
op u
se o
f EU
fund
ing
prog
ram
mes
toco
-fund
Nat
ura
2000
.
EU
exp
ert g
roup
cons
ider
ing
impl
emen
tatio
n of
Art
icle
8.
EU
co-
fund
ing
for
Nat
ura
2000
thro
ugh
Art
icle
8 o
fH
abita
ts D
irect
ive.
163
Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
and
key
act
ors
and
key
act
ors
Con
side
r im
plic
atio
nsan
d po
licy
case
for
adap
tatio
n.
Str
ateg
y Im
plem
enta
tion
Gro
up to
ana
lyse
biod
iver
sity
impl
icat
ions
of c
harit
y ta
xatio
n an
dVA
T.
Cha
rity
taxa
tion
for
biod
iver
sity
fund
ing.
Str
ateg
y Im
plem
enta
tion
Gro
up to
rev
iew
biod
iver
sity
impa
cts
ofim
plem
entin
g G
ift A
idan
d co
nsid
er id
eas
for
refo
rm a
s ne
cess
ary.
Iden
tify
othe
r m
easu
res
that
cou
ld p
rom
ote
char
itabl
e gi
ving
tobi
odiv
ersi
ty.
Mea
sure
s to
enc
oura
gech
arita
ble
givi
ng –
Gift
Aid
,le
gaci
es, m
embe
rshi
p et
c.
NO
TE:
Age
nts
for
the
prog
ram
mes
of a
ctio
n ar
e no
t giv
en in
this
App
endi
x. T
he w
ork
prog
ram
me
will
be
co-o
rdin
ated
by
the
Eco
nom
ics
and
Fund
ing
Str
ateg
yIm
plem
enta
tion
Gro
up w
hich
will
dra
w in
oth
er p
artn
ers
as a
ppro
pria
te.
164
Appendix 8The engagement of business
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Def
ra, D
TI, B
iE a
ndB
ITC
, EN
, Ear
thw
atch
(as
year
s 1-
3)
Pro
mot
e bu
sine
ssen
gage
men
t with
biod
iver
sity
thro
ugh
the
BiE
and
BIT
C in
dice
s (B
iEan
d B
ITC
, Ear
thw
atch
,E
N).
Dev
elop
stra
tegi
c, B
oard
leve
l gui
danc
e on
how
toin
tegr
ate
biod
iver
sity
with
othe
r com
pany
act
ions
on
the
‘env
ironm
ent’
and
sust
aina
bilit
y (D
efra
,E
arth
wat
ch, E
N).
Dev
elop
trai
ning
pro
cess
for c
ompa
ny e
nviro
nmen
tm
anag
ers
– lin
ks to
Edu
catio
n W
orks
tream
(Nor
thum
bria
n W
ater
,IE
MA
). D
evel
op b
asic
info
rmat
ion
on b
iodi
vers
ity fo
r Sm
all
Bus
ines
s S
ervi
ce w
ebsi
te(D
TI/S
BS
, Ear
thw
atch
,E
N).
Dev
elop
aw
aren
ess
rais
ing
and
train
ing
pack
for S
ME
s(D
TI/S
BS
/Bus
ines
s Li
nks)
. In
tegr
ate
biod
iver
sity
inN
etre
gs p
roje
ct fo
r SM
Es
(Env
ironm
ent A
genc
y,E
N).
Furth
er p
ublic
atio
ns in
‘Bus
ines
s &
bio
dive
rsity
’se
ries
(Ear
thw
atch
).U
pdat
e an
d de
velo
pB
BR
C w
ebsi
te(E
arth
wat
ch).
Rac
e to
the
Top
proj
ect
(IIE
D).
Net
regs
pro
ject
for
SM
Es
(Env
ironm
ent
Age
ncy)
.
Pio
neer
s G
roup
(D
TI,
Def
ra, S
usta
inab
leD
evel
opm
ent
Com
mis
sion
, tra
deas
soci
atio
ns).
Sec
tora
l sus
tain
abili
tyst
rate
gies
(D
TI, D
efra
,S
usta
inab
leD
evel
opm
ent
Com
mis
sion
, tra
deas
soci
atio
ns).
L–
Mod
erni
sing
Com
pany
Law
Whi
te P
aper
, Jul
y 20
02.
I– B
iE In
dex
of C
orpo
rate
Env
ironm
enta
l Eng
agem
ent
(and
BiE
reg
iona
l ind
ices
);B
ITC
Cor
pora
teR
espo
nsib
ility
Inde
x;F
TSE
4Goo
d In
dice
s; R
ace
toth
e To
p pr
ojec
t.
A–
MA
CC
2; B
usin
ess
and
Bio
dive
rsity
Res
ourc
e C
entr
e(B
BR
C –
Ear
thw
atch
, Inn
ogy,
Def
ra, E
N).
Cas
e S
tudi
es in
bus
ines
s an
dbi
odiv
ersi
ty, M
arch
200
0(E
arth
wat
ch).
Put
ting
a bi
t bac
k: A
Gui
de to
Nat
ure
Con
serv
atio
n fo
rS
mal
l to
Med
ium
-Siz
eden
terp
rises
(S
ME
s), 2
001
(Ear
thw
atch
).
Pio
neer
ing
– a
self
asse
ssm
ent g
uide
for
sect
oral
sus
tain
abili
tyst
rate
gies
(D
TI, D
efra
,S
usta
inab
le D
evel
opm
ent
Com
mis
sion
).
Incr
ease
d B
oard
leve
l rec
ogni
tion
ofbi
odiv
ersi
ty a
s a
mat
eria
l bus
ines
sis
sue.
Incr
ease
in th
enu
mbe
r of
com
pani
es (
from
14 in
200
2) s
igne
dup
or
publ
icly
com
mitt
ed to
the
biod
iver
sity
obje
ctiv
es o
fM
AC
C2.
Incr
ease
in th
enu
mbe
r of
com
pani
es (
from
25 in
200
2)co
mpl
etin
g th
ebi
odiv
ersi
tyqu
estio
n in
the
BiE
Inde
x.
Inte
grat
ion
ofbi
odiv
ersi
ty in
all
sect
oral
sust
aina
bilit
yst
rate
gies
.
Rai
sing
aw
aren
ess
and
polic
yre
cogn
ition
.
165
Appendix 8The engagement of business
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Dev
elop
a c
oher
ent
busi
ness
cas
e fo
rm
anag
ing
biod
iver
sity
impa
cts
and
stan
dard
biod
iver
sity
per
form
ance
inve
stm
ent c
riter
ia(U
KS
IF, B
iE, E
IRIS
, SR
Ifu
nd m
anag
ers)
. Id
entif
y an
d de
velo
pgu
idan
ce o
n ho
w to
asse
ss s
igni
fican
t ris
ks to
com
pany
val
ue th
at m
ight
aris
e fro
m b
iodi
vers
ityim
pact
s (E
arth
wat
ch,
EN
, UK
SIF
, BiE
, EIR
IS).
D
evel
op w
eb b
ased
guid
ance
on
mea
surin
gbi
odiv
ersi
ty p
erfo
rman
cefo
r B
iE In
dex
(Ear
thw
atch
,E
N, B
iE).
D
evel
op s
tand
ard
biod
iver
sity
per
form
ance
indi
cato
rs (
e.g.
abu
sine
ss le
vel g
uida
nce
docu
men
t) a
nd s
ecto
rsp
ecifi
c in
dica
tors
(Ear
thw
atch
, EN
, BiE
).
Rev
ise
Env
ironm
enta
lP
erfo
rman
ce S
uppl
emen
t(E
arth
wat
ch, E
N, E
IRIS
),an
d m
ake
oper
atio
nal f
orF
TSE
4Goo
d.
EN
/Ear
thw
atch
mee
tings
with
inve
stm
ent f
und
man
ager
s.
L –
Turn
bull
Rep
ort,
1999
;P
ensi
ons
Act
200
0 di
sclo
sure
mea
sure
s; M
oder
nisi
ngC
ompa
ny L
aw W
hite
Pap
er,
July
200
2.
I– B
iE In
dex
of C
orpo
rate
Env
ironm
enta
l Eng
agem
ent
(and
BiE
reg
iona
l ind
ices
);B
ITC
Cor
pora
teR
espo
nsib
ility
Inde
x;F
TSE
4Goo
d In
dice
s.
A–
Mea
surin
g bi
odiv
ersi
type
rform
ance
: con
text
for
biod
iver
sity
que
stio
n in
BiE
Inde
x, 2
001
(Ear
thw
atch
,E
N);
FTS
E4G
ood
Env
ironm
enta
l Per
form
ance
Sup
plem
ent,
2001
(E
IRIS
);M
yner
s R
evie
w o
f ins
titut
iona
lin
vest
men
t in
the
UK
, 200
1;A
BI d
iscl
osur
e gu
idel
ines
,20
01.
A c
oher
ent
busi
ness
cas
e fo
rm
anag
ing
biod
iver
sity
.
Sta
ndar
dpe
rform
ance
crite
ria fo
ras
sess
ing
biod
iver
sity
ris
ks in
inve
stm
ent
deci
sion
s.
Sta
ndar
dbi
odiv
ersi
type
rform
ance
indi
cato
rs a
ndse
ctor
spe
cific
indi
cato
rs.
Rev
isio
n an
dad
optio
n of
biod
iver
sity
as
ake
y pe
rform
ance
indi
cato
r in
FTS
E4G
ood
Env
ironm
enta
lP
erfo
rman
ceS
uppl
emen
t.
Inte
grat
ing
biod
iver
sity
perfo
rman
cecr
iteria
and
stan
dard
s w
ithin
vest
men
tap
prai
sal.
166
Appendix 8The engagement of business
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Def
ra, B
iE a
nd B
ITC
,E
N, E
arth
wat
ch (
asye
ars
1-3)
.
Pub
lish
guid
ance
on
how
to p
repa
re a
com
pany
site
-leve
l BA
P(E
arth
wat
ch, D
efra
, EN
).
Pro
vide
gui
danc
e to
Cor
pora
teE
nviro
nmen
tal
Res
pons
ibili
ty G
roup
mem
bers
(E
arth
wat
ch)
and
Foru
m fo
r th
eFu
ture
Bus
ines
sN
etw
ork
on C
BA
Ps.
Site
Man
agem
ent
Sta
tem
ents
for
SS
SIs
(EN
); A
dvic
e on
CB
AP
proc
ess,
targ
ets
and
deliv
ery
on s
ites
(Ear
thw
atch
, EN
, Wild
life
Trus
ts);
Sai
nsbu
rys/
FWA
G fa
rmB
AP
s; L
BA
Ppa
rtne
rshi
ps.
L–
CR
OW
Act
200
0,es
peci
ally
for
S28
G ‘P
ublic
Bod
ies’
; Mod
erni
sing
Com
pany
Law
Whi
te P
aper
,Ju
ly 2
002.
I– M
anag
emen
t agr
eem
ent
paym
ents
for
capi
tal w
orks
toac
hiev
e fa
vour
able
con
ditio
non
SS
SIs
(E
N).
A–
BB
RC
; Sai
nsbu
rys/
FWA
Gfa
rm B
AP
s.
66%
by
area
of
com
pany
ow
ned
SS
SIs
infa
vour
able
or
reco
verin
gco
nditi
on b
y 20
05(9
5% b
y 20
10).
Incr
ease
in th
enu
mbe
r of
com
pany
site
-leve
lB
AP
s m
akin
gm
easu
rabl
eco
ntrib
utio
ns to
LBA
Ps.
Man
agin
gbi
odiv
ersi
ty
– S
SS
I con
ditio
n
– C
BA
P p
roce
ss
– LB
AP
cont
ribut
ions
.
Dev
elop
sta
ndar
dap
proa
ch (
e.g.
thro
ugh
inte
grat
ion
with
EM
AS
or IS
O14
000
serie
s) a
ndca
se s
tudi
es o
fsu
cces
sful
inte
grat
ion
(IEM
A, E
arth
wat
ch).
Dev
elop
a p
ract
ition
ers
guid
e (s
ugge
sted
title
) ‘
Bio
dive
rsity
man
agem
ent:
abu
sine
ss g
uide
’ (IE
MA
).
Inte
grat
e bi
odiv
ersi
tyw
ith C
BI ‘
Con
tour
’be
nchm
arki
ng s
ervi
ce(C
BI,
Ear
thw
atch
, EN
).
Ass
ured
Far
mS
tand
ards
pro
ject
(Def
ra, E
nviro
nmen
tA
genc
y, E
N,
Cou
ntry
side
Age
ncy)
.
L–
Com
bine
d C
ode
onC
orpo
rate
Gov
erna
nce,
199
8;Tu
rnbu
ll R
epor
t, 19
99;
Mod
erni
sing
Com
pany
Law
Whi
te P
aper
, Jul
y 20
02.
EM
AS
.
A–
Bus
ines
s an
dbi
odiv
ersi
ty: a
UK
gui
de,
Aug
ust 2
001
(Ear
thw
atch
);Th
e N
atur
al S
tep;
SIG
MA
proj
ect;
EM
AS
; IS
O 1
4000
serie
s; F
SC
gui
delin
es fo
rsu
stai
nabl
e fo
rest
man
agem
ent;
MS
Cgu
idel
ines
for
sust
aina
ble
fishe
ries
man
agem
ent.
Bio
dive
rsity
inte
grat
ed w
ithth
ird p
arty
man
agem
ent
syst
ems
(e.g
.E
MA
S a
ndIS
O14
000)
– E
MA
Sre
quire
sor
gani
satio
ns to
cons
ider
all
the
envi
ronm
enta
las
pect
s of
its
activ
ities
, pro
duct
san
d se
rvic
es,
incl
udin
g ef
fect
son
bio
dive
rsity
.
Inte
grat
ing
biod
iver
sity
with
cert
ified
man
agem
ent
syst
ems
and
info
rmal
man
agem
ent
syst
ems.
167
Appendix 8The engagement of business
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Enc
oura
ge M
AC
C2
sign
ator
ies
to s
ign
up to
biod
iver
sity
targ
et.
Pro
mot
e an
d m
onito
rup
take
of v
olun
tary
biod
iver
sity
rep
ortin
g by
all F
TSE
350
com
pani
esfo
r w
hom
bio
dive
rsity
isa
sign
ifica
nt is
sue
(Def
ra, D
TI).
Dev
elop
bio
dive
rsity
repo
rtin
g gu
idel
ines
(Def
ra, D
TI)
by 2
005.
Inte
grat
e bi
odiv
ersi
ty in
guid
ance
on
CS
Rm
anag
emen
t and
repo
rtin
g fo
r th
efin
anci
al s
ervi
ces
sect
or(D
efra
, DTI
, DFI
D,
FOR
GE
Gro
up).
Eng
age
with
AC
CA
tode
velo
p a
biod
iver
sity
repo
rtin
g ca
tego
ry fo
rth
e U
K E
nviro
nmen
tal
Rep
ortin
g A
war
ds(E
arth
wat
ch, E
N).
Dev
elop
rep
ortin
gse
rvic
e fo
r co
mpa
nies
with
land
in S
SS
Is (
EN
).
Pro
mot
e an
d m
onito
rup
take
of v
olun
tary
biod
iver
sity
rep
ortin
g by
all F
TSE
350
com
pani
es(D
efra
).
Pro
mot
eim
plem
enta
tion,
mon
itorin
g an
dre
port
ing
of L
BA
Pco
ntrib
utio
ns th
roug
hB
AR
S (
Def
ra, E
N).
Def
ra/D
TI in
itiat
ive
for
7,00
0 S
ME
s w
ith >
250
empl
oyee
s to
pro
duce
an e
nviro
nmen
tal r
epor
tw
ith S
BS
adv
ice;
EN
tria
ls o
f rep
ortin
g se
rvic
efo
r co
mpa
nies
with
land
in S
SS
Is; D
evel
opm
ent
of B
AR
S (
EN
on
beha
lfof
BA
P p
artn
ersh
ip).
L –
Mod
erni
sing
Com
pany
Law
Whi
te P
aper
, Jul
y 20
02.
I – A
CC
A U
K E
nviro
nmen
tal
Rep
ortin
g A
war
ds; B
iE In
dex
of C
orpo
rate
Env
ironm
enta
lE
ngag
emen
t.
A–
MA
CC
2; G
loba
lR
epor
ting
Initi
ativ
e; S
IGM
Apr
ojec
t; G
ener
al G
uide
lines
on E
nviro
nmen
tal R
epor
ting,
2001
(D
efra
, DTI
, CB
I); A
BI
disc
losu
re g
uide
lines
, 200
1.
20 c
ompa
nies
(fro
m 3
in 2
002)
with
land
in S
SS
Isre
port
on
cond
ition
stat
e in
thei
ren
viro
nmen
t rep
ort
by D
ecem
ber 2
005.
All
FTS
E 3
50co
mpa
nies
for
who
m b
iodi
vers
ityis
a s
igni
fican
tis
sue
repo
rtpe
rform
ance
man
agem
ent i
nth
eir
envi
ronm
ent
repo
rt b
y 20
07.
Wid
espr
ead
adop
tion
ofvo
lunt
ary
repo
rtin
gof
LB
AP
cont
ribut
ions
thro
ugh
natio
nal
Bio
dive
rsity
Act
ion
Rep
ortin
g S
yste
m(B
AR
S).
Bio
dive
rsity
repo
rtin
g (a
s an
inte
gral
par
t of
envi
ronm
enta
l and
sust
aina
bilit
yre
port
ing)
.
168
Appendix 8The engagement of business
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Dev
elop
gui
delin
es fo
rN
GO
s se
ekin
g to
enga
ge w
ith b
usin
esse
son
bio
dive
rsity
(Ear
thw
atch
); P
rom
ote
and
faci
litat
e co
mpa
nyin
volv
emen
t in
LBA
Ppa
rtne
rshi
ps a
nd th
eha
bita
t and
spe
cies
Cha
mpi
ons
sche
me
(Def
ra, E
N, E
arth
wat
ch,
Wild
life
Trus
ts);
Hig
hlig
ht c
ase
stud
ies
ofgo
od p
ract
ice
in N
GO
-co
mpa
ny p
artn
ersh
ips
(Ear
thw
atch
).
LBA
P p
artn
ersh
ips;
Tees
side
and
Hum
bers
ide
INC
As;
Par
tner
ship
pro
ject
s w
ithW
ildlif
e Tr
usts
(e.
g.‘W
hite
and
Wild
’ milk
).
A–
MA
CC
2; B
BR
C;
Gui
delin
es fo
r le
adpa
rtne
rs/c
onta
ct p
oint
s“A
ttrac
ting
Cha
mpi
ons
for
Prio
rity
Spe
cies
”, 1
999.
Cor
pora
te E
nviro
nmen
tal
Res
pons
ibili
ty G
roup
(Ear
thw
atch
); F
orum
for
the
Futu
re B
usin
ess
Net
wor
k;In
dust
ry a
nd N
atur
eC
onse
rvat
ion
Ass
ocia
tions
(EN
).
LBA
P p
artn
ersh
ips.
Bet
ter
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
the
com
pany
pers
pect
ive,
prio
ritie
s an
dop
erat
iona
lco
nstr
aint
s by
natu
reco
nser
vatio
npa
rtne
rs.
Effe
ctiv
e na
tiona
l,re
gion
al a
nd lo
cal
coor
dina
tion
ofbu
sine
ssen
gage
men
t with
the
BA
P p
roce
ss in
plac
e by
200
5.
Incr
ease
in th
enu
mbe
r of
com
pani
esin
volv
ed in
LB
AP
part
ners
hips
and
the
habi
tat a
ndsp
ecie
sC
ham
pion
ssc
hem
e.
Coo
rdin
atio
n an
dpa
rtne
rshi
ps.
169
Appendix 8The engagement of business
Pri
ori
ty P
olic
yO
utco
mes
Ava
ilab
le T
oo
lsC
urre
nt A
ctio
nP
rog
ram
me
of
Pro
gra
mm
e o
fIs
sue
des
ired
(L =
leg
isla
tion;
P =
po
licy;
Act
ions
(1–
3 ye
ars)
Act
ions
(3-
5 ye
ars)
I =
ince
ntiv
es;
A =
ad
vice
)an
d k
ey a
cto
rsan
d k
ey a
cto
rs
Rev
iew
com
pany
resp
onse
s to
BiE
Inde
xbi
odiv
ersi
ty q
uest
ion,
iden
tify
sect
or le
ader
s,pu
blis
h a
repo
rt o
n be
stpr
actic
e an
d ho
ld a
wor
ksho
p to
pro
mot
eth
is in
Aut
umn
2003
(Ear
thw
atch
, EN
, BiE
).
Iden
tify
and
prom
ote
good
pra
ctic
e in
the
wat
er s
ecto
r (W
ater
UK
,E
N),
and
mor
e ge
nera
llyin
all
sect
ors
thro
ugh
SB
S, C
ham
bers
of
Com
mer
ce a
nd T
rade
Ass
ocia
tions
(D
TI,
Def
ra).
Rev
ise,
exp
and
and
re-
issu
e ca
se s
tudi
es in
busi
ness
and
biod
iver
sity
(Ear
thw
atch
); D
evel
opw
ebsi
te to
pro
mot
e be
stpr
actic
e (M
iner
als
and
Nat
ure
Con
serv
atio
nFo
rum
) an
d lin
k th
is to
BB
RC
(E
arth
wat
ch).
Sec
tora
l sus
tain
abili
tyst
rate
gies
(D
TI, D
efra
,S
usta
inab
leD
evel
opm
ent
Com
mis
sion
, tra
deas
soci
atio
ns);
Goo
dpr
actic
e ex
ampl
es a
tco
mpa
ny le
vel.
A–
The
Bus
ines
s of
Bio
dive
rsity
: Act
ion
for
Wild
life,
Sep
t 199
9(N
orth
umbr
ian
Wat
er);
Bio
dive
rsity
and
min
eral
s:E
xtra
ctin
g th
e be
nefit
s fo
rw
ildlif
e, 1
999
(Min
eral
s an
dN
atur
e C
onse
rvat
ion
Foru
m);
Cas
e S
tudi
es in
bus
ines
s an
dbi
odiv
ersi
ty, M
arch
200
0(E
arth
wat
ch);
Put
ting
a bi
tba
ck –
A G
uide
to N
atur
eC
onse
rvat
ion
for
Sm
all t
oM
ediu
m-S
ized
ent
erpr
ises
(SM
Es)
, 200
1 (E
arth
wat
ch);
Sec
tora
l sus
tain
abili
tyst
rate
gies
(D
TI, D
efra
,S
usta
inab
le D
evel
opm
ent
Com
mis
sion
, tra
deas
soci
atio
ns).
Iden
tific
atio
n an
dpr
omot
ion
of g
ood
prac
tice
at s
ecto
ral
and
com
pany
leve
ls.
Iden
tify
and
prom
ote
good
prac
tice.
170
Ideas for potential work by the Educationand Public Understanding StrategyImplementation Group to address thepriority issues.
TREATING PEOPLE AS EQUAL,PARTICIPATING PARTNERS.
● Recognise that all information, communicationand public understanding initiatives should be:
– sensitive to the needs, knowledge,circumstances and aspirations of thosetowards whom they are aimed
– socially inclusive
– encouraging of dialogue, participation and a democratic approach
INTEGRATION OF EDUCATION ANDPUBLIC UNDERSTANDING OFBIODIVERSITY INTO OTHER POLICIESOR STRATEGIES.
● Consider the possibilities for supportingunderstanding of biodiversity in the follow-up tothe report of the Urban Green SpacesTaskforce. In particular, consider biodiversityelements of work on:
– demonstration projects to spread goodpractice
– improving the provision of green spaces forchildren and young people
– improving the provision and training of staffto work specifically with community groups,including young people
● Take forward biodiversity public awareness andeducation elements of the Government’s Foodand Farming Strategy. In particular, considergiving support in relation to current and futureinitiatives on:
– labelling and information
– other ways to reconnect with consumers
– giving encouragement to local educationauthorities to ensure that all school childrenget the chance to visit working farms for
example, by building on the GrowingSchools initiative and research beingundertaken by FACE, the CountrysideAgency and DfES
– healthy eating, for example, working with theNational Health Schools Standard
– fruit in schools
– educating children about foods, for example,building on NHSS and provision within theNational Curriculum in Science, PE/Sport,PSHE and Food Technology
● Work with the Local and Regional StrategyImplementation Group on the publicunderstanding, education and communicationaspects of their work with regional bodies (suchas Regional Development Agencies,Government Offices and Regional Assemblies),local authorities, and Local Biodiversity ActionPlans and partnerships.
MAKING BIODIVERSITY RELEVANT TOPEOPLE, INCLUDING INCREASINGKNOWLEDGE OF HOW THE VALUE OFBIODIVERSITY CAN BE MARKETED.
● Develop a publicity strategy to raise awarenessof England’s Biodiversity Strategy and to showits relevance to people. Components of thestrategy could include:
– a popular version of the Strategy
– information leaflets in libraries and otherpublic places
– encouragement to science and othercentres to co-ordinate exhibitions and otherinitiatives around the main themes of theStrategy
– guidelines to groups and organisationsworking within formal and non-formaleducation on appropriate ways of linkingwith the Strategy
– targeted support for initiatives that promotedialogue between and within localcommunities about biodiversity issues
Appendix 9Promoting education andpublic understanding
171
● Identify media opportunities for promoting themain themes of the Strategy. This couldinclude:
– identifying how current provision can beorientated to support the Strategy, forexample, through back-up material and on-line provision
– greater communication and co-operationover future provision in relation toimplementation of the Strategy
– regular reporting of progress throughbiodiversity indicators
– the identification of specific opportunities toencourage involvement at individual level,for example, through current affairs,gardening, travel and other leisure-basedprogramming
● Consider ways in which current initiatives thatsupport access to and educational use of urbangreen space can be further encouraged, forexample, Green Pennant Awards, Green FlagAwards, English Nature’s AccessibleGreenspace Standards, Community Forests
● Broaden outreach to engage new audiences,for example, within non-formal educationsettings; also recognise that engaging newaudiences may require different, more inclusiveapproaches, for example, similar to thoseutilised in other fields, such as healthawareness or commercial marketing
● Consider ways of linking biodiversity educationexperiences through networks of public venuessuch as libraries, urban green space, schools,museums, science centres, town halls andother information centres
COMMUNICATING THE BENEFITS OFBIODIVERSITY, FOR EXAMPLE, IN TERMS OFSOCIAL OR BROADER EDUCATION GOALS(SEE CA/FACE/DFES LITERATURE REVIEW).
● Work with the Economics and Funding StrategyImplementation Group to consider how currentfunding programmes, e.g. Heritage LotteryFund, New Opportunities Fund and the LandfillTax Credit Scheme, can be used to supportpublic understanding programmes relating tobiodiversity
● Promote neighbourhood renewal and New Dealas a way of maximising opportunities forengagement and participation of communitiesin relation to environment and biodiversity,particularly in deprived local authority areas
● Consider ways in which existing support forschools on education for sustainabledevelopment (ESD) could be broadened to givegreater emphasis to biodiversity, e.g. QCA ESDwebsite
● Examine how resources being developed byinitiatives such as Growing Schools can beused to promote biodiversity
● Consider how such initiatives can promoteoutdoor experience in schools. This mightinclude:
– further research (e.g. identified as neededby the CA/FACE/DfES literature review) tofind ways of encouraging schools to makemore use of outside experiences
– assessment and evaluation for biodiversityof initiatives involving outdoor opportunities
● Review opportunities for increased coverage ofbiodiversity and sustainability issues withinother education policies
● Consider opportunities through the expansionof current initiatives in non-formal education, forexample, through the Connexions Service
● Consider ways of promoting links betweeneconomic growth, attractive workingenvironments and biodiversity
IMPROVEMENT OF EDUCATIONEXPERTISE AND ENCOURAGEMENT OFPARTNERSHIPS WITHIN DIFFERENTSECTORS.
● Define more closely the role of governmentagencies, such as English Nature, theCountryside Agency and the EnvironmentAgency in education for biodiversity. This couldinclude:
– ways of increasing co-ordination andimproving communications betweenagencies
Appendix 9Promoting education andpublic understanding
172
– working more closely and in partnershipwith non-government bodies
– consider potential enhancement of thepublic understanding and education skills ofrelevant government agencies, for example,through professional development
● Provide opportunities that increase levels ofunderstanding among local authority staff andelected members through training, CPD andother awareness-raising initiatives, e.g. throughthe pilot projects under Learning thoughLandscape – which also covers Heads,teachers, ground staff and governors
● Set up a forum or other network ofbroadcasters and practitioners to ensure thatinformation exchange and dialogue is anongoing process rather than dependent onparticular events or issues
● Consider the recognition of national centres ofexcellence in biodiversity. This could include:
– establishment of a national network of keysites for the interpretation of biodiversity,providing a continuum from national to localsignificance
– encouragement of mechanisms among siteproviders to promote sharing of expertiseand joint programmes
● Consider the implications for biodiversityeducation of the increasing links betweenformal and non-formal education, includingthrough life-long learning
● Encourage partnerships between the businesscommunity and education initiatives
IMPROVE COMMUNICATION BETWEENBIODIVERSITY PROFESSIONALS ANDEDUCATORS.
● Develop mechanisms that ensure greaterdialogue between biodiversity professionalsand educators, for example, as an integral partof implementing SAPs, HAPs and LBAPs
● Consider developing guidelines and other toolsfor biodiversity professionals to enable them toengage more effectively with a variety ofaudiences
● Draw together information on current materialsavailable to support biodiversity education
ADDRESS SKILLS SHORTAGES INTAXONOMY AND SYSTEMATICS ANDLACK OF BIODIVERSITY ELEMENTS INTRAINING FOR RELEVANTPROFESSIONS.
● In the light of acknowledged shortages oftaxonomic and systematic skills, review currentprovision and uptake of higher and furthereducation courses, which specifically addressthese areas
● Identify opportunities to develop biodiversitymodules or elements within relevantprofessional training, for example, planning,surveying, health and social sciences
Appendix 9Promoting education andpublic understanding
173
The UK Biodiversity Partnership’s aimsshould be:
● To maintain and enhance biological diversitywithin the UK, paying particular regard to:
a) Overall populations and natural ranges ofnative species and the quality and rangesof wildlife habitats and ecosystems
b) Internationally important and threatenedspecies, habitats and ecosystems
c) Species, habitats and natural andmanaged ecosystems characteristic oflocal areas
d) Biodiversity of natural and semi-naturalhabitats where they have been diminishedover recent past decades
● To contribute to the conservation of globalbiodiversity
● To increase public appreciation and enjoymentof biodiversity and recognition of its valuewherever it occurs
● To integrate biodiversity fully into policies andprogrammes as part of sustainabledevelopment
In pursuing these aims we should adopt thefollowing objectives:
● To maintain and keep under review an overallstrategy for the conservation and enhancementof UK biodiversity in the light of the biodiversitypriorities of the four countries of the UK
● To bring together all relevant sectors to work inpartnership
● To develop, implement and keep under reviewtargeted action plans for the most importantspecies and habitats
● To take direct measures to conserve speciesand habitat diversity, in particular through theconservation of threatened or protected speciesand important sites, and through themanagement or control of non-native species
● To encourage the preparation, implementationand review of Local Biodiversity Action Plans tosupport national biodiversity objectives and totake forward local priorities for action
● To take steps to minimise the adverse impactsof human activity on biodiversity, both directand indirec
● To take steps to understand the effects onbiodiversity of large-scale influences, such asozone depletion and climate change, anddetermine appropriate responses
● To integrate biodiversity considerations intopublic policies and programmes
● To encourage more integration of biodiversityconsiderations into business policies andpractices to support the delivery of biodiversityobjectives
● To take steps to increase public awareness ofbiodiversity issues
● To identify, undertake and keep under reviewresearch and monitoring to supportimplementation of other objectives
● To develop and maintain comprehensive andaccessible biodiversity information systemslinking national and local records
Appendix 10Aims and Objectives
Aims and Objectives ofthe UK BiodiversityPartnership
174
The National Trust
Royal Society for the Protection of Birds
Department for Environment Food and RuralAffairs
English Nature
Plantlife
British Trust for Conservation Volunteers
Ministry of Defence Estates
Association of Local Government Ecologists
Countryside Agency
National Farmers Union
The Wildlife Trusts
Country Land and Business Association
Forestry Commission
Local Government Association
Environment Agency
Appendix 11Membership of England Biodiversity Group
175
ABI Association of British Insurers
ACCA Association of Chartered CertifiedAccountants
ACFM Advisory Committee for FisheriesManagement
AFS Assured Food Standards
AGENDA Programme for reform of the2000 Common Agricultural Policy agreed
at the Berlin Council in March 1999to cover the period 2000-2006
ALGE Association of Local GovernmentEcologists
AMP3 Asset Management Plan (PeriodicReview of Water Prices)
ANGst Accessible Natural Greenspacestandards and targets
AONB Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty
ASCOBANS Agreement on the Conservation ofSmall Cetaceans of the Baltic AndNorth Sea
AW Ancient Woodlands
BAP Biodiversity Action Plan
BARS Biodiversity Action ReportingSystem
BASC British Association for Shooting andConservation
BBRC Business and Biodiversity ResourceCentre
BC Butterfly Conservation
B & CAG Burials & Cemeteries AdvisoryGroup
BiE Business in the Environment
BIG Biodiversity Information Group
BITC Business in the Community
BOC British Oxygen Company
BR Building Regulations
BRE Building Research Establishment
BSBI Botanical Society of the British Isles
BSG Baker, Shepherd, Gillespie
BTCV British Trust for ConservationVolunteers
BTO British Trust for Ornithology
BUGS Biodiversity in Urban Gardens
BURA British Urban RegenerationAssociation
BVPI Best Value Performance Indicators
BW British Waterways
CA Countryside Agency
CABE Commission for Architecture andthe Built Environment
CAP Common Agricultural Policy
CAMS Catchment AbstractionManagement Strategy
CBAP Company Biodiversity Action Plan
CBD Convention on Biological Diversity
CBI Confederation of British Industry
CCMS NATO Committee of the Challengesof Modern Society
CEE Council for EnvironmentalEducation
CEFAS Centre for Environment, Fisheriesand Aquaculture Science
CEH Centre for Ecology and Hydrology
CF Community Fund
CFMP Catchment Flood Management Plan
CFP Common Fisheries Policy
CHaMPs Coastal Habitat Management Plans
CIRIA Construction Industry Research andInformation Association
COGAP Code of Good Agricultural Practice
CONE Cramlington Organisation for Natureand the Environment
CP Changing Places
CRoW Countryside and Rights of Way Act2000
CSL Central Science Laboratory
CSR Comprehensive Spending Review
CSS Countryside Stewardship Scheme
CURE Centre for Urban and RegionalEcology
CYP Children and Young People
DCMS Department for Culture, Media andSport
Appendix 12Glossary
176
DEFRA Department for Environment, Foodand Rural Affairs
DFEE Department for Education andEmployment
DfES Department for Education and Skills
DFID Department for InternationalDevelopment
DfT Department for Transport
DoH Department of Health
DoT Department of Transport
DTI Department for Trade and Industry
DTLR Department of Transport, LocalGovernment and the Regions
EA Environment Agency
EAF Environmental Action Fund
EBG England Biodiversity Group
EC European Commission
ECAP Eutrophication Control Action Plan
EcoQOs Ecological Quality Objectives
EfA Environment for All
EFS England Forestry Strategy
EH English Heritage
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EIRIS Ethical Investment ResearchService
ELIG England Local Issues Group
EMAS Eco-Management and AuditScheme
EN English Nature
EP English Partnerships
ERDP England Rural DevelopmentProgramme
ERP Estuaries Research Programme
ESA Environmentally Sensitive Area
ESD Education for SustainableDevelopment
EU European Union
FACE Forum for the Advancement ofContinuing Education
FAO Food and Agriculture Organisation(United Nations)
FC Forestry Commission
FD Flood Defence
FEI Forest Education Initiative
FOCUS Finding Out Causes andUnderstanding Significance
FORGE Financial Organisation ReportingGuidelines for the Environment
FOSSE Forum on Seeds for a SustainableEnvironment
FR Forestry Research
FSC Forest Stewardship Council
FTE Full Time Equivalent
FWAG Farming and Wildlife AdvisoryGroup
FWPS Farm Woodland Premium Scheme
GFA Green Flag Awards
GIS Geographical Information Systems
GLOBE Global Learning and Observationsto Benefit the Environment
GO Government Office
GP General Practitioner
GwK Groundwork
HA Highways Agency
HABAP Highways Agency BiodiversityAction Plan
HAP Habitat Action Plan
HBF House Builders Federation
HFA Hill Farm Allowance
HLF Heritage Lottery Fund
HO Home Office
IACR Institute for Arable Crops Research
ICES International Council for theexploration of the Sea
ICZM Integrated Coastal ZoneManagement
IDB Internal Drainage Board
IDeA Improvement and DevelopmentAgency for Local Government
IEMA Institute of EnvironmentalManagement and Assessment
Appendix 12Glossary
177
IIED International Institute forEnvironment and Development
IMO International Maritime Organisation
INCAS Industry and Nature ConservationAssociations
INTERREG EU initiative concerningtransnational co-operation onspatial planning
IPA Integrated Policy Appraisal
IPPC Integrated Pollution Prevention andControl
JNCC Joint Nature ConservationCommittee
LA Local Authority
LA21 Local Agenda 21
LBAP Local Biodiversity Action Plan
LBP London Biodiversity Partnership
LBRC Local Biodiversity Record Centre
LC & CP Living Churchyard and CemeteriesProject
LEA Local Education Authority
LEADER Liason Entre Actions pour leDéveloppement de L’EconomieRurale (LEADER + is a EuropeanCommunity Initative to supportsustainable rural development)
LEAF Linking Environment and Farming
LGA Local Government Association
LI Landscape Institute
LIFE EU financial programme forenvironmental projects
LNR Local Nature Reserve
LPA Local Planning Authority
LRC Local Record Centre
LRSIG Local and Regional StrategyImplementation Group
LTCS Landfill Tax Credit Scheme
M4I Movement for Innovation
MAGIC Multi-Agency GeographicalInformation for the Countryside
MARPOL MARPOL international conventionfor prevention of pollution fromships
MACC2 Making a Corporate Commitment 2
MBR Millennium Biodiversity Report
MCPA Marine and Coastal Protected Areas
MEHRA Marine Environmental High RiskAreas
MOD Ministry of Defence
MONARCH Modelling of the Natural ResourceResponses to Climate Change
MSC Marine Stewardship Council
MSR Marine Stewardship Review
NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organisation
NBN National Biodiversity Network
NERC National Environment ResearchCouncil
NFU National Farmers Union
NGO Non Governmental Organisation
NHS National Health Service
NOF New Opportunities Fund
NNR National Nature Reserve
NP & AC National Parks and Access to theAct Countryside Act
NRU Neighbourhood Renewal Unit
NSRI National Soil Resources Institute
NUFU National Urban Forestry Unit
NVZ Nitrate Vulnerable Zone
ODPM Office of the Deputy Prime Minister
OECD Organisation for EconomicCooperation and Development
OFR Operational and Financial Review
OFS Organic Farming Scheme
OSPAR OSPAR Convention for theProtection of the MarineEnvironment of the North EastAtlantic
PAN-UK Pesticide Action Network- UK
Pillar 1 (of the CAP) Production-linkedsubsidies
Pillar 2 (of the CAP) Funding under the EURural Development Regulation
PPG Planning Policy Guidance
Appendix 12Glossary
178
PRO4 Periodic Review of Water CompanyPrices and Investment (2004)
PSA Public Service Agreement
PTES People’s Trust for EndangeredSpecies
PWLO Police Wildlife Liaison Officer
QCA Qualification and CurriculumAuthority
RDA Regional Development Agency
REGIS Regional Climate Change Impactand Response Studies
RPG Regional Planning Guidance
RIA Regulatory Impact Assessment
RFDC Regional Flood Defence Committee
RMNC Review of Marine NatureConservation
RSPB Royal Society for the Protection ofBirds
RTPI Royal Town Planning Institute
SAC Special Area of Conservation
SAFFIE Sustainable Arable Farming for anImproved Environment
SAP Species Action Plan
SBS Small Business Service
SBSTTA Subsidiary Body on Scientific,Technical and Technological Advice
SD Sustainable Development
SEA Strategic EnvironmentalAssessment
SEEDA South East England DevelopmentAgency
SEU Social Exclusion Unit
SIG Strategy Implementation Group
SIGMA Sustainability: Integrated Guidelinesfor Management – Farming andWildlife Advisory Group
SME Small and Medium Enterprises
SMP Shoreline Management Plan
SPA Special Protection Area
SRC Short Rotation Coppicing
SRI Socially Responsible Investment
SSSI Site of Special Scientific Interest
SUDS Sustainable Urban DrainageSystems
T & CP Town and Country Planning
TWT The Wildlife Trusts
UDP Urban Development Plan
UKBAP UK Biodiversity Action Plan
UKBG UK Biodiversity Group
UKMAB UK Man and Biosphere
UKSIF UK Social Investment Forum
UKWAS UK Woodland Assurance Scheme
UNECE United Nations EconomicCommission in Europe
UPF Urban Parks Forum
URGE Urban Green Environment
VAT Value Added Tax
VCU Value for Cultivation and Use
W & C Act Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981
WDA Welsh Development Agency
WES Wildlife Enhancement Scheme
WFD Water Framework Directive
WGS Woodland Grant Scheme
WHO World Health Organisation
WLMP Water Level Management Plan
WRAP Waste and Resources ActionProgramme
WT The Wildlife Trusts
WTO World Trade Organisation
Appendix 12Glossary
PB 7418
Top Related